Utility Tool & Equipment: Catalog

Utility Tool & Equipment
catalog
Alberta:
#1 - 1381 Hastings Crescent SE Calgary, A.B. T2G 4C8
Phone: 403-243-1900
Toll Free: 1-877-248-6657
Fax: 403-243-2063
Email: salesab@linestar.ca
British Columbia:
17949 Roan Place Surrey, B.C. V3S 5K1
Phone: 604-594-2701
Toll Free: 1-866-594-2701
Fax: 604-594-2751
Email: sales@linestar.ca
Manitoba:
1103 Keewatin St. Winnipeg M.B. R2X 2Z3
Phone: 204-783-9771
Toll Free: 1-855-766-8021
Fax: 204-783-8951
Email: salesmbsk@linestar.ca
Ontario:
Unit 2 - 7015 Ordan Dr., Mississauga, O.N. L5T 1Y2
Phone: 905-564-5344
Toll Free: 1-844-564-5344
Fax: 905-564-5354
Email: saleson@linestar.ca
LineStar proudly offers the finest in:

• Lineman’s Tools & Equipment
• Custom Made Grounds and Jumpers
• Tool Repair
• Chain & Strap Hoist Repair, Service & Certification
• Industry Knowledge & Customer Service
100%
Canadian
www.linestar.ca
Owned
*Cover and Back page artwork supplied by Buckingham Manufacturing Company
Thank you for choosing LineStar Utility Supply as your
provider for quality tools, equipment, and expert
advice in the Power Utility, CATV, Telco, and Electrical
distribution industries.
Included in this catalogue are our most common

Lineman’s Tools and Specialty Equipment used in
Construction & Maintenance of Overhead &
Underground Powerlines. Items featured in this
catalogue do not cover the expanse of products
LineStar offers.
At LineStar, we specialize in “hard to find” Tools

and Equipment. If a product you require is not
featured in this catalogue, it might be listed on
our website, www.linestar.ca. Contact one of our
branches across Canada to reach a LineStar
team member who will be happy to provide you
with information and pricing on any items.
Providing exceptional customer service is the

backbone of LineStar’s business, and can be
credited with the immediate success of LineStar
Utility Supply upon opening our first location in
2005. LineStar’s established relationships with
world class vendors enables us to provide high
quality, high value, and high technology products
to our customers. It is thanks to many years of
experience and long term relationships with
suppliers and customers that gives the LineStar
team an edge when providing service to customers
with various product requests. Whether it’s taking
an order or helping to provide specific product
knowledge, LineStar is ready to fulfill your requests.
100%
Canadian
Owned
table of contents
Hand Tools Pages 5-14 Stringing Blocks Pages 124-132
Wrenches, Sockets, Pliers, Screwdrivers, Tape Measures, Universal 7” Blocks & Brackets, Uplift & All-Angle
Rulers, Hammers, Knives, Wire Cutters Blocks, Wide Throat Blocks, Nylon & Helicopter
Blocks, Radius Blocks, Grounded Blocks &
Impact Wrenches Pages 15-20 Accessories, Conductor Stringing System, Synthetic Ropes
Hydraulic & Battery Impact Wrenches,
Sockets & Adapters
Stringing & Sagging Equipment Pages 133-134
Drills and Auger Bits Page 20 Sagwatch, Clipping Hook, Sag Scope & Thermometer,
Gas Drills, Wood Pole Auger Bits Dynamometers, Traveling Grounds, Tower Safety Equipment
Hydraulic Tools & Accessories Pages 21-25 Pullers & Tensioners Pages 135-136
Intensifiers, Hydraulic Pruners & Chain Saws,
Hydraulic Couplers & Hoses Jumpering Equipment Pages 137-140
Jumper Clamps & Ferrules, Jumper Cable &
Canvas Tool Bags Pages 26-28 Jumper Sets, Loadbreak and Load Pickup Tools
Tramp Bags, Nose Bags, Ampact & Line Hose Bags,
Oval Tool Buckets, Specialty Tool Buckets & Bags
Grounding Equipment Pages 141-149
Aerial Bucket Items Pages 29-37 Grounding Clamps, Grounding Ferrules & Cables, Ground
Tool Aprons, Boards & Hooks, Tool Holders, Sets, Elbow & Transformer Sets, Truck Ground Reels,
Bucket Covers, Rescue Systems, Harnesses Equipotential Mats, Grounding Attachments, Brushes
Pole Climbing Gear Pages 37-54 Conductor Cleaning Brushes Page 150-151
Body Belts, Gut Straps & Suspenders,
Canvas Pouches & Tool Holsters, Pole Straps, Wire Cutting Tools Pages 152-164
Wood Pole Fall Protection, Pole Climbers & Pads ACSR Trimmer & Bushings, Steel & Fiberglass
Personal Protection Pages 55-64 Handle Cutters, Ratchet Cutters, Hydraulic &
Linemans Climbing Boots, Work Boots, Work Gloves, Battery Powered Cutters, Hotline Cutters
Arc/FR Traffic Safety Clothing, Arc/FR Rain Gear
Compression Tools and Dies Pages 165-217
Rubber Goods Pages 65-7 Manual Compression Tools, Battery & Hydraulic Powered
Rubber Gloves, Protectors & Bags, Rubber Tools, 60 & 100 Ton Presses, Hydraulic Pumps & Hoses
Sleeves & Accessories, Rubber Blankets & Accessories, Ampact Tools, Compression Dies
Insulating Line Hose and Covers, Rubber Goods Cleaner
Fiberglass Hotline Tools Pages 210-230
Cover Up Pages 72-76 Shotguns & Telescoping Sticks, Hot Stick Cleaners,
Plastic Conductor & Cutout Covers, Crossarm & Pole
Covers, PVC Sheeting, Arc Blankets & Substation Barriers, Universal & Disconnect Sticks, Universal Attachments
Line Hose & Covers
Fiberglass Ladders & Arms Pages 231-233
Traffic Control & Work Zone Safety Pages 77-80 Hook & Sectional Ladders, Insulated
Traffic Cones & Barricades, Work Lights, Platforms, Hot Arms & Conductor Supports
Hard Hats, Liners & Lights, Safety Glasses
Meters & Testers Pages 234-255
Truck Accessories Pages 81-85 Voltage & Phasing Testers, Resistance
Reel Lifters, Take Up & Payout Reels, Testers & Multi-Meters, URD Pipe & Cable Locators
Ground Protection Mats & Outrigger Pads,
Truck Grounding, Measuring Equipment
Anchoring & Pole Setting Pages 256-264
Lifting & Rigging Pages 86-94 Kelly Bar Adapters & Locking Dogs, Drive Tools, Pole Tongs,
Ox Blocks, Rope Blocks & Snatch Blocks, Pole Slings Cant Hooks, Shovels & Spoons, Dirt Slings,
Half-Side & Wide Throat Rigging Blocks, Hydraulic Tampers, Hydraulic Pole Pullers
Handline Blocks & Sets, Slack Blocks, Nylon
Slings, Transformer Slings & Dollies Underground Equipment Pages 265-287
Tents and Blowers, Wire Strippers, Bushing Tools,
Hoists Pages 95-104 Duct Installation Tools, Cable Feeding & Hooked Hanger
Chain Hoists, Magna Lever Hoists, Pulling Hooks & Sheaves, Cable Guides & Jamb Skids Manhole
Pulling Eyes, Strap Hoists, Link Sticks, Capstan Hoists Cover Lifters, Manhole Rescue Equipment
Wire Grips & Swivels Pages 105-123
Wire Pulling Grips, Wedge Grips, Pocketbook ClampStar Connector Corrector Page 288
& Slip Grips, Wire Mesh Pulling Grips,
Swivels & Connectors, Clamps, Bands, Rope
Index Pages Pages 292-294
British Columbia: phone: 604-594-2701 • sales@linestar.ca

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca 100%
Saskatchewan/Manitoba: phone: 204-783-9771 • greg@linestar.ca Canadian
Ontario: phone: 905-564-5344 • saleson@linestar.ca Owned
5
Wrenches
Extra Capacity Adjustable Wrenches Lineman’s “Bell” Wrenches
Forged heat-treated alloy steel for maximum strength. Heat treated forged steel. Each end has two
hand tools
Extra capacity jaws allows use of a smaller wrench to size openings. Used on heavy three-bolt guy
handle bigger jobs. clamps on which clearance is limited.
Plastic-Dipped Handle
Part # Handle Finish Capacity Part # Large End Small End

D507-8 Plastic-Dipped 1-1/8” 3146 29/32” x 1-3/32” 5/8” x 13/16”
D507-10 Plastic-Dipped 1-5/16” 3146A 1-1/16” x 1-5/16” 5/8” x 7/8”
D507-12 Plastic-Dipped 1-1/2” 3146B 1-1/16” x 1-3/16” 11/16” x 7/8”
Cushion Grip Adjustable Wrench Adjustable Wrench - Black Industrial Finish

Green Cushion Grip Handle
Part # Length Max Capacity Part # Length Max Capacity

9AG10 10” 1-3/8” 9AB10 10” 1-3/8”
9AG12 12” 1-1/2” 9AB12 12” 1-1/2”
SpecialTY Wrenches
Part #920 Goat Wrench Part #4477 Micro-Adjustable “Click Type”
One side of the jaw is serrated to grip nuts, Metal Handle Torque Wrenches
bolts or pipe from 1/2” to 1-1/4”. Rugged, durable & easy to operate. All parts made from
Made from alloy steel. alloy tool steel for long life accuracy. Accuracy meets or
exceeds all applicable government specifications.
LOCKING PLIERS
10” Straight Jaw Locking Plier
• World Famous Crescent® Brand

• Maximum Jaw Opening Per ASME Specs
• Angled Tooth Pattern for Better Grip
• Nickel-Plated Finish Resists Rust and Corrosion
• Compound Action for Powerful Non-Slip
Locking Grip
• Versatile Curved Jaw Also Features Integral
www.linestar.ca
Part # Max. Jaw Capacity Overall Length Jaw Type

Wire Cutter
C10SV 1-3/4” 10” Straight
(45) (254)
Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

British Columbia: phone: 604-594-2701 • sales@linestar.ca 100%
Manitoba: phone: 204-783-9771 • salesmbsk@linestar.ca Canadian
6
SPECIALTY TOOLS
Hex-Key Wrenches
hand tools
Part # Keys Sizes

70591 9 5/64”, 3/32”, 3/32”, 7/64”, 1/8”, 9/64”
5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”
70583 8 3/32”, 7/64”, 1/8”, 9/64”, 5/32”
3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”
70581 8 .05”, 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”, 7/64”
1/8”, 9/64”, 5/32”
70570 5 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”
RBW-91634 - Ratcheting Box Wrench GP-223

• 9/16” x 3/4” • 9/16” x 3/4”
• Thick-walled plastic ergonomic handle with centre • Thick-walled plastic ergonomic handle with centre
isolation hole isolation hole
• Rated 1000V • Rated 1000V
Bug Wrenches
Our other standard models provide unique combinations
that allow line workers to carry one tool that will install
hundreds of different connectors.
The very popular 3/4” and 9/16” combinations as in
BW-223 and the Heavy- Duty, Forged model BW-223HD,
are just right when installing or performing maintenance
on overhead transformers. BW-223
BW-223HD
with Heavy-Duty Forged Fitting
Bolt-Thru Ratchet Wrenches

The unique Bolt-Thru design allows bolts to pass entirely through the socket or
ratchet so that the nuts can be secured on any threaded length. Both handle types
have reversible ratchet levers.
151T Triple square sockets fit

Stamped steel handle with 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/8” square nuts
Stamped
triple square socket Steel Handle (1/2”, 5/8” & 3/4” bolts)
# PSD Penta DRIVER

Speed Sleeve™ spins freely to open
transformers and switch gears 2x faster
Includes
www.linestar.ca
removable
drill adapter
# PSD

7
SPECIALTY TOOLS
hand tools
101T Mini Triple Square Wrench
The Model 101T Mini Triple Square ratcheting lineman’s wrench is designed to
meet the specific needs of high line utility workers. The 101T fits most common
utility pole fasteners: lag bolts, C-clamps, and suspension bolts. The reduced
socket depth and short handle length makes the tool easier to use in tight
spaces. The compact size and light weight make it less tiring to use for extended
periods or to carry in a tool-belt. Although the new wrench is compact in size, it Square Socket Openings
still delivers big time performance with a torque capacity of 150 lb/ft. • 3/4” for 1/2” hardware
• 1” for 5/8” hardware
BRAND NEW DESIGN - TIME TESTED TECHNOLOGY • 1-1/8” for 3/4” hardware
Length = 8” Weight = 1.5 lbs
150 lb-ft capability Bolt-Thru Vinyl grip for comfort
103T Dual End Distribution Wrenches

One wrench does the work of many!
• Five socket sizes in one wrench
• Square = 3/4”(oversize), 1” & 1-1/8”
• Hex = 9/16” & 3/4”
• (3/4” Hex also turns 5/8” square nuts)
• Two handle lengths
• 9” (model 101TDE) & 12” (model 103TDE)
• Ergonomic handle shapes make work more comfortable
• Reversing control on both ends
• Twice as strong as a standard ratcheting box wrench
• Fluorescent orange sockets make the wrenches harder to lose, easier to find
• Bolt-thru design lets bolts pass entirely through sockets and arm head so
nuts can be secured on any threaded length.
Triple Square Tower Wrenches

• Three Square Sizes = 1-1/8”, 1-5/16” and 1-1/2”
• 103T Stamped 12 Inch / 104T Stamped 15”/105T Stamped 18”
• Bolt-Thru Design
• Provides greatest flexibility for lineman dealing with multiple sized hardware
• Coated with epoxy paint for durability and easy cleaning 104T
• Socket painted fluorescent orange for high visibility
• Designed for utility, construction and maintenance workers
Double Square Tower Wrench

• Two Square Sizes = 1-5/16” and 1-1/2”
• 52 Cast 15 Inch / 53 Cast 20 Inch / 152 Stamped 17 Inch
• Provides flexibility for lineman dealing with multiple sized hardware
• Bolt-Thru Design • Coated with epoxy paint for durability and easy cleaning
• Designed for utility, construction and maintenance workers
www.linestar.ca

8
IMPACT SOCKETS
1/2” DRIVE SOCKETS
hand tools
6 Point Deep Well 6 Point Standard 12 Point Deep Well 12 Point Standard
Part # Size Length Part # Size Length Part # Size Length Part # Size Length
4516 1/2” 3-3/64” 4016 1/2” 1-7/16” 4616 1/2” 3-3/64” 4116 1/2” 1-7/16”
4518 9/16” 3-3/64” 4018 9/16” 1-7/16” 4618 9/16” 3-3/64” 4118 9/16” 1-7/16”
4520 5/8” 3-3/64” 4020 5/8” 1-15/32” 4620 5/8” 3-3/64” 4120 5/8” 1-15/32”
4522 11/16” 3-3/64” 4022 11/16” 1-15/32” 4622 11/16” 3-3/64” 4122 11/16” 1-15/32”
4524 3/4” 3-3/64” 4024 3/4” 1-15/32” 4624 3/4” 3-3/64” 4124 3/4” 1-15/32”
4526 13/16” 3-3/64” 4026 13/16” 1-9/16” 4626 13/16” 3-3/64” 4126 13/16” 1-9/16”
4528 7/8” 3-3/64” 4028 7/8” 1-5/8” 4628 7/8” 3-3/64” 4128 7/8” 1-5/8”
4530 15/16” 3-3/64” 4030 15/16” 1-5/8” 4630 15/16” 3-3/64” 4130 15/16” 1-5/8”
4532 1” 3-3/64” 4032 1” 1-11/16” 4632 1” 3-3/64” 4132 1” 1-11/16”
4534 1-1/16” 3-3/64” 4034 1-1/16” 1-3/4” 4634 1-1/16” 3-3/64” 4134 1-1/16” 1-3/4”
4536 1-1/8” 3-3/64” 4036 1-1/8” 1-13/16” 4636 1-1/8” 3-3/64” 4136 1-1/8” 1-13/16”
4540 1-1/4” 3-3/64” 4038 1-3/16” 1-7/8” 4638 1-3/16” 3-3/64” 4138 1-3/16” 1-7/8”
4040 1-1/4” 1-59/64” 4640 1-1/4” 3-3/64” 4140 1-1/4” 1-59/64”
1/2” DRIVE SOCKETS sets
Part # 6 Point Deep Well Socket Sets

410 8 Pc 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1 Rail & 8 Clips
414 11 Pc 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1 Rail & 11 Clips
Part # 6 Point Standard Socket Sets
419 14 Pc 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1-3/16”,
1-1/4”, 2 Rails & 14 Clips
423 18 Pc 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”,
1-3/16”, 1-1/4”, 10” Ratchet, 5” Extension, Flex Handle & Metal Box
Part # 12 Point Deep Well Socket Sets

409 8 Pc 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1 Rail & 8 Clips
402 11 Pc 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1 Rail & 11 Clips
Part # 12 Point Standard Socket Sets
418 12 Pc 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 10” Ratchet,
www.linestar.ca
5” Extension, Metal Box

417 15 Pc 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1-1/4”,
10” Ratchet, 5” Extension, Metal Box

1/2” drive ratchet & torque wrenches
9
hand tools
4433 1/2” Drive Ratchet wrench 5454A 1/2” Drive Ratchet wrench
10-1/4” Overall Length 16” Overall Length
Tri-penta wrench
This underground utility wrench
combines three everyday functions into
one convenient tool. The ¾” Penta
Socket opens transformers and switch
gears. The addition of a high visibility
patent pending Speed SleeveTM helps
linemen open those transformers and
switch gears up to 2X faster than
standard penta sockets or wrenches. It
also comes with 2 other tools built into
the handle – the integrated Lid Lifter
lifts hand hole lids and the 3/8”
Screwdriver is great for opening
secondary or primary doors.
57005 ratchet torque wrench 3/8” drive 57010 ratchet torque wrench 1/2” drive
30 - 150 Inch Poinds, 10-5/8” Overall Length 50 - 250 Inch Poinds, 24-1/4” Overall Length
INSULATED RATCHET WRENCH

This 9” insulated wrench provides protection against electrical shock up to 1,000VAC and is made of a
lightweight, high-impact composite that is as strong as steel.
Part # The oversized forward/reverse lever
TE-08IRW-U-LST 1/2” Drive with Universal Fitting is easy to turn even when the worker
is wearing gloves. www.linestar.ca

10
PLIERS
LINEMAN’S PLIERS
hand tools
The Original Lineman’s Pliers

Sure-gripping cross-hatched knurled jaws.
Hot riveted joint ensures no handle wobble.
Also available with “Journeyman” style soft handles.
Heavy-Duty Side-Cutting Pliers High-Leverage Side-Cutting Pliers

Part # Part #
D2000-9NE Plastic-Dipped Handles D213-9NE Plastic-Dipped Handles
HD2000-9NE Heavy-Duty Plastic Dipped Handles HD213-NE Heavy-Duty Plastic Dipped Handles
D2000-9NETH Plastic Dipped Handles & 5/8” Bolt Thread D213-9NETH Plastic Dipped Handles & 5/8” Bolt Thread
Cuts ACSR, nails, screws & most hardened wire DO NOT CUT ACSR
Diagonal-cutting pliers
Part # Part #
D228-7 7-1/8” Red Plastic Dipped Handles D202-5 5-9/16” Red Plastic Dipped Handles
D228-8 8-1/16” Red Plastic Dipped Handles D202-6 6-1/8” Red Plastic Dipped Handles
D248-8 8-1/16” Same as D228-8 but with Angled Head Use “C” suffix for spring loaded self-opening jaws
Diagonal-cutting pliers
Long Nose Pliers

Part #
D203-5 5-5/8” Side Cutting Jaws, Yellow Dipped Handles Part # 1005 CUTTING & CRIMPING TOOL
D203-6 6-5/8” Side Cutting Jaws, Yellow Dipped Handles Crimping die marked for insulated & non-insulated
D301-5 5-5/8” Standard Jaws, Yellow Dipped Handles solderless terminals & connectors.
D301-6 6-5/8” Standard Jaws, Yellow Dipped Handles
Use “C” suffix for spring loaded self-opening jaws
pump pliers
Secure tongue and groove design
for non-slip grip – even with heavy
pressure. Wide range of versatile
jaw positions.
Part # Jaw Capacity Overall Length Weight (lbs.)

D502-10 1-3/4” 10” .97
(45) (254)
www.linestar.ca
D502-12 2-3/8” 12-1/4” 1.37

(60) (311)
D502-16 4-1/4” 16-3/4” 3.22
(108) (425)

11
SPECIALITY TOOLS
LEATHERMAN WAVE MULTI-TOOL
The Leatherman Wave multi-tool is hands down our most popular
hand tools
model, made famous by its outside-accessible blades that can
be deployed with just one hand. When we redesigned it in 2004,
we gave the new Wave larger knives, stronger pliers, longer wire
cutters, and all-locking blades. Perfect for any job, adventure, or
everyday task, the Wave multi-tool is an international best-seller.
Tools:
Needle nose Pliers Regular Pliers
Wire Cutters Hard-wire Cutters
420HC Knife 420HC Serrated Knife
Saw Scissors
Wood/Metal File Diamond-coated File
Large Bit Driver Small Bit Driver
Medium Screwdriver Ruler (8 inch/19 cm)
Bottle Opener Can Opener
Wire Stripper
please contact any LineStar branch for other Leatherman products
SCREWDRIVERS & NUT DRIVERS
KEYSTONE-TIP ROUND SHANK PHILLIPS-TIP ROUND SHANK

Part # Tip Shank Overall Part # Point Shank Overall
Width Length Length Size Length Length
602-3 7/32” 3” 6-3/4” 603-1 #2 1-1/2” 3-7/16”
602-4 1/4” 4” 8-11/32” 603-3 #1 3” 6-3/4”
602-6 5/16” 6” 10-15/16” 603-4 #2 4” 8-5/16’
602-8 3/8” 8” 13-7/16” 603-6 #3 6” 11”
602-10 3/8” 10” 15-7/16” 603-7 #2 7” 11-5/16”
602-12 3/8” 12” 17-7/16” 603-10 #2 10” 14-5/16”
KEYSTONE-TIP square SHANK cabinet-tip round shank

Part # Tip Shank Overall Part # Tip Shank Overall
Width Length Length Width Length Length
600-4 1/4” 4” 8-11/32” 605-4 1/4” 4” 8-11/32”
600-6 5/16” 6” 10-15/16” 605-6 1/4” 6” 10-15/16”
600-8 3/8” 8” 13-7/16” 605-8 1/4” 8” 12-11/32”
600-12 1/2” 12” 17-7/16” 605-10 1/4” 10” 14-11/32’
Wiha 53040 12.0 x 200mm Soft Finish Extra Heavy Duty Slotted Screwdriver
Featuring advanced technology dual material
www.linestar.ca
molding. A remarkable improvement in handle

design, comfort and performance. The Soft Finish
ergonomic shape allows maximum torque and
user comfort.

12
hand tools cushion grip nut drivers
Insulated screwdrivers & nut drivers are

available. Add “INS” suffix to the part number.
3” & 4” shanks 6” shanks

Part # Hex Shank Overall Part # Hex Shank Overall
Size Length Length Size Length Length
630-3/16 3/16” 3” 6-3/4” 646-3/16 3/16” 6” 9-3/4”
630-1/4 1/4” 3” 6-3/4” 646-1/4 1/4” 6” 9-3/4”
630-5/16 5/16” 3” 6-3/4” 646-5/16 5/16” 6” 9-3/4”
630-11/32 11/32” 3” 6-3/4” 646-11/32 11/32” 6” 9-3/4”
630-3/8 3/8” 3” 6-3/4” 646-3/8 3/8” 6” 9-3/4”
630-7/16 7/16” 3” 7-5/16” 646-7/16 7/16” 6” 10-5/16”
630-1/2 1/2” 3” 7-5/16” 646-1/2 1/2” 6” 10-5/16”
630-9/16 9/16” 4” 9-3/8” 646-9/16 9/16” 6” 11-3/8”
630-5/8 5/8” 4” 9-3/8” 646-5/8 5/8” 6” 11-3/8”
631 7 piece set sizes 3/16” thru 1/2” 647 7 piece set sizes 3/16” thru 1/2”
measuring tools
measuring tapes
Oversized numbers for quick and accurate readings.
Baked on epoxy coating resists rust & scratches.
Part # Length Case

93116 16’ Chrome
93125 25’ Chrome
93430 30’ Chrome
928-16HV 25’ Hi-Vis Orange
FIBREGLASS TAPES
1/2” woven fibreglass tapes with moisture-proof coating.
Tape line is graduated in feet & inches to 8ths.
Part # Length Case
946-50 50 Feet Hard Case
946-100 100 Feet Hard Case
946-150 150 Feet Open Reel
61662 FOLDING FIBREGLASS RULER

• Combination Metric & Inch • 2 Meter / 78”, 15mm/ 5/8” wide
www.linestar.ca
• 10 Sections, Deep Embossed • Outside Reading Metric

• Inside Reading Inch • 1/16” & 1mm/CM Marks

13
HAMMERS
Part # Head Overall 809 Double Face
808 Straight Claw Weight Length
808-16 16 Ounce 13”
hand tools
808-20 20 Ounce 14”
832-32 32 Ounce 15” 803 Ball-Peen
832 Lineman’s Straight Claw 809-36 36 Ounce 14”
803-16 16 Ounce 13-1/2”
803-24 24 Ounce 15”
803-32 32 Ounce 15”
803 & 809 series have fibreglass shaft handles with neoprene grip.
803 & 832 series have wooden handles. All heads are made of forged, tempered steel.
LINEMAN HAMMER
• Large Head for driving Lag Screws, “J” Hooks and Hard Heads
• Small Staple Starter Head
• Integrated Staple Puller (also replaceable)
MLH1 (Milled Face) • Integrated “J” Hook Remover • Fiberglass Non Conductive Handle
SLH1 (Smooth Face) • Longer Handle for 2 Handed Driving
• 35oz & Milled Face or Smooth Face
KNIVES C
A
B D
Lineman’s Skinning Knives

Style Part # Description
A 1570-3 Flat stock handle with notched blade & ring
B 7086 Round stock handle with notched blade & ring
C 7090 Ergonomic handled knife that features a 9-7/8” length with an accessory ring
D 70904 Ergonomic handled knife that features a 9-7/8” length with a notched and blunt point
BB-1 Brush Blade - 2 Tools in 1

Integrated wire brush for cleaning conductors to
make better connections. Brushes up to
1000 MCM Conductor. Wire brush is
easily replaceable. Blade brush design
discourages scraping the aluminium
M4455-50 Universal Skinning Knife
conductors which can distort
Fits on the spline of any brand of universal
the size. Stainless steel black
hot stick and has a 3” blade.
oxide coated blade for maximum durability and sharpness.
46037
Cable Splicers Kit
Includes 1 each of
the knife, scissors
and pouch.
4089 4051
Part # Description
Skinning Drawknife
www.linestar.ca
44200 Splicer’s Knife

Knife Holder Holder
2100-7 Scissors
5187 Leather Pouch

14
hand tools POCKET KNIVES
44001-BLK Lockback Knife 44005 Lockback Knife

Same as the 44001 but with a black chrome The Sheepfoot style blade is 2-5/8” long. The handle
blade and an anodized-aluminium handle. is made of a impact-resistant nylon resin.
44006 Lightweight Lockback Knife

2-5⁄8” Sheepfoot Blade
Sheepfoot blade is AUS 8 stainless-steel hardened to
58-59 Rc. Anodized-aluminium handle for corrosion
resistance. Reversible thumb stud provides easy,
one-handed opening. Includes removable pocket/belt
All Lockback knives have a reversible thumb stud clip for easy access.
for easy, one-handed opening.
POCKET KNIVES AND SHARPENERS

44037 Sportsman Knife 44150 Mulit-Purpose
The curved handle is made Sharpening Steel
of ebony wood with a brass Tungsten carbide bonded to fine,
bolster. The stainless steel medium and rough
blade is 3-3/8” long. Comes surfaces can sharpen any blade.
with a leather snap case with The chisel point is useful for other
belt loop. jobs that would harm a knife such
as prying, chiseling, scrapping or
splitting.
48036
Knife Sharpener
High-grade,
44001 Lockback Knife tungsten carbide inserts
Features a 2-1/2” AUS8 stainless steel blade sharpen both sides of the
and belt clip. 3-1/2” closed length. blade at the same time.
Speedy Sharp
• Handheld carbide sharpener and honing tool
www.linestar.ca
• Space-age Micro 100 Super Carbide that will never wear out
• World’s fastest sharpener sharpens virtually everything

15
hydraulic impact wrenches
impact wrenches
ID07810 Hydraulic Impact Wrench
This wrench develops 500 foot pounds of torque but weighs just over 7 lbs. The
7/16” quick change chuck is standard and a 7/16” hex to 1/2” square adapter
is included. It is fully reversible and has a flow rate of 4-12 gpm. Rugged and
durable, this quality tool will outperform and outlast all others.
7121
7/16” Hex to
1/2” Square Adapter
H8508-1 Hydraulic Impact Wrench HW1 Hydraulic Impact Wrench

A reversible, twin hammer wrench Impact and temperature resistant
that develops up to 400 ft-lbs of replaceable polymer grip designed
torque with a 7/16” hex quick to dissipate heat from the cast
change chuck. The operating handle. Increased service life with
pressure is 1,000 to 2,500 psi the addition of back-up rings and
with a flow rate of 4-10 gpm. larger O-rings. Built-in hydraulic
A 7/16” hex to 1/2” square check valve to eliminate damage
adapter is included. Weighs 7.1 lbs. from an improperly connected tool.
Part #HW1V Hydraulic Impact
Drill w/ Torque Control
These Hydraulic Wrenches Are Pressure Tested and Torque Certified Prior To Shipment
BATTERy PoWERED IMPACT WREnCHES

DTW800Z
7/16” Cordless High Torque Impact Wrench with Brushless Motor
7/16” Hex, Variable Speed, Reversible
• Features 7/16” one-touch bit holder for rapid bit changes
• 3 stage impact power selection prevents over-tightening of fasteners
• BL DC motor with high power to weight and size ratio
• BL DC motor generates less heat buildup and is ideal for prolonged use in
manufacturing / production applications
• Heavy duty ring enables tool to be hung on hook or bucket lines when not
immediately in use
• Variable speed trigger allows operator to adjust fastening speed based on
materials or application
• Electric brake prevents over-tightening of fasteners
• Rubber joint construction suppresses transmission of vibration to battery,
minimizing battery failures due to terminal breakage or poor electrical contact
• Twin LED job lights with pre-glow and afterglow features illuminates work area
• Ergonomic soft rubber grip design for vibration absorption and comfortable
operation
BL1830 18V 3.0Ah Li-Ion Battery

• Li-Ion Batteries offer extended run time versus Ni-Cad and Ni-MH batteries
• Li-Ion Batteries offer more cycles over the life of the battery versus Ni-Cad and Ni-MH
batteries
• Optimum Charging System utilizes 3 Active Controls (Current, Voltage & Temperature) to
maximize battery life
• Built-In Memory Chip communicates with Charger CPU to optimize the charging process
based on the unique conditions of each battery.
www.linestar.ca
• Available in 1/Pk, 2/Pk and 10/Pk (Bulk)

16
impact wrenches BATTERy PoWERED IMPACT WREnCHES
LXWT01
18V LXT Lithium-Ion Cordless 7/16” Hex High Torque Impact Wrench Kit
Compact and Lightweight Design with High Maximum Fastening Torque
• Features 7/16” One-Touch Bit Holder for rapid bit changes
• Heavy Duty Ring enables tool to be hung on hook or bucket lines when not
immediately in use
• Same Fastening Torque in forward and reverse rotation
• Rubber Joint Construction suppresses transmission of vibration to battery,
• Rubber Bumper protects material from damage
• Easy to Operate On/Off Rocker Switch
• 1-3/4” Wide Hook enables tool to be hung on rafters, pipes, etc. when not
immediately in use
• LED Light with Afterglow feature and Independent On/Off Switch
• Ergonomic Soft Rubber Grip design for vibration absorption and comfortable
operation
BL1850B 18V 5.0 Ah Li-Ion Battery

• 5.0 Ah battery offers maximum run time for prolonged, heavy-duty applications
• NEW Battery fuel gauge indicates approximate remaining battery power
• NEW Battery Protection System provides Over-Discharge, Temperature and Current
• Protection for enhanced performance, battery cycle life and overall battery life
(when used with STAR marked tool)
• Li-Ion Batteries offer extended run time versus Ni-Cad and Ni-MH batteries
• Li-Ion Batteries offer more cycles over the life of the battery versus Ni-Cad and
Ni-MH batteries
• Optimum Charging System utilizes 3 Active Controls (Current, Voltage &
Temperature) to maximize battery life
• Built-In Memory Chip communicates with Charger CPU to optimize the charging
process based on the unique conditions of each battery
196675-2 - 1/Pk
196681-7 - 2/Pk
197198-3 - 10/Pk
DC18RC 18V Li-Ion Rapid Charger

Charges 7.2V - 18V Ni-Cad, Ni-MH and Li-Ion Slide Style Batteries
• Charges 18V 3.0 Ah Li-Ion battery BL1830 in just 22 minutes!
• Charges 18V 4.0 Ah Li-Ion battery BL1840B in just 36 minutes!
• Charges 18V 5.0 Ah Li-Ion battery BL1850B in just 45 minutes!
• 3 Active Controls System (Current, Voltage & Temperature) provides an optimal
charge and ensures battery cannot be overcharged or overheated during the
charging process
• Central Processing Unit (CPU) in battery communicates with charger to analyze
battery and charge according to its unique condition
• Forced Air Cooling Fan keeps battery at optimum charging temperature and
prevents over heating
• Digital Power Display indicates condition of battery and current charge level
(-80%, +80%, 100%)
www.linestar.ca
• Use with Adapter ADP04 - Part No. #193949-2 - to charge pod/stick style batteries

17
BATTERy PoWERED IMPACT WREnCHES
impact wrenches
DTW450XRFE 1/2” Cordless Impact Wrench
1/2” Square Drive, Reversible, Flat Head Pin
• Equipped with Flat Head Pin for improved socket retention
• Same Fastening Torque in forward and reverse rotation
• Rubber Joint Construction suppresses transmission of vibration to battery,
• Rubber Bumper protects material from damage
• Easy to Operate On/Off Rocker Switch
• 1-3/4” Wide Hook enables tool to be hung on rafters, pipes, etc. when not
immediately in use
• LED Light with Afterglow feature and Independent On/Off Switch
• Ergonomic Soft Rubber Grip design for vibration absorption and comfortable
operation
DDF481RTE 1/2” Cordless Drill / Driver with Brushless Motor

Variable 2-Speed, Reversible
• eXtreme Protection Technology (XPT) offers maximum protection against
dust, debris and liquids for optimal performance in extreme conditions
• Battery fuel gauge indicates approximate remaining battery power
• Brushless DC motor with high power to weight and size ratio
• Brushless DC motor generates less heat buildup and is ideal for
prolonged /use in manufacturing / production applications
• Battery protection system provides over-discharge, temperature and
circuit protection for enhanced performance, battery cycle life and overall
battery life
• 21 clutch settings deliver up to 1,090 in. lbs. of torque
• All metal gears for more efficient power transmission
• Ultra-compact design (only 8-1/8” long)
• Dual LED job lights with afterglow feature
• Improved ergonomic soft rubber grip design for vibration absorption and
comfortable operation features re-contoured rear grip portion and ribbed
grip for improved hold
www.linestar.ca

18
impact wrenches 1/2” Drive Impact Sockets
These “Double Square” sockets

are used on 1/2” drive impact
wrenches when installing most
pole line hardware.
8 Point Deep Well 8 Point Deep Well

Part # Size Length Part # Size Length
4772 3/8” 3-1/4” 4786 13/16” 3-1/4”
4774 7/16” 3-1/4” 4788 7/8” 3-1/2”
4776 1/2” 3-1/4” 4790 15/16” 3-1/2”
4778 9/16” 3-1/4” 4792 1” 3-1/2” 1311SD 11 Piece 8 Point Impact Socket Set
4780 5/8” 3-1/4” 4794 1-1/16” 3-1/2” 1/2” Square Drive, Sizes 1/2” to 1-1/8”
4782 11/16” 3-1/4” 4796 1-1/8” 3-1/2”
4784 3/4” 3-1/4”
6 Point Deep Well 6 Point Standard 12 Point Deep Well 12 Point Standard
Part # Size Part # Size Part # Size Part # Size
4912 3/8” 4812 3/8” 4964 7/16” 4864 7/16”
4914 7/16” 4814 7/16” 4966 1/2” 4866 1/2”
4916 1/2” 4816 1/2” 4968 9/16” 4868 9/16”
4918 9/16” 4818 9/16” 4970 5/8” 4870 5/8”
4920 5/8” 4820 5/8” 4972 11/16” 4872 11/16”
4922 11/16” 4822 11/16” 4974 3/4” 4874 3/4”
4924 3/4” 4824 3/4” 4976 13/16” 4876 13/16”
4926 13/16” 4826 13/16” 4978 7/8” 4878 7/8”
4928 7/8” 4828 7/8” 4980 15/16” 4880 15/16”
4930 15/16” 4830 15/16” 4982 1” 4882 1”
4932 1” 4832 1” 4984 1-1/16” 4884 1-1/16”
4934 1-1/16” 4834 1-1/16” 4986 1-1/8” 4886 1-1/8”
4936 1-1/8” 4836 1-1/8” 4988 1-3/16” 4888 1-3/8”
4938 1-3/16” 4838 1-3/16” 4990 1-1/4” 4890 1-1/4”
4940 1-1/4” 4840 1-1/4” 4992 1-5/16” 4892 1-5/16”
4942 1-5/16” 4842 1-5/16” 4994 1-3/8” 4894 1-3/8”
4944 1-3/8” 4844 1-3/8” 4996 1-7/16” 4896 1-7/16”
4946 1-7/16” 4846 1-7/16” 4998 1-1/2” 4898 1-1/2”
4948 1-1/2” 2018 1-1/2”
1719D
19 Piece 12 Point
Impact Socket Set
1/2” Square Drive,
Sizes 3/8” to 1-1/2”
www.linestar.ca
1312D
13 Piece 6 Point Impact Socket Set
1/2” Square Drive, Sizes 7/16” to 1-1/4”

19
SPECIALITy SoCkETS & ADAPTERS
impact wrenches
Triple Square Impact Socket
Three square openings in one socket:
- 3/4” (oversize) for 1/2” hardware
- 1” for 5/8” hardware
- 1-1/8” for 3/4” hardware
• 13/16” diameter, 6” long hollow shaft
allows use on long threaded bolts
• Narrowed center allows easy grip with
or without gloves
Double Square Sockets • 7/16” hex quick-change adapter included
1/2” Square Drive, 5” Long • Length 7-3/4”, weight 2 lbs
Part # Sizes Part # Sizes
Z-081618S5 1” x 1-1/8” 23-26908-9900 1” x 1-1/8”
NR1 Nut Runner NR2 Nut Runner

This 4-way, 6” deep, socket has openings on both ends. A larger, 3-way socket similar to the NR1 but for larger
One end accepts 3/4” and 13/16” square nuts while size hardware. The NR2 accepts 1-5/16” square nuts
the other end is sized for 1” and 1-1/8” square nuts. in one end and 1-1/8” & 1-1/2” square nuts on the
The 7/16” hex to 3/4” square adapter is included. other. The 7/16” hex to 1” square adapter is included.
49782 7/16” Hex to 3/4” Square Adapter 21111 7/16” Hex to 1” Square Adapter
9076
Penta Socket
1/2” Drive
7121
7/16” Hex to 1/2” Square Adapter
For up to 300 foot pounds of torque.
QR-514 PHS-2
1/2” Square Drive to Penta Socket on one end, 3/4”Hex Socket
7/16” Quick Change Chuck on other end. 1/2” Female Drive.
www.linestar.ca

20
drills & auger bits SPECIALITy SoCkETS & ADAPTERS
Double Square Utility Socket Sets
Sockets have a black oxide finish and utilize proprietary impact quality steel.
All sockets come with individual Blue Bully Hex Adapters (Best Adapter Avail-
able). Sockets are secured in easy mount casing that can be mounted in your
vehicle or on any wall.
2758 Includes: Mounting Tray, Blue Bully Hex Adapters and 9/16”, 13/16”,
1” & 1-1/8” Sockets
2753 Includes: Mounting Tray, Blue Bully Hex Adapters and 13/16”, 7/8”, 1”
& 1-1/8” Sockets
Double Shot Socket, 3/4” or 9/16” Hex

One Socket automatically changes from the 9/16” to 3/4” hex with press
spring slide action. Just press on a 3/4” hex and 9/16” hex slides back.
21-R4C13-0000
• 1/2 inch square drive • Length = 3”
• Weight = 12 oz • Hex socket openings:
- 9/16” for 5/16” hardware
- 3/4” for 3/8” hardware
Wood Owl auger bits

Deep Cut Ship Augers
Designed for making deep, smooth cuts in Utility Poles,
Railroad Ties, Pressure-treated Lumber, Wet or Frozen Wood.
Item # Diameter Item # Diameter

08803 3/8” 9.5mm 08812 15/16” 24mm
08804 7/16” 11mm 08813 1” 25mm
08805 1/2” 13mm 08814 1-1/16” 27mm
08806 9/16” 14mm 08815 1-1/8” 29mm
08807 5/8” 16mm 08817 1-1/4” 32mm
18” 08808 11/16” 17.5mm 08818 1-3/8” 35mm
08809 3/4” 19mm 08819 1-1/2” 38mm
08810 13/16” 21mm
98811 7/8” 22mm 02390 Re sharpening File
Nail Eater Extreme Impact Auger Bits

• Quickly bore through creosoted and salt-treated utility poles
• Resists wear, eats throughnails and staples
• Self-feeding screw point draws the bit through the wood
• 7/16 IN hex shank to fit impact drivers
• Available in 18” overall length
Item # Diameter
70PT-11/16” 11/16 Item # Diameter
70PT-13/16” 13/16 37868 9/16”
71PT-11/16” 11/16 37869 11/16”
www.linestar.ca
71PT-13/16” 13/16 37870 13/16”

37871 15/16”
24” drill bits available • #05305 - 12” ext. #05306 - 18” ext.
21
Low pressure hoses and fittings
hydraulic tools
Rubber Low Pressure Hose, Orange, Non-Conductive
• Certified non conductive orange rubber.
• Double rayon braid.
• Working pressure 2,250 psi (155 bar) tested to 75 kV/ft. for five minutes.
Item # Description
135245 Two 3/8” x 8’ (10 mm x 2.4 m) I.D.
Hoses with 3/8” NPTF male fittings
135247 Two 3/8” x 10’ (10 mm x 3 m) I.D.
Hoses with 3/8” NPTF male fittings
Low-Pressure Hydraulic Hose Couplers

2,250 psi hose is used with low pressure hydraulic tools. These hoses can be supplied
with or without flat face couplers. Hose is non-conductive
NS-371-6FP Female Coupler NS-372-6FP Male Coupler

3/8” Internal Thread 3/8” Internal Thread
Hydraulic Flow Valves & Intensifiers

10-1-SA
Hydraulic Intensifier
This intensifier increases
the pressure of the hydraulic
system of a vehicle so that
high-pressure tools can be
operated without an
additional power unit. It
operates on either open or
49913 HFC30 closed centre systems and
Hydraulic Flow Hydraulic Flow Control Valve has an optimum operating
Control Valve Operates off of a vehicle’s pressure of 1,800 psi at 6
Used to control the hydraulic circuit. It can accept gpm. Flow range is 4-7gpm.
direction of the flow a flow of up to 30 gpm and Includes a 10’ non-
to the tools, forward reduce it to a maximum of conductive, low-pressure
or reverse. 10 gpm allowing the correct twin-line hose and 8’ of
Includes couplers. flow to the hydraulic tool. high-pressure hose.
HB10
Hydraulic Intensifier
Works on both open and
closed centre systems and
produces 10,000 psi. Input
pressure is from 1,000 to
PVA0021 PVA0022 2,000 psi and has a flow
for Single Acting Tools for Double Acting Tools rate between 4 - 8 gpm.
www.linestar.ca
Couplers & hose sold

High-Pressure Hydraulic Control Valves separately.
These 4-way, 3-position valves can be connected directly to the tool or used
remotely with hoses. Output side couplers included.

22
hydraulic tools Hydraulic PRUNERS
The power-to-weight ratio of hydraulic tools is significantly higher than most gasoline powered tools, making them
the popular choice among professional arborists, right-of-way crews and utilities. These hydraulic tools operate on
either Open or Closed Centre systems and come with a standard 3/8” NPT Male Adapter.
CS28 Series Hydraulic Chain Saws • Flow Rate 7 - 9 GPM

This long reach saw has a 12” saw bar and an automatic chain • Operating Pressure 1,000 - 2,000 PSI
oiling system. Available in overall lengths of either 75” or 90”. • 75” Model Weighs 8.4 lbs.
• 90” Model Weighs 9 lbs.
CS28811 90” Hydraulic Chain Saw
CS25 Series Hydraulic Chain Saws
Same as the CS28 but with a flow rate of 4-6 GPM

CR27 Hydraulic Circular Saw • Flow Rate 5 - 7 GPM

This 79” long saw has a 9” blade on an angled head attached • Operating Pressure 1,000 - 2,000 PSI
to a fibreglass pole. A blade brake reduces “coast-down” time. • Weighs 9.6 lbs.
43177 Hydraulic Chain Saw • Flow Rate 5 - 8 GPM

This long reach saw comes in a standard length of 88.5” • Open or Closed Centre Hydraulic Systems
with a 13” cutting capacity and weighs 9 lbs. Saws in • Operating Pressure 1,000 - 2,000 PSI
lengths of 62.5” and 75” also are available. All models offer • 62.5” Model Weighs 8.25 lbs.
anti-kickback chain and automatic chain oiler. Insulated • 75” Model Weighs 8.75 lbs.
fibreglass tubes are tested to OSHA 1910.269.
43180 Hydraulic Circular Saw • Flow Rate 4 - 6 GPM

The 9” blade mounted on the angular head makes flush • Open or Closed Centre Hydraulic Systems
cuts easier and directs chips away from the operator. • Operating Pressure 1,000 - 2,000 PSI
www.linestar.ca
Safety features include hand stop collar, two-step trigger • 5,250 RPM at 6 GPM
and branch stop. Fibreglass tubes are tested to meet • Weighs 9 lbs; Overall Length 82”
OSHA regulation1910.269.

23
Hydraulic PRUNERS & Saws
hydraulic tools
48520 Hydraulic Utility Pruner • Flow Rate 5 - 8 GPM
Heavy cutting capacity cuts branches up to 2”. The • Open Centre Hydraulic System
full power return quickly forces the blades back open. • Operating Pressure 1,000 - 2,000 PSI
Insulated fibreglass tubes are tested to OSHA 1910.269. • Weighs 10.6 lbs; Overall Length 86”
CS06620 Hydraulic Chain Saw

This chain saw produces almost twice as
much power as it’s gasoline engine
counterparts but weighs only 6-1/4 lbs!
Comes standard with a 15” bar but 12” & 20”
models are available. Excellent saw for all types
of wood cutting: Trees, Limbs, Timbers and Utility
Poles. Automatic chain oiler, hand guards & low
kickback bars are just some of the features.
• Flow Rate 7 - 9 GPM

• Operating Pressure 1,500 - 2,000 PSI
• Overall Length 30”
CS05620 Hydraulic Chain Saw

Same as the CS06620 but with a flow rate of 4-6 GPM
HPS513 Chain Saw

Ideal for large trimming and cut-up removal jobs.
The chain and bar can be adjusted without removing
the sprocket cover. The handle can be adjusted from
a horizontal position to 30 or 60 degrees relative to
the bar and chain.
• Flow Rate 4 - 8 GPM

• Operating Pressure 1,000 - 2,000 PSI
• Weighs 8-1/2 lbs; Overall Length 26-1/2”
• Runs on Open or Closed Centre Hydraulic Systems
www.linestar.ca
• Includes 12” Whip Hoses with 3/8” NPTF Ends

24
hydraulic tools Hydraulic Breakers
Hydraulic Breakers
For scoring and cutting concrete, small rock breaking, rod driving and
tamping. Hydraulic breakers have a lower noise level than pneumatic
breakers and emit no exhaust. All models operate on pressures from 1,500
to 2,000 psi and come with whip hoses and flush-face, quick
disconnect couplers.
Part # Shank Size Flow Rate Weight Length

BR45550 1” x 4-1/4” 4 - 6 gpm 51 lbs 25”
BR45120 1-1/8” x 6” 7 - 9 gpm 51 lbs 25”
BR67120 BR67120 1-1/8” x 6” 7 - 9 gpm 67 lbs 27”
BR87120 1-1/8” x 6” 7 - 9 gpm 83 lbs 29”
Hydraulic Breakers
Ideal for breaking sidewalks and curbs and other demolition jobs, these
breakers run on open-center hydraulic systems. High blow energy provides
maximum breaking power yet these breakers have low noise and vibration
levels. 12” whip hoses with 1/2” NPTF ends are included. These breakers are
equipped with cushioned, spring-dampened handles that reduce the vibration
transmitted to the operator by 80%-90%.
The HPB45 models provide 2,160 bpm.

The HPB55 model delivers 1,860 bpm.
Couplers sold separately.
HPB45-1AVS
Part # Shank Size Flow Rate Weight Length
HPB45-1AVS 1-1/8” x 6” 5 - 8 gpm 53 lbs 28-1/2”
HPB45-2AVS 1” x 4-1/4” 5 - 8 gpm 46 lbs 26-1/2”
HPB55-1AVS 1-1/8” x 6” 5 - 8 gpm 55 lbs 30”
www.linestar.ca

25
BREAKER ATTACHMENTS
hydraulic tools
Used in small chipping hammers for light-duty jobs as well as heavy-duty breakers for the demolition
and cutting of concrete and stone, these tools are made of heat-treated steel to stand up to the
most demanding applications.
Length * SHANK SIZE & PART #

3/4” 7/8” x 3-1/4” 1” x 4-1/4” 1-1/8” x 6”
12” 48-62-3000 - - -- --
14” - - A11014 A21014 A31014
Narrow Chisel
18” 48-62-3005 A11018 A21018 A31018
* Length under collar.

3/4” 7/8” x 3-1/4” 1” x 4-1/4” 1-1/8” x 6”
12” 48-62-3010 - - -- -- Moil Point
14” - - A12014 A22014 A32014
18” 48-62-3015 A12018 A22018 A32018

3/4” 7/8” x 3-1/4” 1” x 4-1/4” 1-1/8” x 6”
12” 48-62-3030 - - -- --
3” Chisel
14” - - A13014 A23014 A33014
18” - - A13018 A23018 A33018
Blade SHANK SIZE & PART #

Width 3/4” 7/8” x 3-1/4” 1” x 4-1/4” 1-1/8” x 6”
4-1/2” 4
8-62-3040 B10200 B20200 B30200
5-1/2” - - B10300 B20300 B30300 Clay Spade
Rod SHANK SIZE & PART #

Size 3/4” 7/8” x 3-1/4” 1” x 4-1/4” 1-1/8” x 6”
5/8” 48-62-3070 B12783 B22783 B32783
3/4” 48-62-3070 B12785 B22785 B32785 Ground Rod Driver
7/8” - - -- B22787 B32787
1” - - -- B22789 B32789
Blade SHANK SIZE & PART #

Width 3/4” 7/8” x 3-1/4” 1” x 4-1/4” 1-1/8” x 6”
5” 48-62-3090 B10500 B20500 B30500
www.linestar.ca
Asphalt Cutter

26
canvas tool bags Canvas Tool Bags
Canvas Gear Bags with Heavy Vinyl coated reinforced bottoms for protection against abrasion
Tool Bag 12” with #8 Canvas 2114-14 2114-12

Canvas Tool Bag, Steel Frame, Web Handle
Hard Bottom, Vinyl Reinforced, Leather Strap Closure
2114-12 12”L X 7.5”W X 12”H
2114-14 14”L X 7.5”W X 14”H
2114-18 18”L X 9”W X 12”H 2114-18 2114-20
2114-20 20”L X 9”W X 14”H
Tool Bag 22” with #4 Canvas, 2 Outside Pockets

Canvas Tool Bag, Steel Frame, Web Handle
Hard Bottom, Vinyl Reinforced, Leather Strap Closure
2175 22”L X 10”W X 18”H • Weight 7 lbs.
Heavy Duty Gear Bags

5181ORALS Vinyl Equipment Bag
• One large, outside pocket with Velcro® fastening
• Adjustable, padded shoulder strap
• Durable, double-stitched plastic bottom
• Convenient rain flap with Velcro® fastening
• Two heavy-duty, slide-action buckles to conveniently close bag
• Wide-opening, steel frame securely riveted to top of bag helps maintain bags shape
5185ORA Lineman Backpack Orange

• Wide opening easily accommodates helmets, belts and other equipment
• Large front pocket for separate storage of gaffs, rubber gloves or other equipment
• Padded back area
• Durable, double stitched plastic bottom with drain holes
• Adjustable padded shoulder straps with adjustable chest strap
2117-1PCAMO-F Tool Bag

Tough water resistant vinyl fabric with a polymer plastic base, weather flap and
www.linestar.ca
large pocket. Leather strap closures and 2” webbing carry handles with box X
reinforcement. 24”L x 10”W x 19”H

27
Heavy Duty Gear Bags
canvas tool bags

2190-1LOSP - Tool 2117-CAHDL
Bag 24” with Heavy Large Tool Bag
Vinyl Coated Nylon with Wheels
& 1 Large O/S Pocket Nylon Cordura
Heavy Vinyl Coated Tool Bag, Wheels,
Nylon, Weather Flap, Shoulder Strap,
Web Handles, Hard Molded Plastic
Board Bottom, Vinyl Bottom, Camo
Reinforcement, Leather Design
Buckle Closure 24”L X 10”W X 19”H
24”L X 10”W X 19”H
2117-2HDL Large Tool Bag With Wheels

2117 series tool bags are wider than other bags and are made
from heavy canvas or vinyl coated nylon which is water resistant
and also very resistant to abrasion. The bottom is made from
molded polymer plastic which gives additional water resistance.
The 2” web handles are sewn completely to the bag. Box “X”
stitches on the handles prevent tearing. There is one large
outside pocket covered with a flap with snap fasteners. The
“HDL” series have a set of wheels attached with an expandable
handle that allows the bag to be pulled on its wheels rather
than having to lift the bag. This is like the “roller board” luggage.
This bag is vinyl with two outside pockets and a shoulder strap.
Round Canvas Tool Buckets

These Heavy-Duty canvas bags are available with “Blackwrap” plastic reinforced walls that prevent
the bags from “collapsing”. The molded plastic bottom protects against all kinds of weather.
Canvas bucket made with heavy canvas construction. Solid continuous PVC ring in top and polypropylene rope.
1215 - Canvas Bucket 1217 - Canvas Bucket 11215 - Canvas Bucket 11217 - Canvas Bucket
With 4958 brass swivel Features an 8” x 8” inside With 4958 brass swivel Features a polypropylene
www.linestar.ca
snap. Features an 8” x 8” pocket and has a molded snap. Features an 8” x 8” rope and an 8” x 8” inside
inside pocket and has a rubber bottom. inside pocket and a leather pocket. Has a leather bottom
molded rubber bottom. 12” Dia. x 15”H. bottom reinforced with which is reinforced with
12” Dia. x 15”H. masonite. 12” Dia. x 15”H masonite. 12” Dia. x 15”H.

28
canvas tool bags Round Canvas Tool Buckets
1230 - Mini Tool Bucket
Can be used for connectors, 2008-CAMO
nuts, and other small items. Miniature Tool Bucket with Pockets,
Can be set on desk or hung Forest Camo
in vehicles for other uses. • 5” Dia. X 6”H
Great for satey awards. • Weight 4 oz.
Diameter 5”. Height 7”. The “Mini Tool Bucket” is used in the
Power Utility Industry mainly as a
1231 - Mini Tool Bucket promotional item.
with outside pockets
Can be used for connectors,
nuts, and other small items.
Can be set on desk or hung
in vehicles for other uses.
Great for satey awards.
Diameter 5”. Height 7”.
5171PS Heavy-Duty Tapered-Wall 309C - Canvas Bucket 5109PS Wide Straight-Walled

Buckets with Pockets Heavy duty canvas. Steel top ring. Bucket with Pocket
Heavy duty canvas. Swivel snap. Polypropylene. Rope with 4958 brass Heavy duty canvas. 75 lb. (34 kg)
4 outside pockets. swivel snap. Molded rubber bottom. Max. Load Rating. High-density
12” top diameter. Inside glove strap. Diameter 9”. polyethylene top ring for strength
9” bottom diameter Height 11-1/2”. and chemical resistance.
Specialty Tool Buckets & Bags

These Heavy-Duty tool bags are made of a PVC impregnated, weatherproof fabric. They boast marine-proof rivets,
industrial strength double nylon stitching and oversized zippers. Tools are stored vertically for easy identification.
The hinged handle is rubber coated and all bags come with a non-slip, extra-wide padded shoulder strap.
5144HBS - Hard Body Oval Bucket 1815-14-HB-HQ 2658-AMP

Includes leather skinning knife sheath Oversized Oval Tool Bucket Ampact Tool Bag,
and 14 other interior pockets. Oversized Oval, Black Nylon Canvas Glove Bag Style
Orange, non-conductive plastic Cordura Body, Handles Hard Body Heavy Duty Canvas,
exterior maintains bucket shape. Liner, Inside and Outside Pockets. Inside Pocket, Oversized
Fabric constructed of rugged denier 15”L X 9”W X 9”H Top. Flap, 10 Shell Loops,
www.linestar.ca
polyester to resist wear and tear on Snap Closures.

the jobsite. Black molded 7”L X 6”W X 18”H
polypropylene bottom with drain holes.

29
Specialty Tool Buckets & Bags
These Heavy-Duty tool bags are made of a PVC impregnated, weatherproof fabric. They boast
canvas tool bags

marine-proof rivets, industrial strength double nylon stitching and oversized zippers. Tools are
stored vertically for easy identification. The hinged handle is rubber coated and all bags
come with a non-slip, extra-wide padded shoulder strap.
45150 - Line Hose Bag
Made of heavy weight canvas. 3/8” polypropylene
handle. Molded 12” bottom with drainage holes.
Add Y to the end of the product number for yellow or 2007-AMP
O1 for Orange. Add S1 to order the bag with a snap. Telephone Service
Solid PVC ring. Diameter-12”, Length-48”. Bucket, Snap
Heavy Duty Canvas,
45151 - Line Hose Bag Molded Top Ring and
Made of heavy weight canvas. 3/8” polypropylene
Bottom,
handle. Molded 12” bottom with drainage holes.
Leather Rope Holes,
Add Y to the end of the product number for yellow or
Polypro Handle, Snap.
O1 for Orange. Add S1 to order the bag with a snap.
10” dia. X 12” H
Solid PVC ring. Diameter-12”, Length-60”.
Aerial Oval Tool Buckets

These bags are basically the same as those on the opposite page but without web strap handles.
12169H1K - Canvas Bucket 1820HB Aerial Tool Bucket 1820-HB-CL Aerial Tool Bucket
Heavy duty canvas. 12 inside pockets. with Hard Body with Hard Body & attached Cover
PVC bumper to keep bucket from tilting. Heavy Canvas Oval Bucket, Heavy Canvas Oval Bucket,
Molded rubber bottom. 2 PVC hooks. Hard Body Plastic Liner. Hard Body Plastic Liner.
Length 14”, Width 6 1/2”, Height 10”. 15 Inside Pockets. 15 Inside Pockets.
15”L X 7”W X 9”H 15”L X 7”W X 9”H
5144BHB Hard-Body Oval Bucket 1807-3 Aerial Bucket for Bolt 1815-14-2G Splicers Tool
with Kickstand Cutters & Compression Tools Bucket with 2 Grommets
Kickstand for stability and proper Large Oval Compression Tool Bag. 14 Outside Pockets & 15 Inside
orientation. Black molded
www.linestar.ca
Hard Body Plastic, Dividers Form Pockets. Carry Handles, Molded

polypropylene bottom with drain holes. 5 Compartments. Bottom & 2 Grommets.
Orange, non-conductive plastic exterior 16”L X 9”W X 20”H 15”L x 7”W x 9”H
maintains bucket shape. 1807-3HD 16”L X 9”W X 40”H

30
aerial bucket items Aerial Bucket Tool Aprons
4500Y Aerial Basket Tool Apron 4500YM2 Aerial Basket Tool Apron 1828 Aerial Canvas Tool Apron
Sewn in Stiffener. 2 pocket holster. An aerial tool basket apron that 7 Hand Tool Pockets & 1 Pouch.
Hammer loop. PVC cap bottom. features a magnetic strip that allows 3 Hammer Loops.
2 nut and bolt bags. 11 socket linemen to store loose hardware and 18”L x 4”W x 10.5”H
pockets. 2 PVC pipe inserts for easily access it when required.
auger bit holders. Length 23-7/8”,
Width 4”, Height 21-3/4”.
1826 1829-HB-7 Aerial Tool Apron 51829M Aerial Apron with Magnet
Aerial Canvas Tool Apron with Inosil & Hard body Sewn-in magnet design won’t catch
8 Hand Tool Pockets Features Inosil Corrosion Shield on gloves. Includes ten hand tool
& 1 Pouch. & Hard body Stiffener. pockets, two pouches, hammer loop
1 Quick Release Snap. Multiple Hand Tool Pockets, Bolt and two drill bit holders. Two pouches
reinforced with heavy duty rivets.
18”L x 4”W x 19.5”H Cutter Sleeve & Drill Bit Holder.
23.9”L x 4”W x 21.25”H
1825-BT 1825-BT-P
Aerial Apron to Hold Aerial Apron to Hold
Battery Operated Tools Battery Operated Tools
Yellow Vinyl Coated Nylon, Yellow Vinyl Coated Nylon,
2 Grommets. Steel Frame, 2 Grommets. Steel Frame,
Bottom Reinforcement. Bottom Reinforcement.
15.5”L X 4”W X 13”H 15.5”L X 4”W X 13”H
www.linestar.ca

31
Aerial Bucket Hooks & Tool Boards
aerial bucket items

2401 2401-3 SH-1 SH-2 SH-5
Nylon, Polymer & PVC Bucket Hooks

2401 Yellow Polymer Hook for 2” Lip 11/16”
2401-3 Yellow Polymer Hook for 3” Lip 11/16”
2403 Nylon Polymer Hook for 3” Lip 5/8”
SH-1 Red Nylon Single Hook for 2” Lip 3/4” Square
SH-2 Red Nylon Single with Back Hook for 2” Lip 3/4” Square
SH-3 Red Nylon Triple Hook for 2” Lip 3/4” Square
SH-5 Red Nylon Triple with Back Hook for 2” Lip 3/4” Square
05-829-L Lighted Tool Board with Utility Bag 6.5 lbs.

• One piece design fits both buckets with an without liners
• Special designed bracket enables the tool boards to be easily installed and removed
without tools
• Each board has a four pocket leather tool pouch, leather knife pouch, nylon loops, and
hammer loop
• Utility bag is made from heavy duty cordura
• A wide leather loop is riveted on the top of bag for easy access with rubber gloves
• Also available with lights above the cordura bag and lights along the entire bottom of
board. Ideal for night time and low light conditions. Battery and switch operated.
2AA batteries included.
05-829-L
05-829 Fiberglass Tool Board

• New one piece design fits both buckets with and without liners.
• Special designed bracket enables the tool boards to be easily
installed and removed without tools.
• Each board has a four pocket leather tool pouch, leather knife
pouch and four nylon loops with cordura backing.
• Utillity bag is made from heavy duty cordura.
• A wide leather loop is riveted on the top for easy access with
rubber gloves.
05-829
05-830 Tool Board with Socket Holder 9 lbs.

www.linestar.ca
• Holds deep throat sockets from 1/2” to 1”
05-830

32
aerial bucket items Aerial Bucket Tool Holders
05-831 Multi-Purpose Impact Wrench and Drill Holster
• Attaches to buckets with and without liners
• Holder can be mounted inside or outside
• Top bracket can be moved to either side to enable holder to be used right or left handed
• Two models to choose from
• Two drill bits can be stored in the multi-purpose holder
• Includes velcro hold down strap to keep wrench in place
4514 Fibreglass
Chain Saw Scabbard
The fibreglass chainsaw scabbard is
designed to store your gas powered
or hydraulic chainsaw from your aerial
basket. It can be used to mount
on the inside or outside of the
basket. Overall length is 32”.
Storage chamber is
6” x 3 1/4” x 17 1/2”.
05-832
Impact Wrench and Drill Holster
4503 - Fibreglass Tool Holder 01-P-058-4 - Hot Stick Carriers--Boom Mounted

Equipped with stream light base. Built in hanger to Used to hold down the hot line insulator blanket
fit over 3 3/4” basket lip. Light sold separately. B2 on a pole top pin. Installation eye for mounting
bumper is available. Length 10”, Width 4-1/2”. holder with shotgun stick. 12-1/2” x 8” x 9”
06-177 Boom Mounted Pruner/Saw Holder

• Pruner / saw holder provides an excellent method for
storage of hydraulic tools during line clearance work
• Boom mounted tool holders are constructed with
fibreglass laminates
• Ratchet load binders with 1” wide nylon straps secures
holders firmly to boom
• Gravity type latch secures control end of tool and is easy
www.linestar.ca
to open and close

• Unit adapts to square, rectangular, round and oval booms

33
Aerial Bucket Tool Holders
aerial bucket items

2651
Compression Tool &
4037 Bolt Cutter Bag
Compression • 10”L X 3’W X 19”H
Tool Holder • Weight 1 lb. 7 oz.
Heavy duty orange Estex Compression tool and bolt
vinyl and neoprene cutter bags are made from
nylon bottom. heavyweight vinyl coated nylon
Drainage hole in with a heavy bottom reinforcement.
bottom. Grommet There are several rivets inthe bottom
holes in top for edge for additional support. This
suspension. version has two pockets for either
Length 26” two compression tools or one
Width 10” compression tool and one bolt
cutter. The back is extended so
the tool handles do not extend too
high above the lip of the bucket.
05-951 Hastings Tool Tray 05-955 Hastings Durable 05-919-1

Compact Lightweight outside Light Weight Tool Tray Extra Deep Tool Tray
mount tool tray. This durable poly tray is designed to Lightweight poly tool tray fits
Ideal for connectors, bolts, nuts, etc. hang on the outside of the bucket. buckets with and without liners.
Tray fits buckets with or without liners. The adjustable bracket eliminates Outside mount.
Dimensions: 7 1/2” X 6” X 14” the need for bucket hooks.
Inside size: 20” x 6” x 7”
Weight: 6.5 lbs • Color: White
1TB Shallow Plastic Tool Tray

Made of high density polyethylene.
05-918-1 05-929-1 Inside dimensions are 8” x 8” x 19”.
Inside - Outside Tool Tray Bucket Tool Tray 20” with Dividers Other sizes
Hangs on either outside or inside of Attaches on outside of bucket. are available.
www.linestar.ca
bucket using standard hanger hooks Tray has five compartments with
(not included) removable partitions. Tray fits
7-1/2” deep x 6” wide x 14” long buckets with and without liners.

34
aerial bucket items AERIAL BASKET COVERS
2711-
Aerial Bucket Cover (1 Man) Fits All W/Lanyard & Snap
• Black Vinyl Coated Nylon, Lanyard And Snap
• Bungee In Hem For Snug Fit
• Fits 24” X 24” to 24” X 36”
• Weight 4 lbs.
Estex bucket covers are made from heavy vinyl coated nylon (truck tarp
material) for durability and water resistance. This model
stretches to fit all one-man buckets. A rope lanyard with snap is
attached to the cover to secure it to the truck.
Adjustability allows you to reduce the number fo different sizes you have to
stock.
2712-
Aerial Bucket Cover (2 Man) Fits All w/ Lanyard & Snap
• Black Vinyl Coated Nylon
• Bungee In Hem, Lanyard & Snap
• Fits 24” X 36” to 28” X 52”
• Weight 5 lbs. 4 oz.
Estex bucket covers are made from heavy vinyl coated nylon (truck tarp
material) for durability and water resistance. This model
stretches to fit all one-man buckets. A rope lanyard with snap
is attached to the cover to secure it to the truck.
Adjustability allows you to reduce the number fo different
sizes you have to stock.
2713-WC-24-24
Collapsible Bucket Cover
• Multiple sizes to fit YOUR aerial bucket
• The best of 3 bucket covers in one convenient product
Estex proudly presents the latest innovation in convenience and

functionality for covering your Aerial Buckets. Our Patent-Pending
Collapsible Bucket Covers combine the very best features of all covers
currently available on the market. Rigid and sturdy like a hard cover,
convenient and easy to store like a soft cover, and lightweight and
economical like a foam-filled cover. This cover easily folds upon itself
to fit into a bin or other tight space,
while still including a rigid Polycomb Slate structure to prevent
standing water on top of the bucket and provide lightweight
durability. 1” webbing strap and alligator clip cinches to hold cover to
the bucket tightly. Cover attaches with a rope lanyard and brass swivel
snap to prevent flyaway.
www.linestar.ca

35
Aerial Bucket Escape & Rescue Systems
aerial bucket items

101SR High Elevation Self-Rescue System
The Buckingham 101SR provides all the components required to self-rescue or if the
need arises to rescue a fellow employee. The 101SR descender will automatically
stop the user until the user compresses the handle allowing a smooth controlled
descent. An additional built in (anti-panic) safety feature stops descent if the user
compresses the handle too hard. This unit will allow the rescuer the advantage of
lowering a hurt person with ease as well. The 101SR kit comes with retrofit rappelling
straps that can be added to an existing harness for self-rescue. Available in different
lengths: 101SR- 50 – 50’of 1/2” braided rope 101SR-75 – 75’ of 1/2” braided rope
101SR-100 – 100’ of 1/2” braided rope Rated to 310 lbs.
301SR Self Rescue System

Self Rescue system that features a new lightweight, com-
pact design. The lightweight descender is manufactured
from aircraft grade aluminum and features an anti panic
release brake which will stop the descender if the user
releases or compresses the descender all the way. The
TVAC descent line measures 6.8mm and is compact and
stands up to heat on long descents. System is packed in a
weather resistant nylon bag with mesh bottom to let mois-
ture escape. Comes with two rappelling straps.
AERIAL BASKET RESCUE KIT

Provides safe removal of injured personnel from aerial baskets
• Boom strap with special coating to help prevent slipping - 55”
• Small set of 2 sheave blocks with 75’ of 3/8” nylon rope
• Waterproof storage container, 6” diameter x 18” long, so that
06-161 blocks can be stored for quick and easy access
01-3318
www.linestar.ca
06-165

36
pole climbing gear body harnesses
1110841C - ExoFit™XP Arc Flash Harness
• Designed to meet the specific needs of the utility industry
• Back web loop and front rescue loops
• Leather insulators behind hardware for reduced conductivity
• Ergonomic Nomex®/Kevlar® back, shoulder and leg padding always stays in place
enhancing comfort and worker satisfaction – it’s even removable
• Superior “X” design padding wraps around the wearer for the ultimate in no-tangle donning
• Soft edging moves with you preventing uncomfortable rubbing or chafing enhancing
comfort and mobility
• 7,000lb. Nylon webbing for added security
• One-handed quick connect buckles make putting on, adjusting and removing the harness
a snap and provide a memory fit – adjust the harness once and it stays that way
• Torso buckles adjust easily, yet hold the straps firmly in place and complete the
5-point adjustment system
• Plated hardware for corrosion resistance
• Size = Large (Medium and X-Large also Available)
1110892C - ExoFit™XP Arc Flash/Flame Resistant

• Harness designed to meet the specific needs of the utility industry
• PVC coated back D-ring and hardware for reduced conductivity
• Ergonomic Nomex®/Kevlar® back, shoulder and leg padding always stays in place
enhancing comfort and worker satisfaction – it’s even removable
• Superior “X” design padding wraps around the wearer for the ultimate in no-tangle
donning
• Soft edging moves with you preventing uncomfortable rubbing or chafing enhancing
comfort and mobility
• 7,000 lb. Nomex®/Kevlar® webbing for added flame resistance
• PVC coated pass-thru chest, torso and leg buckles complete the 5-point adjustment
system for simple and fast adjustment
• Size = Large (Medium and X-Large also Available)
Miller Revolution Arc-Rated Harnesses

#RKNARRL-QC/UBK
The Revolution Arc Rated Products are designed
to protect workers from falls caused by electric
arc-flash and arc-blast exposure when working at
heights or in confined space applications near
energized electrical sources.
www.linestar.ca
Most harnesses are available with Kevlar® or fire retardant materials. Custom made harnesses can be made
to your specifications using a variety of options. Call your nearest LineStar branch for more information!

37
Body Harnesses
pole climbing gear

390FRC Yates Construction Lineman Harness
In conjunction with transmission line rope access pioneer, Reed Thorne of
Ropes That Rescue and other western utilities like Pacific Gas & Electric, Yates
has designed the 390FA harness to meet the needs of the transmission tower
worker who is now utilizing rope access techniques. The 390FRC Harness
is designed and recommended for helicopter external load short haul work.
Many new features are seen in the New 390FRC harness. Cobra quick connect
buckles on the waist portion of the harness, ANSI carabiner to attach chest
to seat, diagonal rear support webbing to distribute the load from chest threw
shoulder and down to the waist belt over the hips. Constructed from webbing
which is a blend of Nomex in the exterior for comfort and durability and Kevlar
in the interior for strength. Specially designed for the professional transmission
tower worker. Wide anatomical waist pad for increased comfort and added back
support. Modular work/tool pouch system allows the user to customize each
harness to their own arrangement. Easily adjustable for variations in clothing
by use of camlock and cobra buckles. Attachment points at waist, hips, chest,
back (lumbar) and back (dorsal). Extra large side positioning rings (lineman
style) allow the user to easily make connections to safety belt. New U shaped
rear shoulder design distributes load evenly accross the neck of the user. New
for 2015 milled Aluminum COBRA quick now used to connect waist belt to waist
pad and to connect leg buckles for easy donning. COBRA buckles are ANSI
Z359.1 -2007 certified. Designed for electric utilities helicopter short haul
program. Weight 7lb. 7oz.
C69B9D8G7H00C BuckArticulator™ Harness

The BuckArticulator™ is a ‘Y’ style harness that articulates in three places
making it ideal for anyone that requires the user to bend, reach, twist and
climb at heights, making it perfect for fall arrest, work positioning and
Rescue. The BuckArticulator™ harness floats freely through the waist
straps, while the body belt stays in position allowing for freedom of
movement. This harness can be used by itself or the user can easily
attach a lineman’s body belt. BuckArticulator™ meets the requirements
of ANSI Z359, meets the ASTM-F887 Arc Flash requirements, and is CSA
(C69A9D8G7H00) third party certified.
C20182M Buck Mobility™ Belt

This revolutionary belt offers a man rated upper belt strap that is bound to
the lower work positions strap by 1 3/4” web. The four dee ring belt
supports the use of wood pole fall restriction devices, like the New
Buckingham SuperSqueeze™. Your back will thank you for the fully padded
8-3/4” high back. Class 1 Sizing.
C20192M Short Back Mobility™ Belt

This revolutionary belt offers a man rated upper belt strap that
is bound to the lower work positioning strap by 1-3/4” web
eliminating the lower strap which provides the user ultimate
mobility and freedom of movement. Class 1 Sizing.
www.linestar.ca
Order Body Belts By Dee-Ring Size • See Page 38

38
pole climbing gear BUCKYARDs & body BELTs
8VV114 - Buckyard
For full body harness with steel ring dorsal attachment. Expands to 42”.
Interior materials stretch to reduce the arresting force to less than 900 lbs.
1706 locking snap hook on both ends. Length 4ft.
8V114S1+Z - Buckyard
For full body harness w/web loop dorsal attachment. Expands to 42”.
1706 locking snap hook on one end and web loop on the other end.
Interior materials stretch to reduce the arresting force to less than 900 lbs.
Length 4ft.
C2000M - Full Float Body Belt
This is the finest belt available and is hand crafted of the highest quality
leather. It features a full float body belt with a 5 1/2” foam cushioned pad
reinforced with rawhide lace. The belt strap is leather with a nylon center to
provide strength and longer life. The floating dees provide 4” lateral
movement to reduce the wear on the pole strap. Available in Burgundy (BU),
black (BL), or brown (BR). Weight 5.53 lbs. Add suffix ‘E’ to order a belt with
4 dee rings. 4 dee body belts are Patent Pending. Class 1 Sizing.
C2000EM Body Belt Like the 2000M but with 4 Dee Rings
Add the suffix “BR” for Brown, “BL” for Black or “BU” for Burgundy.
CSA Approved
C20003M - Backsaver Body Belt
This is the 2000M belt as described above but has the added feature of an
attached backsaver. The extra width provides support to the back helping to
relieve strain. The backsaver helps hold the belt and dee rings in the perfect
location and eliminates the possibility of sliding out of the belt.
CSA Approved
C20003EM - Body Belt Like the 20003M but with 4 Dee Rings
Add the suffix “BR” for Brown, “BL” for Black or “BU” for Burgundy.
CSA Approved
2012M - Light Weight Full Float Body Belt

A light weight full float body belt with a 5” Dri-lex® lined cushion pad
designed to wick mositure away from the user. This belt comes standard with
a tongue & buckle strap but is available with a “Quick Disconnect” strap by
adding a “K” to the part number.
2014M - Body Belt Like the 2012M but with 4 Dee Rings
2013M - Light Weight Full Float Body Belt

A light weight full float body belt with an 8” backsaver to provide support
and relieve lower back strain. It is also available with the “Quick Disconnect”
strap by adding the “K” suffix.
2015M - Body Belt like the 2013M but with 4 Dee Rings
www.linestar.ca
Order Body Belts by Dee-Ring Size • See Page 38

39
body belts
pole climbing gear

C2019M - Light Weight Full Float Body Belt
A new version of the Buckingham Dri-lex® lined body belt with stacked dee
rings. Lightweight Dri-lex® liner wicks moisture and keeps user cool. Ideal for
use with a secondary lanyard. Class 2 Sizing.
C2107M - 4 Dee Body Belt

The stacked 2107M 4 Dee Body Belt features: 2 large full float double bar
dee rings 2 small dee rings 228.6mm (9”) padded back pad Removable MAN
RATED gut strap (Must be used with a Buckingham provided MAN RATED gut
strap) Weighs 9.2 lbs Available in burgundy (BU), black (BL) or brown (BR).
Patent Pending Class 1 Sizing
Add the suffix “BR” for Brown, “BL” for Black or “BU” for Burgundy
C2100M - 4 Dee Body Belt

The Stacked 2100M 4 Dee Body Belt features: 2 large full float double bar
dee rings 2 small dee rings 228.6mm (9”) back pad Waist strap only; no
upper gut strap weighs 7.32 lbs Available in burgundy (BU), black (BL) or
brown (BR). 4 Dee Body Belts are Patent Pending. Class 1 Sizing.
Add the suffix “BR” for Brown, “BL” for Black or “BU” for Burgundy
C2018M - Light Weight Full Float Body Belt

A new version of the Buckingham Dri-lex® lined body belt with stacked dee
rings. Lightweight Dri-lex® liner wicks moisture and keeps user cool. Ideal for
use with a secondary lanyard. Class 2 Sizing.
www.linestar.ca
Order Body Belts By Dee-Ring Size • See Page 38

40
Types of Body Belts
pole climbing gear
All LineStar body belts meet applicable OSHA standards, 1910.268 and 1926.959, the ASTM F887 standard plus
all consensus and governing standards. Every Buckingham body belt is designed to provide the user with maximum
comfort, safety and the necessary belt accessories. Body belts are designed for work positioning and not intended
for fall arrest. All body belts come with pouch tabs, a tape thong, knife snap, sleeve bag ring, gut strap rings, and
tool loops. Plus all neoprene impregnated waist straps have 9 holes punched in the waist strap to accommodate
for adjustment of heavy clothing in the winter. LineStar body belts are tested to 350 lbs. A person who’s weight and
tools do not exceed 350 lbs. can work safely. There is a surcharge for persons requiring a body belt larger than
size 30 or smaller than size 18. Special sized body belts
The full float body belt allows the dee rings to shift On Semi-float body belts the dee rings are stationary
approximately 4” and the waist strap is stationary. and the waist strap shifts within the back pad.
How To Size A Body Belt

The most critical measurement of a body belt, in terms of comfort, is the dee measurement. The proper dee size
is normally found by measuring from the prominent part of one hip bone around the back to the same point on the
other hip bone. Add 2” (51mm) for padded belts and 4” (102mm) for lightweight dri-lex belts so that the dee ring
heels are just forward of the hip bones not on them. All measuring should be done over clothing to be worn under
the belt. Normal combinations of dee and belt measurements are shown on
the next page.
X - Distance from waist to top of hip bone to where body belt is worn.
Y - Measurement is from front of hip bone around the back to the front of the other hip bone.
Measure - (“Y” distance) is hip to hip and add 2 inches to padded belts and 4” for
lightweight dri-lex belts. This measurement is the Dee size.
Rule of Thumb - Measure from seam of pant,

around buttocks to other seam and add
2 inches to padded belts and 4 inches to
lightweight dri-lex belts.
www.linestar.ca
The 6087 sizing belt ensures accurate dee measurement. This belt is designed to provide the user with an exact
hip to hip measurement. For proper belt size add 2 inches to padded belts and 4 inches to lightweight dri-lex belts.

41
Types of Body Belts
pole climbing gear

Belt Strap* Belt Strap Belt Strap
Dee Size Min Centre Hole Max No. of Tool
body belt sizing

In. cm. In. cm. In. cm. In. cm. Loops
D18 46 32 81 36 91 40 102 3
D19 48 33 84 37 94 41 104 3
D20 51 34 86 38 97 42 107 3
D21 53 36 91 40 102 44 112 4
D22 56 37 94 41 104 45 114 4
D23 58 38 97 42 107 46 117 4
D24 61 40 102 44 112 48 122 4
D25 64 41 104 45 114 49 125 4
D26 66 42 107 46 117 50 127 4
D27 69 44 112 48 122 52 132 4
D28 71 45 114 49 125 53 135 4
D29 74 46 117 50 127 54 137 4
D30 76 47 119 51 130 55 140 4
*Belt Strap Is Not Waist Size.
For a left handed belt add a ‘0’ suffix to belt size; e.g. 2000M-220
Inspect Your Body Belt Prior To Every Use For:

body belt information
• cracks, nicks, distortion, or corrosion of hardware

• loose stitching, broken threads or burns
• loose or worn rivets
• loose grommets or elongated holes on waist strap
• worn material
• broken accessory snap or ring
• tool loops worn to allow tools to fall free An extra hole was punched to fit a larger user.
• pocket tabs that won’t support pouches and tools
Immediately remove the belt from service if any of these conditions exist.
Never:
• modify or punch a hole in a support component of the body belt.
• use a body belt made of all leather.
• disconnect waist strap and rely on gut strap or suspenders
(suspenders & gut straps are rated to maximum of 25 lbs.).
• use an accessory ring, snap or suspender rings for work positioning.
LineStar Strongly Recommends the Use of Locking Snap Hooks!

Do Not Use Improperly Configured Dee Rings when using Use Properly Shaped Dee Rings When Using
a positioning strap with non-locking snap hooks Non-locking Snap Hooks www.linestar.ca

42
pole climbing gear body belt accessories
4201 - Deluxe Removable Gut Strap
An economical way of adding extra dee rings to an existing 2 dee ring body
belt for the use of a secondary lanyard. Straps attach under the body belt
to meet the “Man Rating” of the dee rings. An extra-wide, adjustable Velcro
strap provides comfort and a tight fit. The back has a Velcro closure pocket
that can hold extra padding, ice or heat pack.
Back pocket with removeable pad

4202 - Removable Gut Strap
Same as the 4201 but without the back pocket.
C6263 - Man Rated Gut Strap

Add this gut strap to your existing belt for an extra 2
dee rings for use with a secondary lanyard.
6256 - Gut Strap

Nylon supporter with wide leather pad.
6257 - Gut Strap

1-3/4” leather supporter without pad.
Add the suffix “BR” for Brown, “BL” for Black
62531 - Drilex Gut Strap

Drilex gut strap designed for comfort and functionality. Sponge lined
pad relieves irritation when bending. Connection straps and snaps
slide on the waist strap for aligning to suspension dee rings on a
body belt. Each strap supports up to 25 lbs.
6258 - Suspenders
Adjustable belt supporter made of 3/4”
www.linestar.ca
leather with moveable shoulder pads.
6259 - Suspenders Made of 1” Nylon

43
Body Belt Pouches & Bags
pole climbing gear

45702P1S2 - Equipment Storage Pouch 1061-1 Nut & Bolt Bag, Vinyl, Fire Retardent
Attaches to Buckingham Deluxe Series, Glide, or • Quick Release Snap
Arborlite saddles, Elastic retainer prevents equipment • Real Leather Top & Bottom Reinforcement
from falling out, two attachment snaps, 9” L x 10” H • 8.5”W X 10”H X 3”D
x 3” W, also available one 3/4” steel dee ring. • Weight 9 oz.
4570B2 4570M2 45911M2

Black Canvas Nut & Bolt Pouch Nut & Bolt Pouch Nut & Bolt Pouch
with straps & snaps, 9” x 10”. with Magnetic Strip, straps & with Magnetic Strip, straps & snaps.
Available with magnetic strip. snaps. 9” wide x 10” deep. Cotter key holders, 1 inside pocket,
4570M2-B2 black canvas. reinforced sides and bottom.
8” wide x 9” deep.
5299-BR 84540 4595M2 - Nut and Bolt Bag

Leather Nut & Bolt Pouch Bolt Bag with The best built nut and bolt bag designed for many
Strong pliable lightweight Compartment for small parts that can be easily inserted and removed.
leather, ideal for maintenance Glasses Measuring 3”W x 9”H x 9”L , it is bigger than most
and repair work. Leather straps bags. There is a plastic liner on the bottom of the
w/grommet reinforced holes. bag to help keep the bag open and makes picking up
www.linestar.ca
Length-9”, Width-3”, Height-10”. small parts easier. A 2-1/8” long magnet can be used
5299-BL Available in Black. to stow metal hardware for easy access. A 2-1/2”x
3-1/2” outside pocket can be used for storage.

44
pole climbing gear body belt tool holsters
422666-BL 49261 42266

Short-Back, 5 Pocket Tool 4 Pocket Tool Holster 5 Pocket Tool Holster
Holster with Skinning Knife
Pouch
To order left handed tool holsters, add “LH” to end of the part number.
4089 111HLS 111HLDS

Skinning Knife Holster 4 Pocket Tool Holster 5 Pocket Tool Holster
2402 - Breakaway 6104 - Wrench Holder

Belt Hook A Lowell wrench holder constructed
A nylon handline carrier with of heavy leather and a steel bracket.
a hole to easily secure it to Secure the wrench holder to the body
the body belt with a bolt or zip tie, belt pouch tab easily and quickly with the
that will straighten when barrel fasteners provided. (Wrench is not
approximately 14-18 lbs of included).
pressure is applied, allowing the
www.linestar.ca
handline to pull free.

WooD PoLE FALL PRoTECTIon
pole climbing gear

The “SUPERSqUEEZE” Wood Pole Fall Protection System 45
wood
The SuperSqueeze provides pole fall
fall protection protection
while climbing on wood poles. Both styles offer easy one-handed
pole climbing gear

adjustment and can be configured for either right-handed or left-handed use. All straps & ropes have a red centre
to warn the The
user“SUPERSqUEEZE”
of excessive wear. Wood
Worn or damaged
Pole components
Fall Protection can be easily replaced in the field.
System
The SuperSqueeze provides fall protection while climbing on wood poles. Both styles offer easy one-handed
adjustment and can be configured for either right-handed or left-handed use. All straps & ropes have a red centre
to warn the user of excessive wear. Worn or damaged components can be easily replaced in the field.
CSq2488R - SuperSqueeze CSq2488W2 - SuperSqueeze

With Rope Strap for Distribution poles. With Web Strap for Distribution poles.
CSq2488RT - SuperSqueeze CSq2488TW2 - SuperSqueeze

CSq2488R - SuperSqueeze CSq2488W2 - SuperSqueeze
With Rope Strap for Transmission poles. With Web Strap for Transmission poles.
With rope strap for distribution poles. With web strap for distribution poles.
CSQ2488DRMS - SuperSqueeze CSQ2488DWDS - SuperSqueeze
With rope strap for distribution poles c/w snap hooks. With web strap for distribution poles c/w snap hooks.
CSq2488RT - SuperSqueeze CSq2488TW2 - SuperSqueeze
With rope strap for transmission poles. With web strap for transmission poles.
CSQ2488TRTS - SuperSqueeze CSQ2488TWTS - SuperSqueeze
With rope strap for transmission poles c/w snap hooks. With web strap for transmission poles c/w snap hooks.
If the user cuts

out, the straps
squeeze the
pole, securing
the user and
preventing a
Easy one-handed adjustments for
fall.
the pole diameter as well as the
users distance from the pole.
C9-7 - Buckadjuster
The length of this 1/2” x 7’ rope lanyard is easily adjustable with
one hand using the attached length adjusting device. Used as a
secondary strap when climbing over obstacles.
C9-10 - Buckadjuster
For 10’ lanyard for Transmission
www.linestar.ca
C9-7Q3 - Buckadjuster for distribution C9-10Q3 - Buckadjuster for

The length of this 1/2” x 7’ rope lanyard is easily adjustable with transmission
www.linestar.ca
one hand using the attached length adjusting device. Used as a For 10’ lanyard for Transmission
secondary strap when climbing over Columbia:
obstacles.
British
Alberta:
phone: 604-594-2701 • fax: 604-594-2751
phone: 403-243-1900 • fax: 403-243-2063
100%
Canadian
Saskatchewan/Manitoba: phone: 204-783-9771 • fax: 204-783-8951 Owned
46
pole climbing gear wood pole fall protection
• Lightweight pole climbing design
• For distribution pole sizes 5.5” dia./17.5”
circ. (14/45cm) minimum, 18.5” dia/58”
circ. (47/147cm) maximum.
• Extremely durable pole strap with wear indicator
• One-handed effortless adjustment
• Pinch-free ergonomic grips
• Stopping cleat and carabiner
• Durable kernmantle rope with wear indicator
• Abrasion resistant sleeve
• Lightweight and durable rope adjuster
1204057 - Cynch-Lok Pole • Modular design with field replaceable straps
1204075 - Cynch-Lok Pole
Climbing Device - Rope • Protected labels, equipped with i-Safe
Climbing Device - Web
Cynch-Lok™ was developed with help from real pole climbers and features effortless adjustment and “cynches”
around the pole during a “cut-out.” Cynch-Lok™ meets CSA Z259.14 standards for Type A and AB (dry, wet and icy
poles) and ASTM F887. Cynch-Lok™ allows you to easily hitch-hike poles (move or jump the strap upwards) with
a hand position that’s comfortable. It also moves past obstacles without difficulty. Exterior straps can easily be
swapped out in the field depending on pole size, eliminating the need for multiple systems.
Pole Choker 4
The Choker Strap is a key component of the Jelco Pole Choker 4 Fall
Prevention System. This 1 3/4 inch wide, yellow nylon strap squeezes the
pole, the roller’s teeth dig in and you get the additional resistance provided
by 2 sets of grippers. All this provides the gripping force required to prevent
you from falling down the pole. If you would like a video, demonstration or
training on the Jelco Pole Choker, please call 888.474.9628.
03704 - 4.5 ft., 1.6 M 03706 - 6.2 ft., 1.9 M
Petzl GRILLON HOOK

Adjustable work positioning lanyard with HOOK connector
The Petzl GRILLON HOOK adjustable lanyard is used to make work positioning sys-
tems, to complement a fall-arrest system. Its length can be very easily and precisely
adjusted as necessary for comfortable positioning at the work station. Its HOOK con-
nector is ideal for using the lanyard in double mode on the harness side attachment
points.
• Lanyard with fine adjustment system for precise work positioning
• Used in double mode on the harness side attachment points to distribute the
weight on the belt (user has weight on his feet): length is adjusted by pressing on
the pivoting cam
• May be used in single mode on the harness ventral attachment point to distribute
weight between the waistbelt and the leg loops (user is suspended): length is
adjusted by operating the handle while holding the free end of the lanyard
• Removable protective sheath protects the rope from abrasive contact and enhances
rope glide. The protection can be removed for single mode use, to bring the user
closer to the anchor
www.linestar.ca
• Available in four lengths: 2, 3, 4 and 5m
L52H 002 L52H 003 L52H 004 L52H 005

Length 2 m 3 m 4 m 5m
47
Buckingham Aluminum Climbers
pole climbing gear

Accessories for Buckingham BuckAlloy Aluminum Climbers
Buckingham has developed the Aluminum Climber to provide strong, lightweight
comfort for total confidence while climbing. You’re the best in the field!
Shouldn’t you wear the best?
Benefits:
A94089A -
• Rated to 350 lbs
Aluminum climber
• Exceeds ASTM F887
with attached hook
• Most durable aluminum climber available
& loop black foot
• Unmatched comfort in an aluminum climber
strap and shown with
• Off-set replaceable gaff pole climbers
32021C hook & loop
• Lightest Aluminum climber available
Big Buck wrap pad.
• Aluminum alloy used in transport applications
Other available pads
including marine, automotive and aviation due to its
include: 350321C,
high strength to density ratio
35021C.
• Alloy blend contributes to superior product life cycle
• Dowel and screw design allows for easy gaff change out
• Made in the USA
• Chrome for your feet!
35021C
Wrap pad with cinch
35021 32021C
Without Cinch Wrap pad with cinch
32021
Without Cinch
Easy to replace climber
strap - no riveting
needed
A94089A with
an A21391
Nylon bottom
strap
Beveled Stirrup to fit the bottom of the boot
350321
If ordering the BuckAlloy to use with C pad with Steel Insert
an existing set of climber pads that
incorporate a steel insert
Model 50321 must be ordered to
replace the existing insert
Beveled Stirrup to fit the bottom of the boot
Gaff Ridge Position (GRiP)
• Keeps the gaff pointed toward the heart of the pole which aids in preventing cutouts
• Allows for a better, more comfortable setting of the foot and arch
• Allows optimum gaff placement on the pole and promotes ease of climbing
www.linestar.ca

48
pole climbing gear buckingham titanium pole climbers
Strong as steel, but lightweight like aluminium
Climbers with Contoured Shanks

and Screw-Type Replaceable Gaffs
Part # Stirrup Foot Leg Pads

Style Straps Straps
TB92089A Straight 21391 -- --
TB92059A Straight 21391 2239 3122
TB94089A Offset 21391 -- --
TB94059A Offset 21391 2239 3122
Straight Offset Non-Contoured Contoured Climbers with Contoured Shanks

Stirrup Stirrup Shank Shank and Screw-Type Replaceable CCA Gaffs

Style Straps Straps
TB90089A Straight 21391 -- --
TB90059A Straight 21391 2239 3122
TB91089A Offset 21391 -- --
Screw-Type Gaff TB91059A Offset 21391 2239 3122

and Permanent Gaffs

Style Straps Straps
TB9646 Straight 21341 -- --
TB86469 Straight 21391 2239 3122
TB98479 Offset 21391 -- --
TB87479 Offset 21391 2239 3122

and Permanent CCA Gaffs

Style Straps Straps
TB90079 Straight 21391 -- --
TB80059 Straight 21391 2239 3122
TB91079 Offset 21391 -- --
Shown with TB81059 Offset 21391 2239 3122
Foot Straps
REPLACEMENT GAFFS REPLACEMENT GAFFS

FOR CLIMBERS DATED FOR CLIMBERS DATED
For Twisted Shanks, add “T” to the part number DEC, 2010 AND BEFORE JAN, 2011 AND AFTER
Tree Climbers are available in most styles.
www.linestar.ca
Many other options are available. Standard Gaffs T9206A Standard Gaffs NB9206A
Contact your nearest Linestar CCA Gaffs T9106A CCA Gaffs NB9106A
branch for more information

49
buckingham STEEL pole climbers
pole climbing gear

Draw-forged from high strength steel
Steel Climbers with Contoured Shanks

and Screw-Type Replaceable Gaffs
Part # Stirrup Foot Leg Pads Shown with

Style Straps Straps Foot Straps
SB92089A Straight 21391 -- --
SB92059A Straight 21391 2239 3122
SB94089A Offset 21391 -- --
SB94059A Offset 21391 2239 3122

and Screw-Type Replaceable CCA Gaffs

Style Straps Straps
SB90089A Straight 21391 -- --
SB90059A Straight 21391 2239 3122
SB91089A Offset 21391 -- --
SB91059A Offset 21391 2239 3122

and Permanent Gaffs

Style Straps Straps
9847 Offset 21341 -- --
3122 Pad
87479 Offset 21391 2239 3122
98479 Offset 21391 -- --
8747 Offset 21341 2239 3122

and Permanent CCA Gaffs

Style Straps Straps 2239 Nylon Leg Strap, 1” x 22”
90079 Straight 21391 -- -- 2234 Leather Leg Strap, 1” x 22”
80059 Straight 21391 2239 3122
91079 Offset 21391 -- --
81059 Offset 21391 2239 3122
21391 Nylon Foot Strap, 1” x 26”

REPLACEMENT GAFFS REPLACEMENT GAFFS 21341 Leather Foot Strap, 1” x 26”
FOR CLIMBERS DATED FOR CLIMBERS DATED
DEC, 2010 AND BEFORE JAN, 2011 AND AFTER
T9206A Standard Gaffs NB9206A Standard Gaffs For Twisted Shanks, add “T” to the
www.linestar.ca
T9106A CCA Gaffs NB9106A CCA Gaffs part number. Tree Climbers are
available in most styles.
Many other options are available.

50
pole climbing gear buckingham pole climber pads & straps
3500C
3118 - Big Buck™ Climber Pad 3502 Part # Velcro Wrap Pads
The 3118 Big Buck™ climber pad The newly re-designed 3502 3500 Standard 4” Velcro Wrap Pad
utilizes a double strap system, that fits has a formed sleeve loop which 3502 3500 with Angled Metal Inserts
1” and 1-1/4” straps, to secure the prevents the climber from 3503 Standard 3” Velcro Wrap Pad
pad to the calf resulting in superior twisting out of the steel insert. 3504 3500 with Straight Metal Inserts
support of the leg. An angled metal Add “C” suffix to order with Cinch Loop
insert prevents the climber shank from To fit Klein Climbers add suffix “KL” to
shifting on the calf and the thick felt the model number
padding adds to the overall comfort.
Comes with 2 pair of straps (Big Buck
pads require 2 pair of leg straps). of
Measures 9”H x 12 1/2”W.
3122 3124
3202C - Big Buck™ Climber Pad

This pad incorporates the adjustability of Velcro and 3125 3126
the increased surface area of the 3118 pad. It also
comes with the cinch loop for a tight fit.
3127
35032
Part # Climber Straps with Buckle Pads Part # Climber Straps with Buckle Pads
21391 1” x 26” Two Piece Nylon Foot Strap 3122 “L” Pad, 3 Loops, Shank Tunnel
21341 1” x 26” Two Piece Leather Foot Strap 3124 “T” Pad, Strap & Shank Tunnel
2239 1” x 22” Single Piece Nylon Foot Strap 3125 “L” Pad, 3 Loops, Shank Tunnel
2639 1” x 24” Single Piece Nylon Leg Strap 3126 “L” Pad, 3 Loops, Shank Tunnel, Extra Padding
www.linestar.ca
2649 1” x 26” Single Piece Nylon Leg Strap 3127 8” Wide Pad, Dual Straps, Strap/Shank Tun
2644 1” x 26” Single Piece Leather Leg Strap 35032 “C” Wrap Pad, Angled Steel Insert, Extra Padding
35034 “C” Wrap Pad, Straight Steel Insert, Extra Padding

51
POLE CLIMBER ACCESSORIES
pole climbing gear

KG-2 Klein Gaff Sharpening Kit for Pole & Tree Climbers
Contains the following: 8” fine-tooth file, 3” honing stone, gaff gauge,
fully-illustrated gaff sharpener instructions, handy rll-up canvas case
with tie.
6025 Buckingham
Gaff Maintenance Kit
27 Gaff Shaping Kit Tools and gauge for
Bashlin’s gaff shaping kit inspecting and
combines all the tools you performing pole gaff
need to properly care for maintenance.
the gaffs on your Bashlin Includes a smooth,
climbers in a compact kit. single cut file, pole
It includes a gaff guage, 6” gaff guage and
mill file with wooden handle, finishing hone.
sharpening stone and
instuctions.
KG-1 Klein Gaff Gauge for Pole Tree

CLIMBER SLEEVES
Changes the overall Climbers
length of adjustable • For the purpse of checking proper
length climbers. width, thickness and point profile of
climber gaffs.
• Serves as a guide for shapening gaffs.
9202 Long Sleeve • Instructions included.
Adjusts from 14-1/4” to 17-
1/4”
5 Bashlin Gaff Gauge
Bashlin’s gaff gauge is used to maintain the
9204 Standard Sleeve correct shape, taper and profile of your gaffs.
Adjusts from 19-1/4” to 21- Instructions are included.
3/4”
6303 - Pole Gaff Gauge

New and improved pole gaff gauge
that can also gauge CCA gaffs;
includes instructions.
60094 Gaff Guards

Leather with velcro strap
fasteners.
6909U Gaff Guards
Plastic coated clip-on for
permanent or
6909M2 Magnetic Gaff Guard replaceable gaffs.
Introducing our new magnetic gaff guard!
Fits all brands of
It features a strong magnet that keeps it
climbers.
www.linestar.ca
securely attached to all manufacturers pole

and tree gaffs. Lime green makes it easy to
find in the field.

52
pole climbing gear Buckingham Replacement Gaffs
Part # Replacement Gaffs

9106 1-11/16” CCA Pole Gaff, Pin Style
9306 2-1/4” Tree Gaffs, Pin Style
T9106A 1-11/16” 16o CCA Pole Gaffs, Screw Style, Dec 2010 & Before
T9206A 1-5/8” 16o Pole Gaffs, Screw Style, Dec 2010 & Before
Pin Style NB9206A 1-11/16” 16o CCA Pole Gaffs, Screw Style, Jan 2011 & After
Screw Style NB9106A 1-5/8” 16o CCA Pole Gaffs, Screw Style, Jan 2011 & After
BASHLIN POLE CLIMBERS

Aluminium Pole Climbers
offset climbers with 1-5/8” replaceable gaffs.
Weighs 30% less than steel climbers.
Part # Shank Foot Leg Pads

Style Straps Straps
BD14-1N Offset x -- --
BD14-2N Offset x x --
BD14-3N Offset x x # 110D
BD14-4N Offset x x # 130D
BD14-5N Offset x x # 140DS
Steel Pole Climbers

offset climbers with 1-5/8” replaceable,
steel gaffs.
Part # Shank Foot Leg Pads

Style Straps Straps
BD16B-1N Offset x -- --
BD16B-2N Offset x x --
BD16B-3N Offset x x # 110D
BD16B-4N Offset x x # 130D
BD16B-5N Offset x x # 140DS
BD16BC-1N Twisted x -- --
BD16BC-2N Twisted x x --
BD16BC-3N Twisted x x # 110D
BD16BC BD16BC-4N Twisted x x # 130D
Twisted Shank BD16BC-5N Twisted x x # 140DS
www.linestar.ca
Tree Climbers are available in most styles. Many other options are available including CCA Pole Gaffs.

53
KLEIN pole climbers
pole climbing gear

Pole Climbers with Gaffs – Without Pads and Straps
Secure sleeve and leg iron connection. Two slotted hex-head bolts with
lock washers and barrel-type nuts join the steel sleeve and leg iron
together. Steel split ring secures ankle strap in place and allows for quick
replacement. 4-7/16” (113 mm) wide stirrup provides greater foot
support. Adjustable climber length – steel sleeve moves in 1/4” (6 mm)
increments for the most comfortable fit. Contoured leg irons help position
gaffs securely and comfortably.Replaceable gaff firmly attaches to the
leg iron with a center pin and two TORX® screws. To determine size
needed, measure from instep to 1” (25 mm) below knee.
Sold in pairs only.
Part # Adjustment Gaff
Length Size Weight
1907AR 15” - 19” 2-3/4” 4.85 lbs.
1907ARL 17” - 21” 2-3/4” 4.95 lbs.
1972AR 15” - 19” 1-1/2” 4.50 lbs.
1972ARL 17” - 21” 1-1/2” 4.85 lbs.
1986AR 15” - 19” 1-9/16” 4.50 lbs.
Pole Climbers with Gaffs – Complete Set

8” x 8” (203 x 203 mm) cushioned, high-grade leather climber pads
for maximum comfort. Neoprene-impregnated nylon climber straps for
long-lasting life. Secure sleeve and leg iron connection. Two slotted
hex-head bolts with lock washers and barrel-type nuts join the steel
sleeve and leg iron together. Steel split ring secures ankle strap in place
and allows for quick replacement. 4-7/16” (113 mm) wide stirrup
provides greater foot support. Adjustable climber length – steel sleeve
moves in 1/4” (6 mm) increments for the most comfortable fit. Contoured
leg irons help position gaffs securely and comfortably. Replaceable gaff
firmly attaches to the leg iron with a center pin and two TORX® screws.
To determine size needed, measure from instep to 1” (25 mm)
below knee. Sold in pairs only.
Part # Adjustment Gaff
Length Size Weight
CN1907AR 15” - 19” 2-3/4” 6.20 lbs.
CN1907ARL 17” - 21” 2-3/4” 6.75 lbs.
CN1972AR 15” - 19” 1-1/2” 6 lbs.
CN1972ARL 17” - 21” 1-1/2” 6.25 lbs.
CN1986AR 15” - 19” 1-9/16” 6.20 lbs.
www.linestar.ca
CN1986ARL 17” - 21” 1-9/16” 6.35 lbs.
Tree Climbers are available in most styles. Many other options are available including CCA Pole Gaffs.

54
pole climbing gear BASHLIN POLE CLIMBER ACCESSORIES
145 Series Pads

Big on comfort and climber
control. This field proven,
double strap design results
in an extremely comfortable
pad with tremendous climber
130D 140D 150T support.
Part # Climber Pads Part # Climber Pads

130D “L” Pad with Loops 145AC For BD12 - BD16 Climbers
140D “Wing” Pad with Shank Tunnel 145BC For BD14 Climbers
150T “T” Pad with Loops
Add “S” suffix to the above for padding
105BC 105A
Single Piece Leg Strap Two Piece Foot Strap
Part # Climber Straps With Buckle Pads Part # Curved Pads With Steel Inserts
85N 1” x 24” Single Piece Nylon Leg Strap 105A Straight for BD12 & BD16 Styles
86N 1” x 28” Single Piece Nylon Leg Strap 105AC Angled for BD12 & BD16 Styles
87N 1” x 28” 2 Piece Nylon Foot Strap (Unassembled) 105B Straight for BD14 Styles
89N 1” x 28” 2 Piece Nylon Foot Strap (Assembled) 105BC Angled for BD14 Styles
Part # Replacement Gaffs #2 1972G

14 Standard 1-5/8” Gaffss Gaff Guard Klein Snap-On
14P Polished 1-5/8” Gaffs Leather with Gaff Guard
www.linestar.ca
14T 2-1/2” Tree Gaffs Velcro strap

55
linemans boots
personal protection
Meindl 10 Inch Steel Toe Eureka Lineman Sole
Hoffman’s are excited to add the 10” Meindl Lineman Boot to our line of top quality
footwear. The German made Meindl boot has a very supportive upper that provides
excellent leg support and stability. A waterproof bootie helps insure dryness and a
removable insole adds cushion to your every step. Hoffman’s has added our Dual Steel
Shanks to the boot for all day climbing comfort. A durable Vibram lug sole provides
traction and long time wear. Easy to break in, the Meindl Line Boot is ideal for those
looking for a comfortable line boot with a waterproof liner.
Although waterproof liner failure is rare in the construction of this boot, neither
Hoffman’s nor Meindl will warranty the waterproofness of this boot. Order 1/2 size
smaller than usual. If a safety toe is needed, please look at our other listings for these
models.
Available in sized 7-14 • Half sizes available up to size 12
Meindl 10 Inch Steel Toe Eureka Regular Sole

For those of you who do not climb much yet still need a safety toe boot, our 10” single
shank Steel Toe EH Rated Meindl Lineman Boots fits the bill. The German made Meindl
boot has a very supportive upper that provides excellent ankle support and stability. A
waterproof bootie helps insure dryness and a removable insole adds cushion to your
every step. A durable Vibram style lug sole provides traction and long time wear. Easy
to break in, the 10 Inch Meindl Boot is ideal for those looking for a comfortable ground
boot with a waterproof liner. This boot will meet the F2413-11 standard for safety toe
and EH rating.
Although waterproof liner failure is rare in the construction of this boot, neither
Hoffman’s nor Meindl will warranty the waterproofness of this boot.
Note: The Meindl boot runs large. Order 1/2 size smaller than normal.
Available in sized 7-14 • Half sizes available up to size 12
Hoffman EH 10 “ COMPOSITE TOE DRI-LINE EH Sole

The 10” and 16” EH Composite Toe Dri-Line are built to keep your feet dry inside when
conditions are wet on the outside. A highly advanced Sympatec waterproof membrane
keeps water out and adds cusion and comfort to the boot. For climbing, our dual steel
shanks are added to provide the extra arch support needed. Other quality features
include a 7-7 1/2 brown waterproof leather upper that provides support to your legs. A
climber side patch, solid brass hooks and eyelets, supportive heel counter, Vibram lug
sole and three rows of durable stitching help prolong the life of the boot. For those
looking for a quality waterproof climbing boot, look no further. The Composite Toe
Dri-Line meets ASTM F-2413-05 MI/75 C/75 safety standards and is EH approved.
Available in sizes 7-14 • Widths D/E/EEE Available
*Size 14 is available in D width only
Hoffman EH 10 “ STEEL TOE DRI-LINE EH Sole

The 10” Steel Toe Dri-Line was built to keep your feet dry inside when conditions are
wet on the outside. A highly advanced Sympatec waterproof membrane keeps water
out and adds cusion and comfort to the boot. For climbing, our dual steel shanks are
added to provide the extra arch support needed. Other quality features include a 7-7
1/2 oil tanned leather upper that provides support to your legs. A climber side patch,
solid brass hooks and eyelets, supportive heel counter, Vibram lug sole and three rows
of durable stitching help prolong the life of the boot. The 10” Steel Toe Hoffman Dri-Line
is both EH and ASTM F-2413-05 MI/75 C/75 approved. For those looking for a quality
waterproof climbing boot, look no further.
Available in sizes 7-14 • Widths D/E/EEE Available
www.linestar.ca
*Size 14 is available in D width only
NOT CSA/Ohm rated • EH rated and meets or exceed CSA standards

56
personal protection linemans boots
HOFFMAN CSA CTPOWER COMPOSITE TOE GORETEX CLIMBING BOOTS
We are pleased to bring you our 10” EH approved Composite Safety Toe Powerline boot.
This is the perfect boot for lineman needing an Electrical Hazard Aprroved Boot and for
those who want a lightweight climbing boot. The EH Hoffman Powerline offers many
features found on our other line boots. A double midsole combined with our DUAL
STEEL SHANKS provide plenty of climbing support. A rebuildable vibram lug sole
provides excellent wear and a added climbing heel adds climbing safety. The leather -
cordura upper provides breathability to help keep you cool and a waterproof membrane
will help keep you dry.
NOW AVAILABLE IN A STEEL TOE WITH A WIDER TOE BOX FOR ADDED COMFORT!!!!!!!
Available in sizes 7-13 (No half sizes available for sizes 12 to 14)
NOTE: Boots are available in D width 7-12,13 & EE width 8-12, 13.
Hoffman EH Lineman Steel Toe Felt Pac

Some places require an EH rated steel toe boot for added safety. Our new EH Steel
Toe Felt Pac meets this need. This boot has many of the same features of the Hoffman
Lineman Felt Pac including our dual steel shank system that adds the most arch
support of any lineman boot available. The waterproof rubber bottom includes a steel
toe that meets or exceeds the safety standard requirements of the ASTM.
PLEASE KEEP IN MIND WHEN WE CONSTRUCT AN EH APPROVED BOOT, WE CANNOT
NAIL THE HEEL OR SOLE ON. IF YOUR NOT REQUIRED TO WEAR AN EH BOOT, WE
SUGGEST YOU ORDER THE REGULAR HIGHLINE FELT PAC.
Like all of our boots, the EH Steel Toe Felt Pac is rebuildable for years of service-some-
thing you’ve come to expect from Hoffman’s.
Note: If a EH approved boot is not required at your work, our regular Highline Felt Pac
with the nailed on sole does offer a stronger finished product because of the support
of the nails. ANSI Steel Toe (Z41 Pt 91,MI-75 C-75).
FITTING TIPS: Hoffman felt pacs run true to size. Whole size-order the same.
Half size-Order down (i.e.: 9 1/2 would order 9) unless you have a wide foot.
Available sizes: 6-15 (no half sizes) • Heights available: 10”, 12”, 14”
Widths Available: D and E • Steel and regular toe available
Note: E widths available in 8-12, 13 only.
NOT CSA/Ohm rated • EH rated and meets or exceed CSA standards
Hoffman CSA Composite Toe Powerline

We are pleased to bring you our 10” CSA approved Composite Toe Powerline boot. This
is the perfect boot for lineman needing a CSA Aprroved Boot and for those who want a
lightweight climbing boot. The CSA Hoffman Powerline offers many features found on
our other line boots. A double midsole combined with our DUAL STEEL SHANKS provide
plenty of climbing support. A rebuildable Olympia Vibram lug sole provides excellent
wear and a climbing heel adds climbing safety. The leather - cordura upper provides
breathability to help keep you cool and a waterproof membrane will help keep you dry.
CSA POWER
Hoffman CSA Insulated All Leather Composite Toe Powerline

We are pleased to bring you our 10” CSA approved All Leather Composite Toe Power-
line boot. This is the perfect boot for lineman needing a CSA Approved Boot for cooler
temperatures. The CSA All Leather Hoffman Powerline offers many features found on
www.linestar.ca
our other line boots. A double midsole combined with our DUAL STEEL SHANKS provide
plenty of climbing support. A rebuildable Olympia Vibram lug sole provides excellent
wear and a climbing heel adds climbing safety. The all leather upper combined with 400
CSA INS grams of thinsulate and a waterproof membrane will help keep you warm and dry.

57
linemans boots
personal protection
Royer 8700 CSA Approved Dielectric Sole Linemans Boots
• Model 8700 High Cut, 10” Linemen’s Boots.

• Vibram Dielectric Soles and Dual rib steel shank arch supports
• Sizes available 5 to 12 ( 1/2 sizes included) & 13
• Widths available to 3E
CSA/OHM rated
Royer 753777 Dielectric Sole Winter Linemans Boots

• Model 753777 Winter Linemen?s Boots with Vulcanized rubber Track slip
Dielectric Soles
• Double Dual rib steel shank , Protective Steel Toe, Padded Ankle Protector
• Isofix and Thinsulate lining & removable Wool Liner good to -50 degrees
• Padded ankle protector to ease climber wear
• Sizes available 5 to 13 (no half sizes available)
• It is recommended that you purchase an extra set of #1705 Winter liners
CSA/OHM rated
Royer 408386 Conductive Boot

• Vulcanized rubber Chevron slip and oil resistant sole
• Protective steel toe • Protective steel plate
• Conductive protection • Double conductive calf strap
• Padded ankle protector to ease climber wear
• Double dual-rib steel shank • 2.0 mm full grain leather
• Sealed seams • Leather lining
• Conductivity between 0 and 10 000 Ohms
• Sizes: 4-12 + ½, 13, 14, 3E WIDTH
CSA/OHM rated
Royer 458686 Thermal Conductive Boot

Winter conductive boot with removable conductive felt liner offering a protection from 0
to 2 000 Ohms. Soles and footbeds maintaining the same electrical conductivity
• Conductive rubber external sole permitting the discharge of the electrostatic charges
• Steel toe cap meets CSA? standards
• Sizes 4 to 12 + 1/2, 13 according to styles, EEE width for men
• Sizes 6 to 12 + 1/2, D width for ladies
CSA/OHM rated
B105FUL.GR Airlok Ultra • Rated for -50ºC • Sizing Men’s 6 - 15

• Composite toe and non-metallic midsole provides full safety protection and increased
thermal insulation in cold weather • Omega/EH rated
• Winter tire tread inspired tread pattern features wider and deeper dispersion lines
designed to pull water up and away from the contact point in the sole and ground for
greater slip resistance.
• Aggressive tread design to provide superior traction in snow and mud
• Reinforced ankle protection and extra ankle room to prevent rubbing
www.linestar.ca
• Upper grip on boot allows you to easily put on boots even when wet or muddy
• Ergonomically designed upper boot to allow for a better range of movement at the calf
• Lightweight and comfortable • Innovative heel-tab for easy removal
• Cut off line for customizable boot height • Mineral, Organic and Chemical Resistant

58
personal protection work gloves
Made of the finest quality materials, these gloves provide excellent comfort, dexterity and wear.
365DLX2 365DLX6 365DLX2TL

Deluxe Lineman Glove, 2” Deluxe Lineman Glove, 6” Endura® Deluxe Winter Line-
Reflective Gauntlet Cuff Reflective Gauntlet Cuff man Gloves, 6” Reflective
Deluxe lineman glove, 2” safety cuff, Treated with Waterstop™ a fluoro- Gauntlet Cuff
Sizes: S - XL. All styles are sewn chemical water-repellent emulsion 2” safety cuff, hand is fully C100
with Kevlar® thread for extra for excellent water, oil, and Thinsulate® line for a high warmth-
seam strength. stain-repellent properties. to-thickness ratio perfect for winter.
361DLXFTL 365DLXFTL 365DLX2KG

Deluxe Lineman Deluxe Lineman Endura® Deluxe Kevlar®- Lined
1 Finger Winter Mitt Thinsulate Lined Winter Gloves Lineman Gloves with
One-finger Deluxe lineman mitt, Deluxe lineman glove, 6” gauntlet, Reflective Cuffs
6” gauntlet, hand is fully C100 hand is fully C100 Thinsulate® lined. Made with select heavy weight 3½
Thinsulate® lined. With performance This style is Thinsulate™ lined for oz. cowgrain leather that has been
thumb/palm patch, which reinforces a high warmth-to-thickness ratio, treated with a fluoro-chemical water-
critical-wear areas with a double making themperfect for winter or any repellent emulsion for excellent water,
layer of leather. cold working conditions. oil, and stain-repellent properties.
365DLX6KG 361DLX6KG 361DLXTKG

Endura® Deluxe Kevlar®- Lined Endura® Deluxe Kevlar®- Lined Deluxe Kevlar®- Lined One-
Lineman Gloves with 6” One-finger Lineman Mitts with finger Lineman Mitts with 6”
Reflective Gauntlet Cuffs 6” Reflective Gauntlet Cuffs Reflective Gauntlet Cuffs
Made with select heavy weight 3½ Made with select heavy weight 3½ Made with select heavyweight 3½
oz. cowgrain leather that has been
oz. cowgrain leather that has been oz. cowgrain leather that has been
treated Waterstop™: a fluoro-
www.linestar.ca
treated with a fluoro-chemical water- treated with Waterstop™: a fluoro-

chemical water-repellent emulsion
repellent emulsion for excellent water, that provides excellent water, chemical water-repellent emulsion
oil, and stain-repellent properties. oil, and stain-repellent properties. that provides excellent water, oil, and
stain-repellent properties.

59
Cut Resistant Gloves
personal protection
365DLX2TKG 365DLXTKG 361DLX6KG

Deluxe Kevlar®- Lined Deluxe Kevlar®- Lined Endura® Kevlar® - Lined
Lineman Gloves with Lineman Gloves with 6” Waterstop ™/Oilbloc™
Reflective Cuffs Reflective Gauntlet Cuffs Goat-Grain Arc-Flash
Kevlar® lining that runs from the Special features include our performance Drivers Glove
fingertips to the end of the cuffs, thumb/palm patch, which reinforces critical- One-finger lineman mitts are
these gloves also provide impressive wear areas with a double layer of leather. Two made with select heavyweight
ANSI level A4 cut resistance and
heavy-duty 3M™ retroreflective silver strips 3½ oz. cowgrain leather that has
ANSI level 5 puncture protection.
that are each flanked by high-viz bands. been treated with Waterstop™.
365DLX2KG 365DLX6KG
Endura® winter Deluxe Kevlar®- Lined Lineman Endura®winter Deluxe Kevlar®- Lined Lineman
Gloves with Reflective Cuffs Gloves with 6” Reflective Gauntlet Cuffs
Made with select heavyweight 3½ oz. cowgrain leather Made with select heavyweight 3½ oz. cowgrain leather.
that has been treated with a fluoro-chemical water- With Kevlar®lining that runs from the fingertips to the
repellent emulsion for excellent water, oil, and end of the cuffs, also offer impressive ANSI level A4 cut
stain-repellent properties. resistance and ANSI level 5 puncture protection.
378KGTVB 375KGTVB 378GOBKL

Endura® WINTER Kevlar® and Endura® Winter Anti-Impact Endura® Kevlar ® - Lined
Thinsulate™ - Lined Anti-Impact Kevlar®- Lined Goatskin Driver Waterstop™/Oil bloc™ Goat-
Goatskin Driver Gloves Gloves with Oilbloc™ Grain Arc-Flash Drivers Glove
With smart styling and design, this Crafted with high-performing This Kevlar®-lined goat grain glove
www.linestar.ca
drivers-style, goat-grain leather glove materials like premium grade goat- offers ANSI level-A4 cut protection.
is fully lined with a blend \of Kevlar® skin, Kevlar®, and Thinsulate™, Elasticized backs provide a snug fit,
and composite filament fiber, offering these gloves provide countless ad- allowing gloves to slip on and off
ASTM cut-level 4 protection. vantages in the workplace. easily.

60
personal protection Cut Resistant Gloves
40080 20-1-10698 99-1-9730

Klein Lineman Gloves Premium Water Repellent Goat- Coated Synthetics -
4” leather and Neoprene cuffs with skin Leather gloves with Ninja® Gloves
side vents. Soft grain leather a Cut Resistant Kevlar® Liner They are lightweight, comfortable
construction with reinforced leather Hi-Viz TPU impact protection, padded and offer increased dexterity and
palm and finger patches. Double-row palm and gauntlet cuff for the ultimate flexibility. Bi-Polymer coating
padded knuckles for durability. Black glove in any work environment. provides softness & durability .
spandex back with Klein Lineman Premium grain goatskin leather for EN388 Cut Level 4. Treated with
logo patch. comfort and durability. Actifresh® to eliminate bacteria.
Winter version available 20-9-10698
S18TAFG
TenActiv™ Composite Filament Fiber Level-4
Cut-Resistant Knit LINERS
High-strength composite filament fiber which boosts cut resistance.
Feature lint-free, continuous filament yarn that is stronger than steel on
an equal-weight basis. For use in non-cut resistant gloves.
Arc/FR Traffic Safety Clothing

HO-015 Arc/FR Hi-Vis | Arc/FR Work Shirt
• INDURA® UltraSoft® - Twill Weave • 88% Cotton / 12% High Tenacity Yarn
• 7oz weight • Flame resistant
• International blaze orange colour • Long sleeve
• Western style fit • Button front closure
• 2 breast pockets, left side with pencil slot
• Laydown collar
• 2” wide yellow 3M™ Scotchlite™ reflective tape heat sealed
to the shirt in positions as follows:
- 2 vertical stripes on front
- X pattern on back
- 2” silver bands encircling arms
MEN’S ARC/FR WORK SHIRT MEASUREMENTS*

S M L XL 2XL 3XL
Shirt Width 20.5” 22.5” 24.5” 26.5” 28.5” 30.5”
Shirt Length 31” 31.5” 32” 32.5” 33” 33.5”
www.linestar.ca
*To determine what size will fit you best, compare a same style garment that you already own that fits you well, to this
chart. Choose your existing garment and lay it flat on the ground. Measure the width from side seam to side seam
across the chest to determine the width then compare it and any other measurements you choose to this chart.

61
arc/fr traffic safety clothing
personal protection
HO-006 Arc/FR Hi-Vis | Arc/FR Long Sleeve T-Shirt
• INDURA® UltraSoft® • Compacted Interlock
• 88% Cotton / 12% High Tenacity Yarn
• 6.25oz weight • Flame resistant
• International blaze orange colour • Long sleeve - knitted cuff
• Generous cut • Rib knit collar
• 2” wide yellow 3M™ Scotchlite™ reflective tape heat sealed to
the shirt in positions as follows:
- X pattern on back
- 72 cm2 silver tape on side of biceps
MEN’S ARC/FR LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT MEASUREMENTS*

S M L XL 2XL 3XL
Shirt Width 19” 21” 23” 25” 27” 29”
Shirt Length 28.5” 29.5” 30.5” 31.5” 32.5” 33.5”
*To determine what size will fit you best, compare a same style garment
that you already own that fits you well, to this chart. Choose your existing
garment and lay it flat on the ground. Measure the width from side seam
to side seam across the chest to determine the width then compare it
and any other measurements you choose to this chart.
HO-140 Arc/FR Hi-Vis | Arc/FR Bib Overall

• INDURA® UltraSoft® - Twill Weave
• 88% Cotton / 12 % High Tenacity Yarn
• International blaze orange colour • Bib style
• 2 breast pockets, left side with pencil slot
• 1 tool pocket on leg
• 2 side pockets with slip-through to underclothing
• 2 large back pockets
• 2” wide adjustable elastic shoulder straps
• 2 - way brass zipper front closure • 12” Legs Zippers
• 2” wide yellow 3M™ Scotchlite™ reflective tape stitched
to overall in positions as follows:
- X pattern on back
- 2” silver bands encircling each leg below the knee
Winter Lined Bib Overalls available Part # HO-340
MEN’S ARC/FR BIB OVERALL MEASUREMENTS*

S M L XL 2XL 3XL
Overall Width 21” 23” 25” 27” 29” 31”
Waist Width 21” 23” 25” 27” 29” 31”
*To determine what size will fit you best, compare a same style garment
www.linestar.ca
that you already own that fits you well, to this chart. Choose your existing
garment and lay it flat on the ground. Measure the width from side seam
to side seam across the chest to determine the width then compare it
and any other measurements you choose to this chart.

62
personal proctection arc/fr traffic safety clothing
HO-325 Arc/FR Hi-Vis | Arc/FR Bomber Jacket
• INDURA® UltraSoft® - Duck Weave
• 88% Cotton / 12% High Tenacity Yarn
• International blaze orange colour
• Zepel treated for stain and water resistance
• Jean jacket styling • Zipper front closure
• 2 front lower pockets, 1 slash and 1 top entry with flap and
snap closure, 4 pockets in all
• Mandarin collar with 5 snaps for optional hard hat sized hood
• 1.5” reinforced bands on front plackets and on bottom hem
• Accepts optional #HO-330 hard hat sized hood
• 2” wide yellow 3M™ Scotchlite™ reflective tape stitched to jacket in
positions as follows:
- X pattern on back
- 2” silver bands encircling biceps
Winter Lined Jackets available Part # HO-350-M
MEN’S ARC/FR BOMBER JACKET MEASUREMENTS*

S M L XL 2XL 3XL
Jacket Width 23.5” 24.5” 25.75” 27” 28.25” 29.5”
Under Arm Length 19” 19” 19.5” 20” 20” 20.5”
Jacket Length 25.75” 26” 26.25” 26.5” 26.75” 27”
*To determine what size will fit you best, compare a same style garment that you already own that fits you well, to
this chart. Choose your existing garment and lay it flat on the ground. Measure the width from side seam to side
seam across the chest to determine the width then compare it and any other measurements you choose to this
chart.
Nasco Arc Resistant FR Rain Gear
Flex Arc Attached Hood Jacket

• Polyurethane / FR Treated Cotton
• Zipper front
• Storm flap with snap front
• Vented Nomex® mesh back with “D” ring access
• Tuck-away hood with drawstring closure
• Patch pockets (2) with Velcro closure
• Inside left breast cell phone pocket
• Reflective film (2” silver) across vent, down storm flap,
around sweep, upper arms, and around wrist
• Take-up tabs with Velcro on wrists
• Compliant with Class 3 high visibility back ground &
retroflective material standards as listed in ANSI 107-2004
www.linestar.ca

63
Nasco arc resistant fr rain gear
personal protection
Flex Arc Bib Trousers
• Polyurethane / FR Treated Cotton
• Elastic suspenders 36” long and 1 ¼” wide.
• Non-conductive snap closures that fastens suspenders onto
garment
• Take up tabs
• Reflective film 1 ½” Silver, 1 strip 2” from hem, and 1 strip 14”
from hem
• Compliant with Class E high visibility background &
retroflective material standards as listed in ANSI 107-2004
SERIES 1000 ARCLITE SUITS

48” Coat These suits are made of the same material and offer
the same protection as the 1500 series but without
the Hi-Visibilty rating.
• Made of 8 oz/yd2 Nomex® E89/Synthetic

Leather PU/PVC
• Electric Arc Rated per ASTM F1891 & NFPA 70E
• Available in Yellow or International Orange
Part # Series 1500 Hi-Vis ArcLite Suits

1103J Waist Length Jacket
1101T Bib Trousers
1101P Elastic Waist Pants
1103C 48” Length Coat
All jackets and coats have a 3 piece hood-in-collar, two pockets with Velcro® closure, non-conductive zipper with
dual flies & snaps, Nomex® ventilation system, fall protection access, Velcro® tab type wrist adjusters and 3M 2”
reflective trim around chest, over the shoulders, around the biceps and around the hood.
Bib trousers have a quick release suspender system, fly front with snap, Velcro tab type cuff adjusters and 3m 2”
refelctive trim around the calves and knees.
www.linestar.ca
Pants come with an elastic waist, fly front with snap, Velcro tab type cuff
adjusters and 3M 2” reflective trim around the calves and knees.

64
personal protection Nasco ARC RESISTANT FR RAIN GEAR
Omega™ is the first waterproof, breathable outerwear product that combines high visibility
worker conspicuity with protection from the thermal hazards associated with an electric arc
flash and hydrocarbon flash fires. Omega is designed for today’s rugged work environment.
Features & Benefits

• Removable Winter and Arctic Liners Available – transforms raingear into a 4-season garment
• ANSI 107 Class 3 Compliant – maximizes worker visibility
• Fall Protection Access – allows for easy use of fall protection harness
• Stain & Soil Release – allows garment to remain clean and highly visable
• Chemical Splash Resistance - minimizes burn injury from splash exposure of certain
chemicals
• Electric Arc Resistance – minimizes burn injury from an electric arc flash
• Flash Fire Resistance – minimizes burn inury from a hydrocarbon flash fire
• Water & Wind Proof – protects workers from the elements
• Breathable & Lightweight - reduces worker heat stress
• Designed With Premier Features – maximizes worker functionality
• Multi-year Life Cycle – reduces overall program cost
Recommended Applications
• Gas & Electric Utility Transmission & Distribution
• Telecommunication & CATV Workers
• Storm Restoration
• Electrical Maintenance
• Meter Service
• Electrical Switching
www.linestar.ca

65
Rubber Insulating Gloves
rubber goods
Low Voltage Rubber Gloves
Class 0 and 00 gloves are available in 11” and 14” lengths and in full and
half sizes 8 through 12. Extremely flexible, these gloves provide the dexterity needed
when working with small parts. Meets ASTM D120 standards.
Maximum
Part # Classs Length Color Use Voltage
E0011R 00 11” Red 500 VAC
E011Y 0 11” Yellow 1,000 VAC
E014Y 0 14” Yellow 1,000 VAC
Class 0 gloves are also available in Red, Black, or 2-Color.
Class 00 gloves are also available in Blue, or 2-Color Type II Rubber
Straight Cuff Bell Cuff Contour Cuff Mitten
High Voltage Rubber Gloves

Class 1 through 4 gloves are available in 14”, 16” and 18” lengths. The Bell Cuff allows for
heavier winter clothes and greater air flow in warmer weather. The Contour Cuff is angled to
prevent bunching or binding at the elbow when the arm is bent. All meet ASTM D120.
Classs Length Cuff Size Color Max Use Voltage To Order: Start with an
1 14”, 16” or 18” BC, CC B, YB or RB 7,500 VAC “E” prefix then Class,
2 14”, 16” or 18” BC, CC B, YB or RB 17,000 VAC Length, Cuff Style,
3 14”, 16” or 18” BC, CC B, YB or RB 26,500 VAC Color and Hand Size.
4 14”, 16” or 18” BC, CC B, YB or RB 36,000 VAC Example: A Pair of
Class 2, 16”,
Bell Cuff, Yellow &
www.linestar.ca
COLOR: “B”=Black, “YB”=Yellow Inside/Black Outside, “RB”=Red Inside/Black Outside Black Gloves, Would
CUFF STYLE: Straight Cuff is Standard. “BC”=Bell Cuff, “CC”=Contour Cuff 18” Only Be Part # E216BCYB
SIZING: Straight, Bell & Contour Full & Half Sizes 8 - 12. Class 3 & 4 Full & Half 9 - 12.
1 FINGER MITTENS: Use “EM” Prefix. Full Sizes Only 9 - 11.

66
Rubber Gloves & Accessories
the power gripz - Ultimate Rubber Glove Protection
rubber goods
Linemen know. Ultimately, keeping the power on is all in their hands. But ordinary gloves just weren’t designed for
the real-world, in-the-air work they do every day. Ordinary leather protector gloves get slick from wear and the oily
residues on line apparatus; maddeningly slippery in foul weather. Linemen need and deserve a better grip on the
tools, small parts and apparatus they use, to work more efficiently, keep drop zones safer and get the job done,
no matter what conditions the linemen face.
The only gloves designed by linemen, for linemen. The only gloves tested and proven to be superior for grip, arc
protection, heat penetration and all-weather dexterity. The Power Gripz have been endorsed by Hugh Hoagland,
founder and senior consultant to ArcWear.
• The highest leather protector glove ATPV rating in the industry: 40cal/CM2.
• Blocks fully 94% of heat penetration in EBT testing.
• Meets and/or exceeds all ASTM F-696 Standards for leather protector glove design.
• Proprietary grip pads (patent pending) provide unparalleled grip without compromising hand dexterity,
and safety in all weather conditions.
Proprietary Scientifically Blended Specialized cowhide provides

Silicone ribbed fingertip grip pads arc and heat protection plus superior
provide unmatched tactile control abrasion resistance while providing
of small parts. all day comfort and dexterity.
100% compliant, meets &

Patent pending grip material extends exceeds all ASTM F-696 leather
across palms for secure grip on tool protector glove standards.
handles and gear.
Velcro adjustment strap

Kevlar stitching with frame retardant provides easy on and off.
quality on all seams for extreme
durability, maximum strength and
thread count.
Reverse rolled cowhide cuff improves

safety in an arc fault situation
Non-conducting ring
Designed by Linemen. replaces clumsy buckle
Proven by Science. adjustment while limiting
arc flash burns from
metal buckles.
It’s time to change
your gloves, FOREVER.
www.linestar.ca

67
rubber gloves & accessories
rubber goods
Leather Protectors for Rubber GloveS
Leather protectors provide mechanical protection against
cuts, snags or any damage that may compromise the
insulating integrity of the rubber gloves.
Part # Description Material

6CH5S Low-Voltage Protector Goatskin
6CH5S ILPG-5S-3 Class 2 Protector Cowhide
ILPG-5S-5 Class 3 Protector Cowhide
Add “1F” suffix for 1-Finger Mitten Protectors

Add “BC” suffix for Bell Cuff Protectors
Many other styles and materials are available.
ILPG-5S
Maintain a distance of 1” between the cuff of the protector
and the cuff of the rubber glove for every 10,000 volts rating.
Examples: For a 14” class 2 rubber glove, order a 12” protector;
for a 18” class 4 rubber glove, order a 14” protector.
Cotton Stretch
G-99 Glove Inflator Dugs Glove
Portable and easy to use, this Liners
unit allows for field Cotton Glove
inspection of rubber gloves.
Liners
G-100 Glove Inflator

Same as the G99 but with an S13FRT
adapter for low voltage gloves. Flame Resistant
Rhovyl Anti-
Static String-Knit
Gloves
455400 - Straight Side Glove Bag

Heavy duty canvas. Nickel plated steel snap fasteners.
Double stitch rolled edges. Grommet hole. Back snap for
hanging. Straight sided. For 14” gloves.

For 12” gloves.
10-4
Glove Powder For 18” gloves.
www.linestar.ca
Case of 12, 6 oz.

Bottles

68
rubber goods rubber insulating sleeves
Extra-Curved
Straight
Dipped Rubber Sleeves

Dipped sleeves are manufactured in the same way as rubber insulating gloves. Porcelain forms are dipped into
liquefied rubber, dried, trimmed, marked and cured. These are the most
comfortable and flexible sleeves available. Meets ASTM D1051.
Class Size Color Max Use Voltage To Order: Start with a

0 S, R, L or X YLW 1,000 VAC “D” prefix, then Class,
1 S, R, L or X B, Y, Y/B or R/B 7,500 VAC
Size, and Color.
2 S, R, L or XL B, Y, Y/B or R/B 17,000 VAC
3 S, R, L or X B, Y, Y/B or R/B 26,500 VAC
Example: A Pair of Class 3,
4 S, R, L or X B, Y, Y/B or R/B 36,000 VAC Large, Red & Black Sleeves,
Colors: B=Black; Y/B=Yellow/Black; R/B=Red/Black Would Be Part # D3LRB
Add “ST” suffix for Straight Cuff or “EC” suffix for Extra-Curved
Rubber Sleeves Accessories
B2 Sleeve Buttons
2-Piece Screw Type, Set of 4t
H-1 Sleeve Harness

S-1 Sleeve Straps
4585 - Sleeve Roll-up
5231 - Sleeve Bag A nylon reinforced vinyl sleeve roll-
A 30” long sleeve bag that up with hook and loop
can fit up to 29” sleeves. button fastening. Sized to hold
Features an added glove X-long sleeves flat without
bag pocket and a hook and folding. Dee ring to hang up.
loop hanger inside the bag Measures 32 1/2” x 21”.
to keep sleeves from
falling to the bottom. Also
features a liner/glove dust 528 - Sleeve Bag
pouch. A sleeve bag that is made of heavy duty
www.linestar.ca
Measures 30”L x 3”W. canvas. Holds 29” sleeves. Tapered to

support sleeves when hung on belt. Quick
releases snap on back and a snap closure top.

69
rubber insulating blankets
rubber goods
Rubber blankets come in a variety of classes, styles and sizes. Made of either Type I
natural rubber or Type II synthetic rubber, these blankets can be used anywhere that
standard cover-up devices cannot. All blankets meet current ASTM D1048 specifications
Solid Style Blankets

Max Use
Part # Class Size Color Type Voltage
12 2 22” x 22” Black I 17,000 VAC
13 2 22” x 22” Orange II 17,000 VAC
400E 2 27” x 36” Black I 17,000 VAC
300E 2 36” x 36” Black I 17,000 VAC
901E 4 36” x 36” Black II 36,000 VAC
900E 4 36” x 36” Orange II 36,000 VAC
Slotted Style Blankets

Max Use
14 2 22” x 22” Black I 17,000 VAC
1100 2 22” x 36” Black I 17,000 VAC
15 4 22” x 22” Orange II 36,000 VAC
15-1 4 22” x 22” Black II 36,000 VAC
1300 4 36” x 36” Orange II 36,000 VAC
1301 4 36” x 36” Black II 36,000 VAC
Low Voltage Blankets

Max Use
1212YLV 0 12” x 12” Zip II 1,000 VAC
1212YLVNV 0 12” x 12” Plain II 1,000 VAC
1818YLV 0 18” x 18” Zip II 1,000 VAC
1836YLV 0 18” x 36” Zip II 1,000 VAC
3636YLV 0 36” x 36” Zip II 1,000 VAC
“Zip” Style Shown
www.linestar.ca

70
rubber goods rubber blanket accessories
TY-14 20 Wooden Blanket Strap HS21 Nylon Blanket 21 Nylon Blanket Clamp
14” Blanket Strap Clamp with shotgun rings
TY-30
30” Blanket Strap
C4032999 C4032998
Blanket Canister with Handle Blanket Canister with No Handle
10” x 37” holds 6 each 36” blankets 7” x 37” holds 4 each 36” blankets
MB-6
Magnetic Blanket
Button
kLonDIkE CLAMP
The Klondike Clamp tool series quickly and safely secures
blankets in position on poles without damaging the
blankets. The Klondike Clamp tool series eliminates the
need for tie wrap, bungee cords, Velcro®, tape or any
other means that are both time consuming to install
RBG-D72 American Polywater Rubber and potentially damaging to the blanket.
Goods Cleaner - 72-count Saturated The Klondike Clamp tool series can also be used in a
Wipe Dispenser myriad of pad mount equipment situations where it is
Polywater Rubber Goods Cleaner is a formulated difficult to secure the blanket by conventional means.
water-based cleaner for removing grease, dirt,
carbon, creosote, and other grimes from
insulating blankets, lineman’s gloves, rubber
sleeves, jumper cables, hot jumpers, and line-
hose. Rubber Goods Cleaner is safe for use on
all natural and synthetic rubbers. Rubber Goods
Cleaner contains no hazardous ingredients and
Molded from a tough weather resistant polymer and
is pH neutral, making it safe for use on skin.
www.linestar.ca
assembled completely with stainless steel hardware the

Rubber Goods Cleaner is also completely
Klondike Clamp tool series will provide a lineman with many
biodegradable and safe for the environment.
years of maintenance free usage.

71
insulating line hose & covers
The self-locking lip prevents the line hose from coming off the conductor after the installation
is complete yet is easy for a lineman to assemble and take apart. Made of Type II synthetic
cover up
rubber, this line hose stays flexible even in cold weather and is not damaged by ozone or
ultraviolet rays. Meets ASTM D1050.
Max Use
Connector End Line Hose
Part # Class Size Style Voltage
OR125-6 2 1.25” x 6’ Straight 17,000 VAC
OR125-6C 2 1.25” x 6’ Connector 17,000 VAC
OR150-6 3 1.5” x 6’ Straight 26,500 VAC
OR150-6C 3 1.5” x 6’ Connector 26,500 VAC
Max Use
Straight Line Hose
OR125-45 2 1.25” x 4.5’ Straight 17,000 VAC
OR125-45C 2 1.25” x 4.5’ Connector 17,000 VAC
OR150-45 3 1.5” x 4.5’ Straight 26,500 VAC
OR150-45C 3 1.5” x 4.5’ Connector 26,500 VAC
Class 4 Extended Lip Line Hose 45150

Max Use
Line Hose Bag 8” x 48”
SU150-45 4 1.5” x 4.5’ Straight 36,000 VAC
45151
SU150-45C 4 1.5” x 4.5’ Connector 36,000 VAC
Line Hose Bag 8” x 60”
SU150-6 4 1.5” x 6’ Straight 36,000 VAC
SU150-6C 4 1.5” x 6’ Connector 36,000 VAC
Insulator Hoods
Line Hose Insulator
Part # Class Size Class Cutout Covers
SU150-45 2 1” 55-1/2/3
www.linestar.ca
Part # Class Overall Dimensions

SU150-45C 2 1” 55-4 CC24 2 24” x 15” x 3.5”
SU150-6 3 1.25”, 1.5” 55-5 CC30 4 30” x 20” x 7”

72
cover up equipment
25 kV Conductor and Insulator Covers
cover up
These 5’ interlocking covers provide extra protection when gloving

or sticking. Available with a Grip-All
adapter for hot stick application, without adapter for rubber glove
25 kV insulator application or with a 4’ Epoxiglas® handle.
covers are 21”
long and 8-1/2”
wide. Available
with or without
Grip-All adapter.
C406-0181GA
Part # Description
C406-0181 Conductor Cover with 4’ Epoxiglas Handle
P406-0184 Conductor Cover without Handle or Adapter
C406-0181GA Conductor Cover with Grip-All Adapter
C406-0182 Insulator Cover 6” Tall with Grip-All Adapter
P406-0185 Insulator Cover 6” Tall without Grip-All Adapter
C406-0009 C406-0182L Insulator Cover 9” Tall with Grip-All Adapter
P406-0186 Insulator Cover 9” Tall without Grip-All Adapter
C406-0009 Cutout Cover
C406-0164 Deadend Cover
C406-164
36.6 kV Conductor and Insulator Covers
These 36.6 kV conductor covers are 5’ in length

and include the Grip-All adapter. Indented ribs
along the cover’s top edge provide an air gap
36.6 kV insulator between the conductor and the cover.
covers fit 6-1/2” to 9”
diameter pin or post
insulators and come
with Grip-All adapters.
Part # Description
C406-0514GA Conductor Cover with Grip-All Adapter
C406-0557 Insulator Cover 12” Tall with Grip-All Adapter
C406-0557L Insulator Cover 16.5” Tall with Grip-All Adapter
C406-0537 Deadend Cover with Grip-All Ad
C406-0537
To meet the Class 4 rating, the deadend cover must be used in conjunction with a rubber
insulating blanket covering the coupler to the line cover. Failure to use a blanket to cover
www.linestar.ca
the coupler may result in electrical shock, severe injury or death by electrocution.

73
cover up equipment
36.6 kV & 46 kV Conductor Covers 46 kV Phase-to-Phase Covers
cover up
Part # Description
Spiral conductor covers are 7” in diameter and 53” in
length and are available with a Grip-All adapter, or a 4 C406-0082 4’ Epoxiglas Handle
foot or 6 foot Epoxiglas handle. 15/36.6 kV covers are C406-0082-6 6’ Epoxiglas Handle
formed to fit over most 15 kV C406-0082GA Grip-All Adapter
insulators. Double crossarm units will fit over
two 15 kV pin-type insulators. All styles are
interlocking. 15/36.6 kV Phase-to-Phase
Covers for Single Crossarms
Part # Description
C406-0083 4’ Epoxiglas Handle
C406-0083-6 6’ Epoxiglas Handle
C406-083GA Grip-All Adapter
15/36.6 kV Phase-to-Phase
Covers for Double Crossarms
Part # Description
C406-0084 4’ Epoxiglas Handle
C406-0084-6 6’ Epoxiglas Handle
C406-084GA Grip-All Adapter
M4933 36.6 kV Crossarm Cover

This cover helps prevent tie wires from contacting
the crossarm when tying and untying insulators.
Designed for single or double-arm construction
with slots for double-arming bolts.
M4931 46 kV Conductor Cover

At 5’ in length, these covers come with a
Grip-All adapter and can accommodate
conductors up to 2” in diameter.
C406-0046 46 kV Insulator Cover

Fits over insulators up to 10-1/2” in diameter
and locks with a conductor cover on each end.
Adjustable in length form 22” to 34”.
www.linestar.ca

74
cover up cover up equipment
C406-0504 Crossarm Cover

This rigid cover up fits onto
wood or steel crossarm sizes up
to 3-3/4” x 4-3/4”. It telescopes
form 13.1” to 20.9” and is rated
at 26.4kV phase-to-phase.
Pole Covers
The pole covers are ribbed to
reduce contact with the pole in 6” Diameter Pole Covers
order to minimize creosote Part # Description
contamination. Buttons on the 4’ C406-0550 48” Overall Length
and 6’ lengths allow the covers C406-0551 72” Overall Length
to be joined together when longer lengths
are needed.
9” Diameter Pole Guards
Part # Description
M4937-1 12” Overall Length
12” Diameter Pole Guards

Part # Description
C406-0029 24” Overall Length
C406-0547 Rope Lock

Helps keep pole covers in place
especially on smooth surfaces. Can be
used on all sizes of pole guards.
www.linestar.ca

75
cover up equipment
15 kV & 25 kV Polyethylene Line Guards
cover up
Part # Description
6050 5’ Line Guard, 15 kV
Made of lightweight polyethylene, these guards
are available in 5’ and 6’ lengths. Snap together
feature with male & female connecting ends.
15/25 kV Conductor and Insulator Covers
These 4’-6” guards are equipped with an adjustable eye for

installation with any shotgun. Male and female ends allow the
guards to interlock with each other.
Part # Description
12936 4’-6” Line Guard with Shotgun Eye
12528 Insulator Hood for Single Pins
12527 Insulator Hoods for Double Pins
35, 46 & 69 kV Conductor and Insulator Covers

Insulator hoods for either single or
double pins. Part # 9770 is adjustable These line guards come with either a shotgun eye or an installing
to 3 lengths, 27”, 32” and 37”. stick handle. With interlocking male & female ends, they can also
be nested to save on storage space.
Part # Description Part # Description

9144 22” Insulator Hood for Single Pins 6010 35 kV Line Guard with Shotgun Eye
9770 Adjustable Insulator Hood for Double Pins 6011 35 kV Line Guard with 4’ Installing Stick
Insulator Hood Voltage Ratings: 6012 46 kV Line Guard w/ Shotgun Eye
www.linestar.ca
35 kV when used with 6010 or 6011 guards 6013 46 kV Line Guard 4’ Installing Stick
46 kV when used with 6012 or 6013 guards 12000 69 kV Line Guard w/ Shotgun Eye
69 kV when used with 12000 or 12001 guards 12001 69 kV Line Guard w/ 6’ Installing Stick

76
COVER-UP EQUIPMENT
Arc Suppression Blanket
cover up
These blankets are designed and tested to protect a worker from blast
energy, heat and flash flame caused by faults in high voltage cable and gear,
in compliance to OSHA requirements for manhole
protection (29 CFR Part 1910.269(t)(7). The nature of an electric plasma arc
is unpredictable therefore reference to your own work methods and practices
is important. The blanket is not intended as an insulator against electric
shock. It is designed to protect against plasma arc explosions. Note this
blanket can be washed at
temperatures below 140-degrees F. NO BLEACH. ARC Suppression Blanket, Heavy Duty
SKU SIZE WEIGHT
SKU SIZE WEIGHT TE-W4856 48” X 56” 7 lbs.
TE-36-60 3 FT X 5 FT 7 lbs. TE-W4896 48” X 96” 7 lbs.
TE-56-96 5 FT X 8 FT 9 lbs.
TE-72-96 6 FT X 8 FT 9 lbs.
Arc Suppression 3 Blanket Set (5’ x 8’ each) Arc Suppression Blanket Strap
Aramid/Nomex Blended Outside Layers with SKU TYPE SIZE WEIGHT
2 inner Layers of Blastic Kevlar TE-S-6HN Heavy Nylon 1” W X 72” L 5 oz.
TE-SET5696 5 FT X 8 FT (3) 27 lbs. TE-S-6K Kevlar 1” W X 72” L 6 oz.
TE-S-6LN Nylon 1” W X 72” L 4 oz.
Arc-Suppression Blankets
When draped or loosely wrapped over a defective cable
or splice, this are suppression blanket
provides protection against electrical arcs and flashes.
With Velcro® straps to help keep it in
position, this arc-suppression blanket has been tested
successfully at 42,000 amps fault current.
Part # Size Weight

C406-0452 4’ x 5’ 4 lbs.
C406-0453 4’ x 8’ 6-1/2 lbs.
THIS BLANKET IS NOT CLASSIFIED AS “ELECTRICALLY INSULATED”
Instant Insulation
Instand insulation may be installed as permanent cover to protect against
outages caused weather, trees and animals. Instant
insulation resists ozone and ultraviolent deterioration while
remaining flexible even at sub-zero conditions.
SKU Name Description

1127 INSTANT INSULATION 12’ / 3.6m long Dimensions (in): .75 I.D., Grey
1128 INSTANT INSULATION 12’ / 3.6m long Dimensions (in): .75 I.D., Orange
1129 INSTANT INSULATION 12’ / 3.6m long Dimensions (in): 1.00 I.D., Grey
www.linestar.ca
1130 INSTANT INSULATION 12’ / 3.6m long Dimensions (in): 1.00 I.D., Orange
1131 INSTANT INSULATION 12’ / 3.6m long Dimensions (in): 1.25 I.D., Grey
1132 INSTANT INSULATION 12’ / 3.6m long Dimensions (in): 1.25 I.D., Orange

77
traffic & work zone safety
traffic control
WATCHMAN™
Work Area Voltage Detector
The Watchman Work Area Voltage Detector, model WM-01, utilizes
WAVi Work Area Voltage Indication technology to detect strong
electric fields surrounding high voltage conductors and power
distribution equipment.Typically placed in the vicinity of power lines
or high voltage equipment, the Watchman Detector provides an
extra level of safety for trained personnel working on or near high
voltage systems.
• The Watchman Detector can be activated to visually alert to the
presence of an electrical field and can also alert crews that they no
longer have active power in the area.
• Spinning LED lights indicate an electric field and a nearby
energized conductor.
• Power button serves dual function, press once for on/off
function, hold down for self-test to verify battery power
and proper functioning of Detector.
• Once turned on, the Watchman Detector provides a
“heartbeat” pattern to indicate it is actively checking for
the presence of high voltage electric fields.
• Powerful neodymium magnets allow the detector to be mounted to
accessory brackets or any magnetic surface.
28TC-RC Traffic Cone

With 6” top & 4” bottom reflective
collars. Stands 28” and weighs 10 lbs.
with cleated bottoms to grip the road.
Stenciling is available.
6850 Retractable Cone Bars - Yellow/Black

These barricade bars adjust from 6’ to 10’ and fit over
almost any traffic cone. Made of commercial grade ABS
materials with engineer grade reflective sheeting. Weighs
only 1.35 lbs.
TECMB Cone Mounted Barrier

A highly visible, retractable belt
extends to 15 feet that can be mounted
to almost any traffic cone, wall or work
vehicle. The end clip can attach to
other units or wrap around a post and
clip into itself. It has a locking button
to prevent unwanted spooling due to
www.linestar.ca
wind. Works best with a cone weighing

10 lbs. or more. Available in
Red/White or Black/Yellow.

78
work zone safety traffic & work zone lighting
7901 GoLight Remote Control LIght
This powerful 400,000 candle power light comes with a
programmable wireless remote, suction cup & magnetic mounting shoe
and 15’ cord with 12VDC lighter plug.
370o rotation & 135o tilt.
7951 Same as the 7901 but in Black
2067 GoLight Dual Remote Control Light

Similar in size and power to the 7901 Remote Light, this unit
offers a dash mounted remote as well as a wireless remote
control. Complete with hardware for permanent mounting.
2049 Same as the 2067 but in Black
45601 HID Litebox Flashlight

The HID Litebox has the intensity and peripheral illumination to light an
entire scene. 2 each 5mm white LEDs placed in the front of the housing
provides low-light maneuvering. The HID lamp can run up to 1-3/4 hours on
a single charge and the
LEDs up to 100.
• 35 Watt High Intesity Xenon Bulb: 1,000,000 candlepower
45116 Litebox Flashlight

A powerful light with 90o swivel head that comes with a
high-intensity halogen bi-pin 8 watt spot bulb.Other bulbs are
available. Complete kit includes shoulder strap, A/C and D/C
chargers and mounting rack.
• 8 Watt Spot: 80,000 candlepower, 9 hours runtime
45851 LED Litebox Flashlight

3 powerful LED’s and deep dish parabolic reflectors produce a large spot
pattern.The LED’s are impervious to shock and have a 50,000 hour life. It
has both Hi and Low power settings. The kit includes shoulder strap, A/C
and D/C chargers and mounting rack.
• Hi Setting: 55,000 candlepower, 7 hours runtime
• Low Setting: 32,000 candlepower, 15 hours runtime
22311 120V AC 45937 Battery

Charger Cord for Litebox for Litebox
www.linestar.ca
22051 12V DC 22665 120V AC Charger 45630 Battery

Charger Cord Cord for HID Litebox for HID Litebox
for All Liteboxes

79
traffic & work zone lighting
work zone safety

44900 Rechargeable WayPoint Flashlight
With 3 settings, low, high & strobe, this light is powered by 4 C
batteries. The cushioned pistol-grip handle has a trigger style
On/Off switch. The housing is made of a high-impact polycarbonate
and features an integrated stand for hands-free lighting.
• Hi Setting: 115,000 candlepower, 8.5 hours runtime
• Low/Strobe Setting: 10,000 candlepower, 120 hours runtime
“PoLE BUG” LED STRoBE LIGHT & 2-FLAG HoLDER

Using effective, long lasting LED technology - LED is rated
for 100,000 hours of heavy duty operation - this system
provides the ultimate in pole mount transportation safety.
The single bright RED LED (also available in Amber), with
a 5-7 mile visibility range, includes four flash patterns:
Comet, Single, Steady Burn and Flare Flicker. Light module
is encapsulated for vibration and moisture resistance with
dual front/angled reflectors. System is powered by three
alkaline “C” batteries, providing 100+ hours of
continuous operation. Easy to attach and deploy, using
heavy duty strap that attaches to all type of poles and
sizes. Additional features include powder coated metal
components and dual flag holders.
Includes batteries and two red flags.
05-828 LiteBox Holder

Accepts all Liteboxes
work zone safety apparel
Hard Hats FULL BRIM

Made of a tough polyethylene shell, these hard hats come in 4-point or 6-point 4-Point Models
suspension models. Each hat has slotted sides to accomodate accessories Part # Color
such as face shields or ear muffs. Both styles have a ratcheting head band 475393 White
to ensure proper fit. ANSI rated Type 1, Class E. 802975 Blue
475391 Green
FR Chin Straps for Full Brim
Hard Hats Part # 10102191
www.linestar.ca
620-3200V FR Hard Hat Sweat Bands

• Made of an absorbent air cushioned layer lined with 10% fleece cotton
• Velcro fastening system is designed to fit all major brands of headgear

80
work zone safety work zone safety apparel
SEO™ 5 Headlamp
Power and versatility in one package! The SEO 5 shines bright with
180 lumens on high, a red LED for preserving night vision, and a
high end power white LED with flash function and a swiveling head
that ensures you’ll have light where you want it, when you want it.
The Advanced Focus System™ allows for a close up spot or a wider
beam, making the SEO 5 a flexible, lightweight, and technology
centered headlamp for any sport, hobby or job.
Eos Headlamp
The combination of a one-watt Maxbright LED
and Princeton Tec\’s proprietary optics offers
unprecedented brightness and beam smoothness
in an ultralight, 3-AAA platform.
The Eos is optimal for both localized needs and spotting at a distance.
We recognize that different amounts of light are needed for different conditions and situations? that’s why we
equipped the Eos with three brightness levels and a blinking emergency/signaling mode.
The Eos is ready for adventure with its impact-resistant design.
TIKKA® +
Compact headlamp for outdoor activities, with CON-
STANT LIGHTING technology for guaranteed constant
brightness over time. 160 lumens
The TIKKA + headlamp offers 160 lumen brightness
in Boost mode. It is ideal for outdoor activities that
require rapid movement. Featuring CONSTANT LIGHTING
technology to ensure constant brightness over time, and
a mixed beam (wide, focused or red for discretion).
Uvex Hypershock™ Safety Eyewear

Uvex Hypershock eyewear delivers the ultimate
combination of high-performance protection
and aggressive sport inspired styling. The full
frame design offers high impact protection, with
streamlined padded temples and a
molded nosepiece for a secure, comfortable fit.
Offered in a wide variety of lens tints
Part # Description
S2940XP Clear
S2941XP Grey/Smoke
www.linestar.ca
S2942XP Amber
S2945 Blue Mirror
S2949 Polarized

81
reel lifts, payout & take up reels
truck accessories
301-1 CR
Pay-Out Reel Collapsible Cable Reel
This all purpose, portable Commonly referred to
payout reel can be set as a “Butterfly Reel”, this
horizontally or vertically. reel is used for winding
A tension brake prevents the wire into neat coils. It
reel from coasting then collapses so that the
eliminating backlash or coiled wire can be easily
unraveling of the wire. removed. It’s designed to
The width adjusts from attach to a 2-7/16” winch
8” to 12” and the inside shaft and weighs 70 lbs.
diameter adjusts from
15” to 30”.
Strand & Wire Dispenser The “Reel Thing”

Easy to use wire dispenser. Lift the A dependable, easy to use
pivoting arm, drop in the coil, lower cable reel lifter for use in the
the arm, cut the bands and feed warehouse or field.
the wire. Stores full and partially
used coils.
6150 6-1/2”D x 30”W ARBOR Hole
Part # Size Cap. lbs.
61501 8”D x 30”W RT-20 2” - 4” 3,000
RT-40 3” - 6” 4,500
RT-60 2-5/8” - 6” 12,000
GWD 1000 Guy Wire Dispenser

Guy Wire Dispenser is designed to provide safe, easy, completely
controlled handling and paying-out of strand coils up to 500 ft. in length,
including EHS strand. It also can be used with wire, wire rope, cable, conductor,
etc. Eliminate weight lifting, handling
struggle, and the hazards of “runaway” coil ends.
5276 Guy Wire Dispenser 5478 Triplex Dispenser

Coils are simply rolled into Made of zinc coated steel, it has
then stand and clamped into place 8 adjustable arms to quickly load,
with 4 adjustable arms unwind and
for easy unwinding and rewind coils of various sizes.
rewinding. Holds coils with Accepts coils up to 32”
diameters up to 31” and outside diameter with a
widths of 4-3/4”. maximum width of 10-1/4”.
www.linestar.ca
5074 Mounting Base Plate for both models 5275 & 54

82
truck accessories ground protection mats
These mats are designed to prevent heavy equipment from damaging lawns or landscaped
areas and from getting stuck in mud or soft, wet terrain. They are less expensive than
fiberglass and more costs effective than plywood.
Mobile Matts
Made from “virgin” ultra-high molecular-weight Part # Size Weight
polyethylene, these are the lightest weight mats on MM-2448 2’ x 4’ 19 lbs.
the market yet they are incredibly strong. The “M” style pattern MM-2472 2’ x 6’ 28 lbs.
provides great traction for even the most
MM-2496 2’ x 8’ 37.5 lbs.
aggressive vehicles. The 8 molded handles on the long sides
provide easy handling and maneuverability. MM-4896 4’ x 8’ 75 lbs.
AlturnaMATs Part # Size Weight

These rugged mats are made of 1/2” polyethylene
and are virtually indestructable. With a bold cleat design, AM24 2’ x 4’ 21.5 lbs.
these mats can support 60 ton loads and have been AM26 2’ x 6’ 32.35 lbs.
tested in extreme cold and heat. They can be locked AM28 2’ x 8’ 43 lbs.
together to form a continous roadway or large work area. AM48 4’ x 8’ 86 lbs.
Order links separately.
RTL-S Single Link To connect 2 mats end to end

www.linestar.ca
RTL-D Double Link To connect 4 mats at the corners

83
ground protection mats
truck accessories
These mats are designed to prevent heavy equipment from damaging lawns or landscaped
areas and from getting stuck in mud or soft, wet terrain. They are less expensive than
fiberglass and more costs effective than plywood.
Mat-Pak All-In-One Ground Protection Solution

This complete package is the handy way to transport and
store your AlturnaMats.
Package Contains:
12 - 4’x 8’ or 3’x 8’ Ground Protection Mats
1 - AMRK Turn-A-Rack Storage and Transportation Rack with
four (4) way fork lift entry
20 - RTL-SG Turn-A-Links
2 - AMHH Handi-Hooks
2 - Custom Nylon Ratchet Straps
www.linestar.ca

84
truck accessories outrigger pads
Medium & Heavy Medium Duty Pads heavy Duty Pads
Duty Pads Part # Size Weight Part # Size Weight
These pads feature D1818 18” x 18” x 1” 11 lbs. D2424-2 24” x 24” x 2” 38 lbs.
a safety textured D2224 22” x 24” x 1” 17 lbs. D3030-2 30” x 30” x 2” 60 lbs.
finish and bright D2424 24” x 24” x 1” 19 lbs. D3636-2 36” x 36” x 2” 86 lbs.
orange rope
handles. The solid,
D3030 30” x 30” x 1” 30 lbs. D4848-2 48” x 48” x 2” 150 lbs.
single material will DR30-2(Round) 30” x 2” 45 lbs.
Medium Duty capacities DR36-2(Round) 36” x 2” 68 lbs.
bend but not break.
Part # Vertical 45º Angle DR48-2(Round) 48” x 2” 120 lbs.
PAD-24241 60,000 lbs. 35,000 lbs.
PAD-30301 81,000 lbs. 41,000 lbs. heavy Duty capacities
PAD-36361 93,000 lbs. 43,000 lbs. Part # Vertical 45º Angle
PAD-48481 135,000 lbs. 52,000 lbs. PAD-24242 62,000 lbs. 40,000 lbs.
PAD-30302 85,000 lbs. 43,000 lbs.
Medium Duty Pads PAD-36362 98,000 lbs. 45,000 lbs.
PAD-48482 140,000 lbs. 55,000 lbs.
HEAVY Duty Pads
Truck Grounding Equipment

Truck Grounding Reels
Provides an efficient and positive means to ground trucks near energized electrical lines.
Each reel with factory installed cable includes a 6’ length of 2/O ground cable to connect
to the truck and a bronze body clamp to attach to the ground rod.
21364 Small Grounding Reel with 40’ of 1/O cable and clamp
21365 Small Grounding Reel with 40’ of 2/O cable and clamp
21374 Large Grounding Reel with 50’ of 1/O cable and clamp
21375 Large Grounding Reel with 50’ of 2/O cable and clamp
Apparatus Grounding Clamps

Bronze clamps used as part of a truck grounding system. They have a high-
current rating of 43,000 amps for 15 cycles and 30,000 amps for 30 cycles.
T600-2364
Long Ball Stud Terminal Ferrule Handle
The 3” shank accepts Part # Type Type Type
most types of ground C600-2100 Drilled Threaded Shotgun Eye
clamps. Overall length is C600-2101 Tapped Threaded Shotgun Eye
www.linestar.ca
7”. C600-2300 Pressure Pressure Shotgun Eye

T600-2320 Tapped Threaded T-Handle

85
truck ground equipment
truck accessories
GR43BS2 Rotating Ground Adapter
This unique tool provides protection while
the conductor is pulled from reels. It adds
conductor grounding but does not replace
other grounding practices The adapter slides
on the reel mandrel. The outer collar connects
to the tail of the conductor on the reel and the
inner collar is connects to a ground rod.
TETGR
Screw Ground Rod
A temporary 6’
copperclad ground
rod with T-Handle.
Kri-Tech Bond Mat System

The Kri-Tech Bond Mat System is designed and high
voltage tested to protect workers who come in contact or have the
potential for electrical contact.
Part # Name
HV-101-KT Truck Kit 58×58
HV-101-KTB Truck Kit 58×58 with Ball Studs
HV101-25-50V 58×58 w/3 meter cable and Reflective Edges
101-25-50SR 58×58 Non Skid
101-25-50V 58×58 Non Skid with Reflective Edges
201-25-50SR 58×120 Non Skid
601-25-50SR 120×120 Non Skid
101-25-50BSF 58×58 Standard with Ball Stud Ferrules
201-25-50SR 58×120 Non Skid
Measuring Equipment
7005025 Laser Range Finder
Quickly and accurately calculates horizontal,
vertical and slope distance with the press of a button.
Typical range is 3,280’ with a max of 6,560’ to a reflective
target. Measures in feet, yards, meters and degrees and has
an in-scope LED display. Typical distance accuracy + 1 ft.
E-15-1 Truckers Load

CHM-600E Cable Height Meter Height Stick
A handheld meter for measurement of cable sag, This fiberglass
cable height, and overhead clearance, a safe measuring stick extends to
alternative to telescopic ranging sticks. Utilises 15’ and has a 3’ horizontal
ultrasonic signals to determine the height of arm. The arm folds down
overhead cables up to 23m (75’). The optional and the stick retracts to 68”
DT80 Dynamic Target enables the CHM300DT for easy storage. Marked in
www.linestar.ca
version Cable Height Meter to also measure feet and inches.

horizontal distances to a diameter of more
than 80m (260’).

86
lifting & rigging lifting & rigging blocks
Skookum Half-Side Blocks Regular
The cast-annealed steel sides and compact design make these blocks Yoke
rugged and easy to handle and feature precision-machined bronze
bearings. The A-4 is available with the regular yoke only. All other
models are available with either the regular yoke or swivel shackle.
Sheave Line Weight SWL

Part # Size Size (lbs.) (lbs.)
A-4 4” 3/8” 9 10,000
A-6 6” 3/8” - 1/2” 17 14,000
A-8 8” 1/2” - 5/8” 29 16,000
A-10 10” 5/8” - 3/4” 34 16,000
Skookum Cast Sided Blocks

Made of the same steel and with the same bearings as the
Swivel Hook with
half-side blocks, the sheaves of these cast sided blocks are Safety Latch
fully protected. All of these blocks are available with either a
swivel shackle, swivel hook or swivel hook with safety latch.

S-4 4” 3/8” 11 6,000
S-6 6” 3/8” - 1/2” 26 13,000
S-8 8” 1/2” - 5/8” 32 13,000
S-10 10” 5/8” - 3/4” 44 14,000
For Swivel Shackle, use suffix “SS”.
For Swivel Hook only, use suffix “SH”.
For Swivel Hook with Safety Latch, use suffix “SHL”.
R-10
Skookum Wide Sheave - Wide Throat Blocks
With sheaves made from manganese metal, R-4, R-6, R-8
these durable blocks provide a long service life.
Timken bearings come standard on wide throat
blocks except the R-4 which has roller bearings. All
available with regular yoke only.

R-4 4” 3/8” 12 10,000
R-6 6” 3/8” - 1/2” 30 16,000
R-8 8” 1/2” - 5/8” 43 16,000
www.linestar.ca
R-10 10” 5/8” - 3/4” 50 18,000

87
ROPE ACCESSORIES
lifting & rigging

www.linestar.ca

88
lifting & rigging STRINGING & WINCH LINES
When ordering stringing line rope, follow this proceedure from the charts below.
Part Number + Length + Color (i.e. SNTN07-8500-GRN)
©Samson Rope Technologies
Stable Braid AmSteel®-Blue AmSteel® ll

www.linestar.ca
Chafe gear and thimbles available upon request. Other lengths and eye sizes available. Call Linestar for details.

89
lifting & rigging blocks
lifting & rigging

OX BLOCK™ Ease the Load
The new Buckingham OX BLOCK™ is a rope
snatch block with anintegrated friction bar used
for hurt man rescue, lowering loads, snubbing
loads, and raising loads. It allows the rigging
professional to handle loads with greater control.
When lowering loads, tension is transferred from
the worker to the OX BLOCK™. The OX BLOCK™ 50061 50062
replaces standard handline blocks, parted blocks, Ox Block™ Ox Block™ Clevis
and various snatch blocks. The OX BLOCK™ also Sling Top & Hook
has greater Working Load Limits than blocks of
similar size.
50061A-4
OX BLOCK™ with an attached 4’ x 5/8”
adjustable sling and a steel carabiner.
50061A-7
OX BLOCK™ with an attached 7’ x 5/8”
adjustable sling and a steel carabiner.
50061A-4 50061B
OX BLOCK™ only with 2 steel carabiners.
50071B1 50062D 50061B

Buck Side Swivel™ Ox Block with Ox Horn OX BLOCK™ With
Heavy duty With its 2” gate Two Carabiners
aluminum single opening, it is designed The OX BLOCK™ is a
sheave pulley that to replace a non-rated rope snatchblock with
has a 5/8” “meat hook” currently in an integrated friction bar
diameter rope use by many linemen. It used for hurtman/self
capacity with a has a working load limit rescue, lowering,
2500lbf. load limit. of 2500 pounds with the raising and snubbing
gate closed and a 1000 loads.
pound working load limit
with the gate open.
50072B1 50072B2 5007R2

Clevis Top Buck Clevis Top Dual Buck Double Sheave
Side Swivel™ Side Swivel™ BuckRigger™
This heavy duty The Buck Side Swivel™ Features a swivel side
aluminum single is now offered in a plate that allows for
sheave pulley has dual model. This heavy quick and easy rope
a 5/8” diameter duty aluminum double installation without
rope capacity with sheave pulley has a removing pulley from
www.linestar.ca
a 2500 lbf. working 5/8” diameter rope the connecting device.

load limit. capacity with a 2500 Features a 1/2” rope
lbf. working load limit. capacity and a WLL of
1800 lbf.

90
lifting & rigging blocks
50061A-4/80
lifting & rigging
The OX Block™ Handline Assembly with an attached 4’ x 5/8” adjustable

sling, a steel carabiner and an 80’ x 1/2” handline assembly.
The OX Block™ handline assembly, as a whole, can be used during pole
top rescue. However, DO NOT USE P/N 2406 handline hook [MBS 500
lbs.] or handline snap [MBS 750 lbs.] for human support. All components
used for rescue must have a 5000 lb. rating, configured to accept human
support. For rigging, ensure the weak link has a 5 to 1 safety factor.
50061A-4/80
50061A-4/80
OX BLOCK™ with an attached 4’ x 5/8” adjustable sling, a steel carabiner and
an 80’ x 1/2” handline assembly.*
50061A-4/100
50061A-7/80
50061A-7/100
50071B2 5007R1 2406S-80

Dual Buck Side Single Sheave Handline
Swivel™ BuckRigger™ Assembly with
Now offered in Feature a swivel side Ox Hook
a dual model. plate that allows for 80’ handline
This heavy duty quick and easy rope featuring the
aluminum double installation without Ox Hook on
sheave pulley has removing pulley from one end, and
a 5/8” diameter the connecting device. a model 1706
rope capacity with The single sheave steel locking
a 2500 lbf working pulley with swivel eye snap hook
load limit. features a 1/2” rope spliced on the
capacity and a WLL of other for added
1800 lbf. versatility.
5007B1
BuckBully™ Side Swivel
39078TAG1-4 Lightweight, high strength
aluminum single sheave
pulley. 5/8” rope capacity.
WLL: 2500lbs.
39078TAG1-4: 4’ x 5/8” adjustable sling. Note: If ordering 5005S3

39078TAG1-7: 7’ x 5/8” adjustable sling. adjustable sling Steel triple action
WLL: Straight 3200lbs. separately, two carabiner. Meets ANSI
www.linestar.ca
Choker 2560lbs. carabiners are Z359.12 standards.

Basket 6400lbs. required for proper MBS 11,240 lbs.
loading (see above).

91
handlines
lifting & rigging

DR-2
2” Handline Ring
470 HL6 HL7

Handline Snap Handline Hook Handline Hook
Handline Rope HLB-1000 HLB-1250

A 12-strand rope with an excellent grip. It’s Handline Blocks
high strength and low stretch qualities along Smooth running 3” sheaves accomodate rope
with good UV resistance makes this an ideal up to 5/8” diameter. All models have a 1,000 lb
handline rope. Made of a multifilament capacity at a 3-1 safety factor.
polyester with a polypropylene core.
Part #
Dura-Plex Minimum
HLB-1250 Aluminum Body, Open Head
Part # Diameter Tensile (lbs)
HLB-1000 Nylon Body, Open Head
SAM 1/2” 6,700
HLB-1000-2 Nylon Body, Closed Head
Standard reel lengths of 600’ & 1,200’
Part # Sets with Aluminium Blocks Complete Handline Sets

HL08A-40 HLB-1250 Block, 80’ of 1/2 Rope Made to order handline sets with either aluminum or nylon
HL08A-50 HLB-1250 Block, 100’ of 1/2 Rope blocks and 1/2” or 5/8” diameter 3-strand rope. Standard
sets come with the # 258T double
HL08A-75 HLB-1250 Block, 150’ of 1/2 Rope
eye hook. Each set includes an adjustable 9’
HL08A-100 HLB-1250 Block, 200’ of 1/2 Rope “Becket” to hold the handline in place.
Part # Sets with Nylon Blocks

HL08N-40 HLB-1000 Block, 80’ of 1/2 Rope
www.linestar.ca

HL10N-75 HLB-1000 Block, 150’ of 5/8 Rope Custom handline sets
HL10N-100 HLB-1000 Block, 200’ of 5/8 Rope can be made to suit your needs.

92
lifting & rigging Rope Blocks
267 268 H267 H268 259 258

Plain Block Block with Eye Plain Block with Block with Eye & Swivel Anchor Anchor Hook
Guarded Snap Guarded Snap Hook
We can splice Double Braid Polyester Rope

into all block at LineStar
Complete Rope Block sets
All slack block sets are supplied with 25’ of 3/8”
3-strand poly rope. Choice of # 258 or # 259 hooks,
plain or guarded snap blocks and spliced rope.
Part # Componets
1802-30 258 Hook, 267 & 268 Blocks, Unspliced Rope
1802-30SR 258 Hook, 267 & 268 Blocks, Spliced Rope 1802-30SSR
1802-30S 259 Hook, 267 & 268 Blocks, Unspliced Rope
1802-30SSR 259 Hook, 267 & 268 Blocks, Spliced Rope
H1802-30 259 Hook, H267 & H268 Blocks, Unspliced Rope
H1802-30SR 259 Hook, H267 & H268 Blocks, Spliced Ropee
H1802-30S 259 Hook, H267 & H268 Blocks, Unspliced Rope
H1802-30SSR 259 Hook, H267 & H268 Blocks, Spliced Rope
1702-20N Howe Wire Tool 443A 2012

A forged swivel hook is attached to a 1” wide nylon Snap Hook Swivel Snap Hook
www.linestar.ca
strap. The hook is long enough to reach under the 1,500 lbs capacity 150 lbs capacity
insulator while the other end holds the load at any
distance. 500 lb capacity.

93
Nylon Slings
lifting & rigging

Rated Capacity (lbs.) Roundslings
Part # Colour Vertical Choker Basket Polyester load yarns protected by a double wall
jacket. The wear points can be shifted to extend
EN30 Purple 2,600 2,100 5,200 the life of the sling. Color-coded along industry
EN60 Green 5,300 4,200 10,600 standards.
EN90 Yellow 8,400 6,700 16,800
EN120 Tan 10,600 8,500 21,200
EN150 Red 13,200 10,600 26,400
EN180 White 16,800 13,400 33,600
EN240 Blue 21,200 17,00 42,400
EN360 Grey 31,000 24,800 62,00
EN600 Brown 53,000 42,400 106,000
EN800 Olive 66,000 52,800 132,000
EN1000 Black 90,000 72,000 180,000
# of Rated Capacity (lbs.) Eye to Eye Nylon Slings

Plys Part # Width Vertical Choker Basket A variety of nylon slings for a variety of uses.
EE1-811 1” 1,600 1,250 3,200 Each ply is approximately 3/16” thick. The nylon
One EE1-812 2” 3,200 2,500 6,400 stretches to help avoid shock loading.
Ply EE1-813 3” 4,800 3,800 9,600
EE1-814 4” 6,400 5,000 12,800
EE1-816 6” 9,600 7,700 19,200 flat eyes
EE2-821 1” 3,200 2,500 6,400
Two EE2-822 2” 6,400 5,000 12,800
Ply EE2-823 3” 8,600 6,900 17,200
EE2-824 4” 11,500 9,200 23,000 twisted eyes
EE2-826 6” 16,300 13,000 32,600
Specify length when ordering.
For twisted eyes, add a “T” suffix to the part number.
Eye to eye slings are also available with hardware attached to the eyes.
# of Rated Capacity (lbs.) Endless Nylon Slings

Plys Part # Width Vertical Choker Basket These slings can be rotated to minimize wear
EN1-811 1” 3,200 2,500 6,400 and the legs can be spread for
One EN1-812 2” 6,400 5,000 12,800 improved load balance.
Ply EN1-813 3” 8,600 6,900 17,200
EN1-814 4” 11,500 9,200 23,000
EN1-816 6” 16,300 13,000 32,600
EN2-821 1” 6,200 4,900 12,400
Two EN2-822 2” 12,200 9,800 24,400
Ply EN2-823 3” 16,300 13,000 32,600
EN2-824 4” 20,700 16,500 41,400
EN2-826 6” 28,600 23,000 57,200
www.linestar.ca
Specify length when ordering

94
lifting & rigging Transformer Slings
NRM Transformer Lifting Sling Adjustable Transformer Slings

• This sling is used to lift transformer These polyester transformer slings are
into place. adjustable from 24” to 48” in length and
• The elastic strap prevents that the the eyes are adjustable from 3” to 15”.
sling eyes fall out of the lifting points.
• 2800 lbs safe working load at 60º.
• NRM-XL is also available with a larger Part # Diameter Colour SWL
lifting eye to fit on the fork of a lift truck 689-0328 1/2” Blue 2,200 lbs.
689-0404 5/8” Red 3,200 lbs.
689-0486 3/4” Orange 4,200 lbs.
1031A Transformer Deck

A safe and effective way to move equipment in tight
areas. It measures 32” wide, 93” long and has a
3,000 lbs. capacity. The front axle is a steerable,
2-wheel dolly with a 180º turning radius which
doubles as a pole dolly. The rear axle is fixed on
the standard model but decks can be ordered with
front and back steerable axles.
HA0075 Transformer Dolly

For the safe and easy handling of pole mounted transformer.
Designed to maintain the vertical position of the transformer
preventing leakage. The hand brake prevents the dolly from
rolling back while being tilted. Almost effortless 360º steering.
Accepts transformers up to 36” in height and an extension
is available for transformers measuring 44”. Load capacity of 900 lbs.
www.linestar.ca

95
KITO CHAIN HOISTS
L5LB Series Lever Chain Hoists
hoists
3/4 to 9 metric tonne capacity, tough,
smooth-operating hoist.
KITO L5 Series Lever Hoists are built with premium grade
components for long life in demanding industrial and Black freewheel
contracting applications. L5 lever hoists feature double- knob easily
reduction gearing for reduced size and weight. distinguishes the
slip clutch from
standard lever
hoists.
L5LB with Optional Slip Clutch

Slip Clutch hoists make for safer worksites.
This internal mechanism protects the hoist from
damage in the event of an excessive overload, with no
increase is size.
Capacity
(tonne) Model C D a b e g s t
3/4 L5LB008 280 245 144 119 97 23.5 35.5 14
1-1/2 L5LB015 335 265 159 126 100 32 42.5 19
2-1/2 L5LB025 375 265 173 150 102 36.5 47 21
3 L5LB030 395 415 190 159 112 39 50 24.5
6 L5LB060 540 415 190 217 112 50 60 34
9 L5LB090 680 415 190 304 112 72.5 85 41.5
Standard Hand Pull to Handle Load Ship Weight per

Capacity Lift Lift Full Load Headroom Lenght Load Chain Chain Weight Additional 5 ft.
(tonne) Model (ft) (kg) (in) (in) Code Falls (lbs) Lift (lbs)
3/4 L5LB008 5 27 11 9.75 KLB5056 1 13 3
1-1/2 L5LB015 5 32 13.25 10.5 KLB5071 1 18 4
2-1/2 L5LB025 5 37 14.75 10.5 KLB5088 1 26 6
3 L5LB030 5 35 15.5 16.5 KLB5100 1 35 8
6 L5LB060 5 36 21.25 16.5 KLB5100 2 59 16
www.linestar.ca
9 L5LB090 5 39 26.75 16.5 KLB5100 3 92 24
Custom lift lengths to suit your requirements

96
84
hoists
hoists
hoists chain
CHAIn hoists
HoISTS
RA
RA Model
Model Link
Link Chain
Chain Hoists
Hoists
These
These aluminum
aluminum ratchet
ratchet lever
lever hoists
hoists with
with link
link
PE-1
PE-1 Pulling
Pulling Eye
Eye type
type chain
chain are
are ideal
ideal for
for transmission
transmission and
and
Adjusts
Adjusts from
from 1/2”
1/2” to
to 1”.
1”. distribution
distribution applications.
applications. The
The handle
handle length
length for for
6,000
6,000 lb.
lb. capacity
capacity these
these hoists is 20-1/2” and the standard lift
hoists is 20-1/2” and the standard lift is
is 5’.
5’.
Extra
Extra chain
chain is
is available.
available.
Rated
Heavy Handle
RatedDuty Pulling Pull
Handle Eye
Pull
This pulling eyeCapacity
can be usedat
Capacity atforRated
loads Load
Rated Load Weight
Weight
up to 15,000 lbs.
Part
Part ## (Tons)
Ultimate
(Tons) 60,000 (lbs)
lbs.
(lbs) (lbs)
(lbs)
RA-15
RA-15 3/4
3/4 59
59 14
14
RA-20
RA-20 1
1 79
79 14
14
Part # 1-1/2 Fits Anchor
RA-15-2 60 Rod Size 21
RA-15-2 1-1/2 60 21
HDPE-1000
RA-30
RA-30
1-1/2
1-1/2 1”
82
82 26
26
HDPE-12502
RA-40
RA-40 2 1-1/4”
110
110 26
26
HDPE-15003
RA-30-2
RA-30-2 3 1-1/2”
93
93 40
40
E96HD
E96HD Heavy
Heavy Duty
Duty Pulling
Pulling Eye
Eye RA-30-3
HDPE-1750
RA-30-3 4-1/2

4-1/2 96
1-3/4”
96 59
59
This
This pulling
pulling eye
eye can
can be
be used
used for
for loads
loads up
up to
to RA-30-4
HDPE-20006
RA-30-4 6 97
2”
97 72
72
approximately 15,000 lbs. Sizes available
approximately 15,000 lbs. Sizes available HDPE-2250 2-1/4”
for
for 1-1/4”,
1-1/4”, 1-1/2”,
1-1/2”, 1-3/4”
1-3/4” and
and 2”
2” anchor
anchor rods.
rods.
Aluminum
Aluminum Body
Body Link
Link Chain
Chain Hoists
Hoists
The
The lightweight,
lightweight, high-strength
high-strength handle
handle and
and housing
housing
C309-0440
C309-0440 are
are made of heat-treated aluminum. The chain
made of heat-treated aluminum. The chain is
is aa 3011S
3011S
high-strength
high-strength alloy
alloy steel,
steel, polished
polished for
for smooth
smooth action
action
and
and low
low wear.
wear. All
All models
models are
are proof-tested
proof-tested at
at 150%
150% of of
their
their rated capacity and have a standard 5’ lift.
rated capacity and have a standard 5’ lift.
Rated
Rated Handle
Handle Pull
Pull
Capacity
Capacity at
at Rated
Rated Load
Load Weight
Weight
Part
Part #
# (Tons)
(Tons) (lbs)
(lbs) (lbs)
(lbs)
C309-0438
C309-0438 3/4
3/4 65
65 14
14
3011S
3011S 11 90
90 14
14
C309-0439
C309-0439 1-1/2
1-1/2 60
60 22
22
4012
4012 22 90
90 28-1/2
28-1/2
C309-0440
C309-0440 33 60
60 30-1/2
30-1/2
www.linestar.ca
www.linestar.ca
www.linestar.ca
C309-0441
C309-0441 4-1/2
4-1/2 70
70 47
47
C309-0442
C309-0442 66 70
70 50
50

British Columbia:
BritishColumbia:
British
phone:
Columbia: phone:
phone: 604-594-2701
604-594-2701
604-594-2701
•
• fax:
fax: 604-594-2751
604-594-2751
• sales@linestar.ca 100%
100%
Alberta:
Alberta:
Manitoba: phone:
phone:phone: 403-243-1900
403-243-1900
204-783-9771 •
• fax: 403-243-2063
fax: 403-243-2063
• salesmbsk@linestar.ca Canadian
phone: 204-783-9771 •
Canadian
Saskatchewan/Manitoba:
Ontario: phone:
Saskatchewan/Manitoba: 905-564-5344
phone: • fax:
fax: 204-783-8951
• saleson@linestar.ca
204-783-9771 204-783-8951 Owned
Owned
97
MAGNA LEVER hoists
hoists
• Load tested to 150% of rated capacity
• Meets ANSI/ASME standards
• ISO 9001 and TUV-CE Certified factory
• High quality alloy load chain meets all international safety standards
• Single-hand control of free-wheel function with load brake
• Weston Load Brake
• Parts and service available
• Rugged steel casing protects gears and brake mechanism
LH025 - 1/2 Ton LH075 - 3/4 Ton LH100 - 1 Ton

Lever Hoist Lever Hoist Lever Hoist
• Capacity (lbs): 550 • Capacity (lbs): 1,650 • Capacity (lbs): 2,200
• Standard Lift (ft): 5, 10, • Standard Lift (ft): • Standard Lift (ft): 5, 10,
15, 20 5, 10, 15, 20 15, 20
• Load Chain (mm): • Load Chain (mm): • Load Chain (mm):
4 x 12 6.3 x 19.1 6.3 x 19.1
• Net Weight (lbs): 5.2 • Net Weight (lbs): 17.6 • Net Weight (lbs): 17.6
• Min. Distance Between • Min. Distance Between • Min. Distance Between
Hooks (in): 9.65 Hooks (in): 11.02 Hooks (in): 11.02
• Minimum Load (lbs): 66 • Minimum Load (lbs): 66 • Minimum Load (lbs): 66
• Pull to Lift Capacity • Pull to Lift Capacity • Pull to Lift Capacity
(lbs): 70 (lbs): 64 (lbs): 64
• A (in): 3.9 • A (in): 6.18 • A (in): 6.18
• B (in): 2.36 • B (in): 5.98 • B (in): 5.98
• C (in): 9.65 • C (in): 11.02 • C (in): 11.02
• D (in): 5.9 • D (in): 11.02 • D (in): 11.02
• G (in): 0.79 • G (in): 1.06 • G (in): 1.06
LH150 - 1-1/2 Ton LH300 - 3 Ton

Lever Hoist Lever Hoist
• Capacity (lbs): 3,300 • Capacity (lbs): 6,600
• Standard Lift (ft): 5, • Standard Lift (ft): 5,
10, 15, 20 10, 15, 20
• Load Chain (mm): • Load Chain (mm):
7.1 x 21 9 x 27
• Net Weight (lbs): 24.3 • Net Weight (lbs): 37.5
• Min. Distance Between • Min. Distance
Hooks (in): 13 Between Hooks (in):
• Minimum Load (lbs): 17.77
99 • Minimum Load (lbs):
• Pull to Lift Capacity 198
(lbs): 64 • Pull to Lift Capacity
• A (in): 6.89 (lbs): 77
• B (in): 5.7 • A (in): 7.8
• C (in): 13 • B (in): 7.48
• D (in): 15.35 • C (in): 17.77
www.linestar.ca
• G (in): 1.26 • D (in): 15.35

• G (in): 1.5

98 LH600 - 6 Ton LH750 - 8 Ton LH900 - 9-1/2 Ton
Lever Hoist Lever Hoist Lever Hoist
• Capacity (lbs): 13,200 • Capacity (lbs): 16,500 • Capacity (lbs): 19,800
• Standard Lift (ft): 5, • Standard Lift (ft): 5, • Standard Lift (ft): 5,
10, 15, 20 10, 15, 20 10, 15, 20 85
STRAP HoISTS
hoists
• Load Chain (mm): 9 x 27 • Load Chain (mm): 9 x 27 • Load Chain (mm): 9 x 27 85

• Net Weight (lbs): 57.3
• Min. Distance
STRAP HoISTS
• Net Weight (lbs): 92
• Min. Distance
• Net Weight (lbs): 106
• Min. Distance
Between Hooks (in): 21.65 Between Hooks (in): 25.98 Between Hooks (in): 27.17
• Minimum Load (lbs): 396 Strap Hoists WithLoad
• Minimum Standard
(lbs): 496 Handles & Hooks
hoists
• Minimum Load (lbs): 595
• Pull to Lift Capacity Double Strap
interlocking pawls
• Pull
Hoists to Liftassures
With Capacity
Standard thatHandles
one pawl & is Hooks
engaged atCapacity
• Pull to Lift all
hoists
(lbs): 77 times for
Double positive load
interlocking (lbs):
pawls holding
77 assures . Except for the
that one pawl6000 series,
(lbs): 77at
is engaged theall
• A (in): 7.8 fiberglass
times for handles
positive• Ahave
load an
(in): 7.8 overload
holding . Exceptfeature.
for The
the replaceble
6000 • A (in):
series, tips
7.8
85the
344B • B (in): 9.25 bend STRAP HoISTS
to alerthandles
the • B (in):
user of a12.6
possible overload.
fiberglass have an overload feature.All
Thehooks • swivel
replaceble 360o
B (in): 12.6
tips 85
344B • C (in): 21.65
• D (in): 15.35
and are STRAP HoISTS
equipped
bend to alert the user
•
•
C
with
D
(in): 27.17
latches.
of a15.35
(in):
A quick disconnect • C
design
possible overload. All hooks swivel 360o
• D
(in):
(in):
27.17
of the
15.35 85
• G (in): 1.81 and sheave block allows
STRAP HoISTS
are equipped •with
for easyA removal
(in):latches.
GStandard1.8 Handles
for singledesign
quick disconnect line use.
• G (in):of the85
2.76
Strap Hoists With & Hooks
STRAP HoISTS
hoists
sheave
Double interlocking block
pawls allows
assures for
thateasy removal
one pawl for single
is engaged at all line use.
strap
Single
times for positive
Strap load holding
Hoists hoists
Double Single
. Except for the
With Standard Double
6000 series,
Handles the
& Hooks
hoists
fiberglass
Part # handles
Line have anLine.
Cap. overloadCap. feature.
LineThe Lift
replaceble Line tips
Lift Weight at all
344B bend toDouble interlocking
Single
Strap
Strap
alert the ofHoists
Hoists
user pawls
Double
With
a possibleWith assures
Standard Single
Standard
overload. thatHandles
Handles
All hooks &oneHooks
swivel pawl
Double
360o & is Hooks
engaged
hoists
(tons) (tons) (ft.) (ft.) (lbs.)
hoists
Part
and times
are
Double for
#equipped
Double Line positive
Cap.
interlocking
interlocking pawlsload
Line.
with latches. holding
A Cap.
assures
pawls quick that . Except
Line
one
disconnect
assures Lift
pawl
that is
designfor
one the
Line
engaged
of the
pawl 6000
Lift
at series,at
Weight
isallengaged theall
250A times for
fiberglass
sheave 1/2
positive
handles
(tons)
block allows load have1removal
holding
(tons)
for easy an. Except
for for
overload 9thefeature.
(ft.)
single 6000
line 4-1/4
series,
use. The
(ft.) the 11 tips
replaceble
(lbs.)
times forhandles
positive load holding . Except for the 6000 series, the
344B 300A fiberglass 3/4
bend to alert the have 1-1/2
an overload feature.
userhave
of1 aan possible 9overload. 4-1/4
The replaceble
All tips
hooks 11 360o
swivel
344B 250A
bend to alert the user of a possible overload. All hooks swivel 360o 11
fiberglass 1/2handles overload 9 feature. 4-1/4The replaceble tips
344B 322B andSingle
are 3/4 Double with
equipped 1-1/2
Single
latches. A14
Double
quick disconnect7 12-1/2
300A
bend
and to
are 3/4
alert the
equipped user
with 1-1/2
of
latches.a possible 9overload.
A quick disconnect 4-1/4
designAll thedesign
hooks
of 11 of 360o
swivel the
Part # Line Cap. 1Line. Cap. Line
344B 2 Lift Line11 Lift Weight 5-1/2 13-1/2
322B sheave
are 3/4
sheave
and(tons) block
block
equippedallowsallows
(tons) with 1-1/2
for easyforremoval
latches.
(ft.)
easyA(ft.)
removal
14
for single
quick for use.
(lbs.) 7
line
disconnect singledesign
line use.
12-1/2 of the
6000A
344B 1/2 N/A
1 block 3
2 9for easy N/A
11 5
5-1/2 25-1/2
13-1/2
250A sheave 1 allows removal11
4-1/4 for single line use.
6000A 3/4Single
300A N/A 1-1/2 Double3 9 Single 4-1/4
SingleLine. Cap. Double N/A Double 11 5
Single Double 25-1/2
322BPart # 3/4 Line Cap.1-1/2 14Line Lift 7 Line Lift 12-1/2 Weight
344B Part # Line Cap.
Single2 (tons)
1 (tons) Line.
DoubleCap.
11 (ft.) 5-1/2Line
Single Lift
(ft.)13-1/2 Line
(lbs.)Lift Weight
Double
6000A250A #N/ALine
Part (tons)
1/2 Cap. 3 1 (tons)
Line.N/A Cap.9 Line (ft.)
5 4-1/4
Lift25-1/2 (ft.)
11
Line Lift Weight (lbs.)
300A
250A 3/4
1/2 1-1/2 1 9 4-1/4
9 11
4-1/4 11
(tons) (tons) (ft.) (ft.) (lbs.)
322B
300A
250A
344B
STRAP HoISTS
3/4
3/4
11/2
1-1/2
2 1-1/2
1 11
14
9
9
7
5-1/2
12-1/2
4-1/4
4-1/4
13-1/2 11
11
322B
300A
6000A STRAP HoISTS
3/4
3/4
N/A 3 1-1/2
1-1/2 N/A 14
95 7
4-1/4
25-1/2 12-1/2
11
344B
322B STRAP 1HoISTS1-1/2
3/4 2 11
14 5-1/2
7 13-1/2
12-1/2
6000A
344B StrapN/A
1 Hoists With3
2 Hot Stick
N/A
11 Handles 5
5-1/2& Hooks
25-1/2
13-1/2
6000A Strap N/AHoists With 3 Hot Stick N/AHandles5& Hooks 25-1/2
StrapStrap Hoists
With Hotwith
Single
Hoists Double
Stick Hot Stick
Handles HandlesDouble
Single
& Hooks & Hooks
Part #STRAP HoISTS
Line Cap. Line. Cap. Line Lift Line Lift Weight
SingleSingleDouble Double Single Single
Double Double
PartPart # Cap.
# Line
(tons)
Line Line.
Cap.Cap. (tons)
Line. Cap.
Line
(ft.)
LineLiftLiftWeight
Lift Line
(ft.) (lbs.)
Line Lift Weight
250DA 1/2(tons) 1(ft.) 9 & Hooks
(lbs.)4-1/4 11
6000DA 300DA
250DA
STRAP HoISTS
Strap (tons)
(tons) Hoists
1/2 3/4 1
With Hot Stick Handles
(tons)
1-1/2 9
(ft.)
(ft.)
4-1/49
(ft.)
11 4-1/4
(lbs.)
11
6000DA
6000DA 300DA
322DB
300DA
STRAP HoISTS
250DA3/4Single 1/21-1/2
3/4 Double
1 9 Single 4-1/4
1-1/2
9Double 11 4-1/4
14 7
11
12-1/2
322DB Line 3/4
Part # 3/4 Cap.1-1/2 1-1/2
Line. Cap. 9 Lift
14Line Lift 7 Line 4-1/4
Weight
12-1/2 11
344DB
322DB Strap
344DB
1
3/4
1 (tons) 2 (tons)
2
1-1/211 (ft.) 5-1/2
11
14(ft.) 13-1/2
5-1/2
7& Hooks
(lbs.)
13-1/2
12-1/2
6000DA Hoists
N/A With Hot Stick Handles
6000DA
250DAN/A 1/2
6000DA
344DB 1 3 1 3 2N/A 9 N/A
511 4-1/425-1/2 5
11
5-1/2 25-1/2
13-1/2
300DA Strap
3/4 Hoists With
6000DA
322DB
N/A 1-1/2
3 Hot
Single 1-1/2Double
3/4
9 Stick4-1/4
14
N/AHandles11
Single
7
5& Hooks
Double
12-1/2
25-1/2
344DB
Part # 1 Cap. 2Line. Cap.
Line 11 5-1/2
Lift 13-1/2
6000DA
Single 3 DoubleN/A Line
N/A
Single
5
Line Lift Weight
Double
25-1/2
(tons) (tons) (ft.)
Part # Line Cap. Line. Cap. Line Lift Line Lift Weight (ft.) (lbs.)
250DA 1/2
(tons) 1
(tons) 9
(ft.) 4-1/4
(ft.) 11
(lbs.)
6000DA 300DA 3/4 1-1/2 9 4-1/4 11
250DA 1/2 1 9 4-1/4 11
6000DA Standard
322DB
300DA
Hot Stick
3/4
3/4
Swivel Gate Hot
1-1/2
1-1/2 14 Stick &
9 Latch 4-1/4 7 12-1/2
11
www.linestar.ca
Hook Hook Hook Gate

344DB
Standard
322DB 1
3/4 2
Hot 1-1/2
Stick 11
Swivel Gate 5-1/2
14Hook Hot
7 Stick 13-1/2
&
12-1/2
6000DA
344DB Hook N/A
1 Hook 3
2 N/A
Hook
11 5
Gate
5-1/2 25-1/2
Latch
13-1/2
Standard
Specify special hooksHot Stick
or latches whenSwivel Gate Hot Stick &
ordering.
www.linestar.ca
Standard Hot Stick Swivel Gate Hot Stick & Hook

6000DA
Specify N/A
special
Hook hooks or 3
latches when N/A
ordering 5 25-1/2
Hook HookHook Hook Hook Gate LatchGate Latch
Specify special hooks or latches when Hook ordering.
Hook
www.linesta
Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 •

or salesab@linestar.ca
Specify
Specify special hooks
special hooks latches when ordering.
or latches when ordering. 100%
www.linesta
www.line
British Columbia: phone: 604-594-2701 • sales@linestar.ca

British Columbia:
Manitoba: phone: 604-594-2701 • fax: 604-594-2751
phone: 204-783-9771 • salesmbsk@linestar.ca 100% Canadian
Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • fax: 403-243-2063
Ontario: Canadian
phone: 905-564-5344 • saleson@linestar.ca
Saskatchewan/Manitoba: phone: 204-783-9771 • fax: 204-783-8951
Owned
Owned
British Columbia: phone: 604-594-2701 • fax: 604-594-2751
99
strap Hoists
The heat-treated aluminum-alloy frame is of an open design for
hoists
self-cleaning in mud or ice. The interlocking pawls allow for sure
control without brakes that can slip. Standard lift on all models is PSC3090452
6’ in single strap mode and 3’ in double strap mode.
Capacity Capacity
Part # Hook & Handle Type Single Line Double Line Weight
(tons) (tons) (lbs.)
PSC3090451 Standard Hooks & Handle 3/4 1-1/2 12-1/2
PSC3090452 Hot Stick Hooks & Handle 3/4 1-1/2 13-1/2
Non-Convertible Strap Hoists

All of these models come with Hot Stick Rings on the hooks and latches. The 1 Ton models have a single
strap with a standard lift of 5’ - 9” while the 2 Ton models have a double strap with a lift of 3’ - 9”.
Capacity Weight
C312-0000
Part # Handle Type (tons) (lbs.)
PSC309-0323 Standard Handle 1 12-3/4
PSC309-0467 Hot Stick Handle 1 13-3/4
PSC312-0000 Standard Handle 2 14-1/2
PSC309-0468 Hot Stick Handle 2 15-1/2
For 4 foot handle please add -H5016
LINK STICKS
1-1/4” diameter Epoxiglas® poles with steel hook on one end and butt swivel on the other end.
4,000 lbs. working load.
Length
Between Weight
Part # Fittings
C400-1175 15” 4 lbs.
C400-2399 18” 5 lbs.
www.linestar.ca
C400-2400 24” 6 lbs.

100
strap hoists
Hook Web Strap Hoist
Hook Web Strap Hoists are manufactured
utilizing high strength die cast aluminum
main frame and components, creating tighter
hoists
tolerances and extra durability for the end

user. The Hook web strap hoist utilizes a
polyester strap, rather than a nylon strap,
which goes to work in 5 clicks, rather
than 10, saving time and extra work on
the lineman’s part.
The handle adapter is designed to bend in case of overload.
The adapter is quickly changed in the field using a Phillips screw
driver to replace, immediately reinsert into the U-frame to finish the job. Every hoist has a QR code allowing anyone
that touches the tool to have quick access to Hook’s information should there be any questions whatsoever and a
serial number for easy tracking.
The double-flanged drum holds the strap securely in place, reducing wear and tear on the strap sides and
preventing the strap from slipping into the gear mechanism for added safety.
All lineman hoists are equipped with a quick release knob that allows for easy storage of the tool and removal of
the fiberglass handle in one quick motion. There is also a quick release pin on the pulley block for ease of use in
the field, no wing nuts, just click pins. Each and every hoist is tested at 125% of its capacity before it leaves our
manufacturing facility.
• High strength precision die cast frame and components – Durability

• Each Hook hoist goes to work in just 5 clicks – industry standard is 10 clicks – Efficiency
• Handle adaptor bends if overloaded – Safety
• RFID, QR code & individual serial # for tracking – Saves time and eliminates hassle.
• Double flange drum to protect strap – Low maintenance
• Strap can be replaced in less than 4 minutes – Low maintenance & efficient
• Release knob – just lift & release handle – Saves time
• Quick release pins on pulley block – Ease of use
• Load tested to 125% of rated capacity – meets & exceeds ASME B30.21 standards – Quality
• Interlocking pawl system – Safety
• 303 stainless steel shafts – Quality
• Forged steel hooks w/HD latches & hot stick rings – Durability
• Rear protective built-in strap guide – Easy to maintain
www.linestar.ca

101
Capstan Hoists, 1,000-lb Capacity
Lightweight yet powerful, these portable hoists can get into remote
C308-1170 or difficult-access sites. They perfom a variety of tasks such as pole
setting, pulling wheeled equipment over obstacles, raising transformers,
hoists
stringing and tensioning conductors,
pulling cable, and much more. Control is so accurate, loads
can be moved fractions of an inch.
Electric Capstan Hoists

All electric capstan hoists are furnished with foot
controls. The 12 Volt DC model comes with 25’ of
#2 Cu cable, 4 terminals, relay and the foot switch.
Part # Voltage Weight

C308-1170 115 Volt AC 49 lbs.
C308-1171 230 Volt AC 49 lbs.
C308-1172 12 Volt DC 56 lbs.
C308-1180 Hydraulic Capstan Hoist

Equipped with 3/8” NPT flat face couplers
and dust caps. Order foot control switch
part #C308-0685 separately.
C308-1190 Gasoline Drive Capstan Hoist

Foot throttle control is included. Features a
35cc 4-cycle engine. Mounting bracket
# C308-0925 is recommended for this hoist. Rope Speed for Source,
Part # 1,000 lb. Load Minimum
C308-1170 40 Feet Per Minute 14 Amp
Operator effort remains low for typical loads
Motor Current
simply by adding wraps on the capstan drum.
4 wraps of rope = 1:44 ratio.
C308-1171 21 Feet Per Minute 7 Amp
Motor Current
That is, 1 lb. pull on Fall Line C308-1172 22 Feet Per Minute 90 Amp
develops 44 lb. on Load Line Motor Current
Therefore, 20 lb. of pull C308-1180 93 Feet Per Minute 8 Gal/ min.
develops 880 lb. of lift. & 1,000 PSI
C308-1190 40 Feet Per Minute Engine Speed:
NOTE: Always use at least as many wraps 7,000 RPM
of rope on the drum to lower a load as
required to lift that load.
www.linestar.ca

102
hoists 1,000-lb. Capstan Hoist Accessories
C308-0925 C3081434P C308-1335

Universal Bracket Bolt Down Bracket All-Purpose Bracket
E308-1334P 72” Chain Clamp

for E308-1321P or C308-1335
C417-0346 85” Chain Clamp

for C308-0925 Bracket
C308-0856
Rope Lock Device
shown with
C-Bracket attached
C308-0903 C308-0890 T308-0999

Swivel Bracket C-Bracket Hitch-Receiver Mount
www.linestar.ca
C417-0337 C308-0685
Electric Foot Control Switch Hydraulic Foot Control Switch

103
Capstan Hoists, 3,000-lb Capacity
hoists
C308-1370 C308-1380 Hydraulic Capstan Hoist
Electric Capstan Hoist Comes with 3/8” flat face couplers.
115 Volts AC. Includes foot control switch. Order foot control switch separately.
C308-0900 Hydraulic Capstan Hoist

With bayonet adapter installed.
C308-1390
Gasoline Drive Capstan Hoist
Includes foot control switch and 35cc,
4-cycle engine.
Operator effort remains low for typical loads Rope Speed for Source,
simply by adding wraps on the capstan drum. Part # 1,000 lb. Load Minimum
4 wraps of rope = 1:44 ratio. C308-1370 12 Feet Per Minute 14 Amp
That is, 1 lb. pull on Fall Line Motor Current
develops 44 lb. on Load Line C308-1380 30 Feet Per Minute 8 Gal./ Min.
Therefore, 20 lb. of pull & 1,000 PSI
develops 880 lb. of lift. C308-1390 11 Feet Per Minute Engine Speed:
NOTE: Always use at least as many wraps 7,000 RPM
of rope on the drum to lower a load as
www.linestar.ca
required to lift that load.

104
hoists 3,000-lb. Capstan Hoist Accessories
C3081434P
Bolt Down Bracket C308-1443
All-Purpose Bracket
E308-1334P
72” Chain Clamp C417-0341
Removable Capstan Drum
C308-0820
C308-0856
Rope Lock Device Bayonet Adapter
2-7/16” Dia. to retrofit 3,000 lb.
hydraulic capstan to accept
collapsible reel or capstan drum.
C417-0337
www.linestar.ca
Electric Foot Control Switch C308-0685

Hydraulic Foot Control Switch

105
Wire Pulling Grips
wire grips
Chicago Grips for Large Diameter Conductors
The round jaws on these grips provide maximum
contact with the cable virtually eliminating
conductor damage. The 1628-50 is furnished
with a removable floating jaw held in place by
a bolt swaged into the lever arm of the grip.
This jaw must be removed to insert the cable.
*Miniumum *Maximum Maximum Jaw Approx.

Part # Cable Cable Safe Load Length Weight
1628-16P .31” (# 2 ACSR) .88” (477,000 ACSR) 15,000 lbs. 7-1/4” 17 lbs.
1628-30 ** .85” (477,000 ACSR) 1.24” (1,033,500 ACSR) 20,000 lbs. 10-3/4” 27 lbs.
1628-40 ** 1.24” (1,033,500 ACSR) 1.54” (1,590,000 ACSR) 25,000 lbs. 10-3/4” 34 lbs.
1628-50 ** 1.00” (666,600 ACSR) 1.82” (2,500,000 Alum) 25,000 lbs. 10-3/4” 34 lbs.
* The range of wire s that each grip can accommodate. Each grip is milled to one specific wire size within that range.
** Maximum safe stringing tension 12,500 lbs. to minimize conductor damage.
Chicago Grips for Bare ACSR,

Aluminum & Stranded-Copper
The round, smooth jaw contour is ideal for bare ACSR,
aluminum and stranded-copper cables and is less likely
to damage the conductor. The hot-line latch closes
automatically to prevent the grip from disengaging
from the wire.
with hot-line latch

1656-20 .20” (# 6 ACSR) .40” (1/O ACSR) 4,500 lbs. 4” 3 lbs.
1656-30 .31” (# 2 ACSR) .53” 4,500 lbs. 4-3/4” 3.75 lbs.
1656-40 .53” .74” (336,400 CM ACSR) 8,000 lbs. 5-1/2” 8.30 lbs.
1656-50 .74” (397,500 CM ACSR) .86” (477,000 CM ACSR) 8,000 lbs. 5-1/2” 8.30 lbs.
1656-60 .86” (477,000 CM ACSR) .96” (605,000 CM ACSR) 8,000 lbs. 5-1/2” 8.20 lb
www.linestar.ca
To order grips with the Hot-Line Latch, add “H” to the end of the part number.

106
wire grips Wire Pulling Grips
Chicago Grips for Aluminum Conductors

Locking loop handles and spring allow the jaws to be held
open for easier placement on the cable. These lightweight
grips are ideal for use on
aluminum conductors. Hot-Line latches are
available by special order.

1678-20 .96” 1.02” 8,000 lbs. 5-11/16” 8.30 lbs.
1678-30 1.02” 1.08” 5,500 lbs. 5-11/16” 8.20 lbs.
1678-40 1.08” 1.14” 5,500 lbs. 5-11/16” 8.20 lbs.
1678-50 1.08” 1.14” 5,500 lbs. 5-11/16” 8.20 lbs.
Chicago Grips for Bare Wire

This is a lightweight and economical grip.
The single “V” groove jaw is designed for
working with solid and stranded bare wire.

1613-30 .08” .20” 1,500 lbs. 3” 1.50 lbs.
Chicago Grips for Weatherproof Wire

Notches in the jaws provide a firm grip on
insulation. Due to various types of weatherproof
coatings, the selection of the proper grip is
determined by the outside diameter.

1611-20 .20” .40” 4,500 lbs. 4-3/16” 3 lbs.
1611-30 .31” .53” 4,500 lbs. 4-3/4” 3.75 lbs.
1611-40 .53” .74” 8,000 lbs. 5-11/16” 7.75 lbs.
1611-50 .78” .88” 8,000 lbs. 5-11/16” 7.75 lbs.
WARNING: • Grips are to be used for temporary installation, not for permanent anchorage.
• Do not exceed rated capacity.
www.linestar.ca
• Before each use, clean jaw area and inspect grip for proper operation to avoid slippage.
• When used on or near energized lines, ground, insulate or isolate grip before pulling.

107
Wire Pulling Grips
wire grips
Chicago Grips - Bell-System Type Grips
1684-5AT
The 1684-5AT is identical to the Bell-System type”L”
strand puller and the 1628-16AT is identical to
the “H” strand puller. Equipped with chain, toggle
and shackle. The Double “V” jaws assure proper align-
ment of the wire and jaws.
1659-5AT The 1659-5AT grip is similar to the Bell-System type “B”

strand puller. The serpentine grooves provide excellent
grip on strand preventing
slippage. The round jaws provide maximum
gripping power and reduced conductor damage.

1684-5AT .218” .55” 8,000 lbs. 5” 6.90 lbs.
1628-16AT .31” .62” 15,000 lbs. 7-1/4” 15.80 lbs.
1692-5AT .218” .55” 8,000 lbs. 5” 6.60 lbs.
1659-5AT .20” .37” 5,000 lbs. 5” 6.70 lbs.
Chicago Grips - Curved-Jaw for EHS Cable

When pulling extra-high strength galvanized-steel cable, the
galvanizing has a tendency to coat the jaws of any grip, caus-
ing the cable to slip. To reduce the possibility of slippage
and damage to the cable, the jaws of this grip are milled on
a curve with a double”V” contour.

1684-74 .218” . 55” 8,000 lbs. 5” 6.30 lbs
S1684-74H * .218” .55” 8,000 lbs. 5” 6.50 lbs.
www.linestar.ca
* Hot-Line Latch and spring.

108
wire pulling grips
Chicago Grips for Extra-High Strength Cables,
wire grips
Messenger, Guy Strand & Conductors

The Double “V” grooves give four-point contact,
reducing the chance of slipping and providing
proper alignment of wire and cable. The hot-line
latch closes automatically to prevent the grip
from disengaging from the wire.
1684-5C

1613-40 ** .12” .37” 4,500 lbs. 4-3/16” 3 lbs.
1684-5 ** .218” .55” 8,000 lbs. 5” 6.25 lbs.
1692-5 .218” .55” 8,000 lbs. 5” 6.40 lbs.
1684-5C .16” .55” 8,000 lbs. 5” 6.25 lbs.
1684-5F * .16” .55” 8,000 lbs. 5” 6.25 lbs.
1628-16 .31” .62” 15,000 lbs. 7-1/4” 15.30 lbs.
1628-17 .50” .75” 15,000 lbs. 7-1/4” 16. lbs.
1628-18 .75” 1.00” 15,000 lbs. 7-1/4” 15.70 lbs.
* Similar to the 1684-5 but with a file inserted in the jaw for extra gripping power.
Replacement file part # 578. Replacement screws part # 573.
** Available with Hot-Line Latch. Add “H” to the end of the part number.
Chicago Grips for PVC-Covered Conductors

The serpentine jaws are specially machined to
accept insulated conductor through the jaws
reducing the danger of slippage which may result
in insulation damage and also eliminates the
necessity of stripping the insulation.

1659-20 .20” .42” 4,500 lbs. 4-3/16” 3 lbs.
1659-30 .31” .50” 4,500 lbs. 4-3/4” 3.75 lbs.
1659-40 .49” .79” 8,000 lbs. 5-11/16” 7.75 lbs.
1659-50 .79” 1.01” 8,000 lbs. 5-11/16” 7.75 lbs.
WARnInG: • Grips are to be used for temporary installation, not for permanent anchorage.
www.linestar.ca

109
Wire Pulling Grips
wire grips
Parallel-Jaw Grips
A longer jaw achieves a firm hold preventing
slippage and damage to the cable. The latch
helps to hold the cable position in the grip jaws.
All have the double”V” jaws. Models 1686-20
& 1672-10 have knurled jaws.

1686-10 .20” .40” 10,000 lbs. 4-3/8” 5 lbs.
1686-20 .20” .40” 4,500 lbs. 4-3/8” 5 lbs.
1671-10 .37” .75” 8,000 lbs. 4-3/8” 5 lbs.
1672-10 .37” .75” 8,000 lbs. 4-3/8” 5 lbs.
Parallel-Jaw Grips
These lightweight and compact grips pull a wide range of
cable sizes and types. The bottom jaw is serrated to firmly
grip insulated cables and conductors. It’s uniques design
includes a latch which prevents
the grip from becoming disengaged from the cable.

1685-20 .157” .886” 4,500 lbs. 2.50” 3 lbs.
1685-31 .625” 1.250” 7,500 lbs. 4.50” 5 lbs.
1716-60 Parallel Jaw Grip for Tree Wire

The only grip solution specifically designed for Hendrix© Aerial Cable.
“Tree wire”, or PVC-coated conductor, is often used in areas where power
outages are common due to falling trees or branch contact. The PVC-
coated cable is able to withstand contact with branches and trees
during bad weather without disruptions to service.
Cable Diameter Range Jaw Length Max. Safe Load

0.7” to 1.3” 5-1/8’’ 12,000 lbs.
WARNING: • Grips are to be used for temporary installation, not for permanent anchorage.
www.linestar.ca


110
wire grips Wire Pulling Grips
Wide Range Parallel-Jaw Grips
Designed to accomodate a wider range of wire so that

multiple grips are not required for multiple wire sizes.
Spring Loaded Grips

KT4500 .180” .600” 5,000 lbs. 3” 3.75 lbs.
KT4600 .300” .800” 10,000 lbs. 5” 7 lbs.
Spring Loaded Grips with Hot Latch

& Locking Handle
KT4501 .180” .600” 5,000 lbs. 3” 3.75 lbs.
KT4601 .300” .800” 10,000 lbs. 5” 7 lbs.
Spring Loaded Grips with Hot Latch

KT4502 .180” .600” 5,000 lbs. 3” 3.75 lbs.
KT4602 .300” .800” 10,000 lbs. 5” 7 lbs.
Haven’s Grips
Designed for use when a light compact grip is desired and where conductor damage is not a concern. Model #
1604-20L and the 1625 series have a swing latch to hold the grip on the cable.
1604-20 1604-20L 1625-20
*Miniumum *Maximum Maximum Approx.

Part # Cable Cable Safe Load Weight
1604-10 .06” .25” 2,500 lbs. 1 lb.
1604-20 .125” .50” 5,000 lbs. 2.0 lbs.
1604-20L .125” .50” 5,000 lbs. 2.0 lbs.
1625-20 .28” .75” Wire Rope 8,000 lbs. 4 lbs.
www.linestar.ca
1625-20 7/8 .38” .88” Wire Rope 8,000 lbs. 4 lbs.

1625-20 1 .50” 1” Wire Rope 8,000 lbs. 4 lbs.

111
wire pulling grips
wire grips
LMG2000 LMG4500
LMG4900
LMG4501
All models are rated for a variety of wire sizes and types, so fewer grip changes are
required. The notched handle locks the grip in the open position for placement on or
removal from wire, then releases instantly. The spring loaded models allow a lineman to
use a holding stick to open the gate and place the grip on the wire. When released,
the gate closes and prevents the grip from falling off the wire.

LMG1000 ** .04” .394” 1,000 lbs. 1/2 lb.
LMG2000 ** .109” .594” 2,000 lbs. 1 lb.
LMG4500 .18” .60” 5,000 lbs. 3-1/4 lbs.
LMG4600 .30” .80” 10,000 lbs. 4-1/2 lbs.
LMG4800 .70” 1.25” 12,000 lbs. 8 lbs.
LMG4700 .70” 1.25” 20,000 lbs. 21 lbs.
LMG4900*** 1.24” Aluminum 1.8” Aluminum 20,000 lbs. 26 lbs.
** LMG1000 & LMG2000 both have bulldog-type jaws. All other models have parallel jaws.
*** LMG4900 should be used on aluminum conductor only
Hot Line Grips - Spring Loaded & Notched Handle

LMG4501 .18” .60” 5,000 lbs. 3-1/4 lbs.
LMG4601 .30” .80” 10,000 lbs. 4-1/2 lbs.
LMG4801 .70” 1.25” 12,000 lbs. 8 lbs.
LMG4701 .70” 1.25” 20,000 lbs. 21 lbs.
Hot Line Grips are also available without springs or notched handles.
www.linestar.ca
Most grips are available with aggressive or fine teeth.

112
Wire Pulling Grips
Wedge-Type Grips
wire grips
The exclusive wedge-grip action provides a positive, tight

grip on the conductor for a non-kinking, in-line pull. When 1833-3
installed, the safety latch drops over the conductor slot to
keep the grip on the conductor.
Part # Part # Minimum Maximum

Left Hand Right Hand Cable Cable Capacity
16847 16847-1 .128” .292” 2,000 lbs.
1833-2 1833-3 .128” .563” 6,000 lbs.
1833-4 1833-5 .258” 1.050” 5,500 lbs.
1833-22 1833-21 .258” 1.126” 5,500 lbs.
HCC477 Come-A-Long Grips

• Used in-line for pulling of power cables
• Safety lock that keeps the come-a-long on the conductor
• Floating keeper for better alignment on conductor
• Slide bar is locked when safety lock is up and in use
• Hardened steel rollers for smooth operation
• Can be installed with an operating stick
• Easy to operate
Conductor Max Work Load Weight

Part # Description Range (lbs.) (lbs.)
HCC-477L Left 125 5 #4-477 ACSR (0.25-0.81) 4,500 lbs. 3.8 lbs.
HCC-477R Right 125 5 #4-477 ACSR (0.25-0.81) 4,500 lbs. 65 lbs.
Bolted-Grips (Pocketbook Style)

The body is a lightweight heat treated aluminum. Recommended for high voltage
conductors. These grips are custom-bored to a specific conductor. Specify conductor
type and diameter when ordering.
LH62-6
Part # Number of Maximum Capacity Capacity Weight

Bolts Cable Dia. (ACSR) (ACSS)
LH62-6 6 1-1/4” 12,000 lbs. 9,000 lbs. 22 lbs.
www.linestar.ca
LH62-8 8 2-1/2” 20,000 lbs. 15,000 lbs. 65 lbs.

LH62-16 16 2-1/2” 40,000 lbs. 30,000 lbs. 125 lbs.

113
wire pulling grips
wire grips
Wire Grips
• Pull the trigger by one hand and the grip will be opened easily and release instantly to quickly insert or remove wire.
• Special designed for gripping a wider range of cables.
• Forged alloy steel construction is durable yet lightweight, yellow chromate finish protects grips from rust and corrosion.
• Widely to be used in the power, communications, and general construction fields to pull wire and cable. Used for pulling up lines to
tension only. Not to be used as anchors.
• Jaw is available for large teeth, aggressive teeth, and fine teeth for different applications.
Part # Safety Load Min. Cable Max. Cable Jaw Length Weight Cable Type
*16-TG45 5000 Lbs. .196” (5mm) .87” (22mm) 3-1/2” (90mm) 3.3 Lbs. Bare AL, AAC, ACSR, ACSS, CU Cable, *Guy Strand
16-TG48 10000 Lbs. 0.7” (18mm) 1.38” (35mm) 4-3/4” (120mm) 5.2 Lbs. Bare AL, AAC, ACSR, ACSS, CU Cable
www.linestar.ca
16-TG451 5000 Lbs. .196” (5mm) .87” (22mm) 3-1/2” (90mm) 3.3 Lbs. Hot-Line Grip Spring Loaded Latch Handle
16-TG481 10000 Lbs. 0.7” (18mm) 1.38” (35mm) 4-3/4” (120mm) 5.2 Lbs. Hot-Line Grip Spring Loaded Latch Handle

114
Wire Mesh Pulling Grips
These grips are designed for pulling ACSR, bare aluminum or copper conductors, ground wires,
wire grips
messenger strands, wire ropes and insulated cables.
Multiple Strength Grips - Flexible Eye

Approx. Break Cable Dia. Eye Dia. Mesh
Part # Strength ** Range & Length Length Colour
00681-006 6,800 lbs. .25” - .49” 1/4” x 9” 26” Dark Green
00681-012 10,000 lbs. .50” - .74” 5/16” x 9” 32” Brown
00681-019 14,400 lbs. .75” - .99” 3/8” x 11” 41” Light Blue
00681-025 24,600 lbs. 1.00” - 1.24” 1/2” x 12” 52” Gold
00681-032 30,600 lbs. 1.25” - 1.49” 1/2” x 12” 56” Black
00681-038 30,600 lbs. 1.50” - 1.74” 1/2” x 12” 60” Red
00681-048 48,000 lbs. 1.75” - 2.24” 5/8” x 18” 70” Dark Blue
00681-048 48,000 lbs. 2.00” - 2.49” 5/8” x 18” 50” Yellow
Multiple Strength Grips - Rotating Eye

Approx. Break Cable Dia. Eye Dia. Mesh
Part # Strength ** Range & Length Length Colour
00682-006 6,800 lbs. .25” - .49” 7/8” x 5” 26” Dark Green
00682-012 10,000 lbs. .50” - .74” 1” x 6” 32” Brown
00682-019 14,400 lbs. .75” - .99” 1” x 6” 41” Light Blue
00682-025 24,600 lbs. 1.00” - 1.24” 1-3/8” x 8” 52” Gold
00682-032 30,600 lbs. 1.25” - 1.49” 1-5/8” x 8” 56” Black
00682-038 30,600 lbs. 1.50” - 1.74” 1-7/8” x 9” 60” Red
00682-048 48,000 lbs. 1.75” - 2.24” 1-7/8” x 10” 70” Dark Blue
00682-048 48,000 lbs. 2.00” - 2.49” 1-7/8” x 10” 50” Yellow
** The Maximum Recommended Load is 20% of the Approximate Breaking Strength

based on a 5:1 safety factor.
www.linestar.ca

115
Wire Mesh Pulling Grips
Designed for overhead transmission line stringing applications, these are the highest
wire grips
strength grips available. They have the dual function of working with both bare and
insulated conductors and synthetic rope.
Dua-Pull Grips - Flexible Eye

Approx. Break Cable Dia. Rope Dia. Eye Dia. Mesh
Part # Strength ** Range Range * & Length Length Colour
00695-019 6,500 lbs. .19” - .37” .25” x .65” .22” x 10” 24” Black
00695-038 14,000 lbs. .38” - .62” .50” x .90” .375” x 12” 36” Dark Green
00695-063 20,000 lbs. .63” - .87” .75” x 1.10” .437” x 13” 48” Red
00695-088 30,600 lbs. .88” - 1.12” 1.00” x 1.50” .500” x 15” 60” Dark Blue
00695-113 46,800 lbs. 1.13” - 1.37” 1.25” x 1.70” .625” x 18” 76” Yellow
00695-138 66,500 lbs. 1.38” - 1.90” 1.50” x 2.10” .750” x 24” 89” Aluminum
* For rope, select the smallest size grip which meets the required working load.
** The Maximum Recommended Load is 20% of the Approximate Breaking Strength

Dua-Pull Feed Tubes

Rope For Use
Part # Diameter Length with Grip #
00696-019 .25” - .65” 28” 033-27-1037
00696-038 .50” - .90” 40” 033-27-1038
00696-063 .75” - 1.10” 52” 033-27-1039
00696-088 1.00” - 1.50” 67” 033-27-1040
00696-113 1.25” - 1.70” 83” 033-27-1041
00696-138 1.50” - 2.10” 96” 033-27-1042
Full lines of support grips and strain relief grips are available as well
www.linestar.ca
as grips for low tension pulling and fiber optics.

116
wire grips & swivels Wire Mesh Pulling Grips
Multi Weave Grips - Flexible Eye

These grips are used primarily for pulling aluminum conductor and the
triple weave construction is ideal for heavy loads.
Approx. Break Cable Dia. Mesh

Part # Strength ** Range Length Colour
ZCS1710 7,000 lbs. .25” - .50” 31” Dark Green
ZCS1711 10,500 lbs. .50” - .75” 45” Brown
ZCS1712 14,100 lbs. .75” - 1.00” 43” Light Blue
ZCS1713 25,000 lbs. 1.00” - 1.25” 65” Gold
ZCS1714 31,000 lbs. 1.25” - 1.50” 59” Black
ZCS1715 31,000 lbs. 1.50” - 1.75” 82” Red
ZCS1716 49,000 lbs. 1.75” - 2.25” 82” Dark Blue
ZCS1750 49,000 lbs. 2.00” - 2.50” 72” Yellow
ZCS1751 49,000 lbs. 2.50” - 3.00” 72” Orange
ZCS1752 49,000 lbs. 3.00” - 3.50 74” Aluminum
ZCS1753 49,000 lbs. 3.50” - 4.00” 76” Light Green
High Strength Grips - Flexible Eye

Used for pulling either aluminum conductor or synthetic rope, this is the
strongest type of grip. Feed tubes listed below are for inserting rope into the grips.
Approx. Break Cable Dia. Rope Dia. Mesh

Part # Strength ** Range Range Length Colour
ZCS1799 7,000 lbs. .19 - .40” .25” - .65” 28” Black
ZCS1800 14,000 lbs. .40” - .63” .50” - .90” 41” Dark Green
ZCS1801 20,000 lbs. .63” - .88” .75” - 1.10” 58” Red
ZCS1802 30,700 lbs. .88” - 1.13” 1.00 - 1.50” 68” Dark Blue
ZCS1803 47,000 lbs. 1.13” - 1.38” 1.25” - 1.70” 90” Yellow
ZCS1804 65,000 lbs. 1.38” - 1.92” 1.50” - 2.10” 96” Aluminum
Feed Tubes
Rope For Use
Part # Diameter Length With Grip # Colour
FTU1890 .25” - .65” 28” ZCS1799 Black
FTU1891 .50” - .90” 40” ZCS1800 Dark Green
FTU1892 .75” - 1.10” 52” ZCS1801 Red
FTU1893 1.10” - 1.50” 67” ZCS1802 Dark Blue
FTU1894 1.25” - 1.70” 83” ZCS1803 Yellow
FTU1895 1.50” - 2.10” 96” ZCS1804 Aluminum
www.linestar.ca
** The Application Load is 20% of the Approximate Breaking Strength


117
Wire Mesh Grips & Line Swivels
wire grips & swivels

Multi Weave Grips - Revolving Eye
The revolving eye is an alternative to the flexible wire rope
eye and is designed for heavy duty applications.
Approx. Break Cable Dia. Mesh

Part # Strength ** Range Length Colour
ZCS2177 7,000 lbs. .25” - .50” 31” Dark Green
ZCS2178 10,500 lbs. .50” - .75” 45” Brown
ZCS2179 14,100 lbs. .75” - 1.00” 43” Light Blue
ZCS2180 25,000 lbs. 1.00” - 1.25” 65” Gold
ZCS2181 31,000 lbs. 1.25” - 1.50” 59” Black
ZCS2182 31,000 lbs. 1.50” - 1.75” 82” Red
ZCS2183 49,000 lbs. 1.75” - 2.25” 82” Dark Blue
ZCS2779 49,000 lbs. 2.00” - 2.50” 72” Yellow
ZCS2780 49,000 lbs. 2.50” - 3.00” 72” Orange
ZCS2781 49,000 lbs. 3.00” - 3.50 74” Aluminum
ZCS2782 49,000 lbs. 3.50” - 4.00” 76” Light Green
** The Application Load is 20% of the Approximate Breaking Strength based on a 5:1 safety factor.
Constructed from high grade

stainless steel and the highest
quality bearings available, these swivels
are designed to easily
pass through sheaves but should never
go around bull wheels. All swivels come
with a set of hex pins and a set of slot-
ted pins and are stamped with a manu-
facturing lot number for traceability.
Ultimate
Approx. Break Breaking
Part # Strength ** Strength A B C D Weight
ZSW2091 2,250 lbs. 6,750 lbs. 7/8” 3/8” 5/16” 3-3/8” .37 lbs
ZSW2092 3,500 lbs. 10,500 lbs. 1” 7/16” 3/8” 4” .50 lbs.
ZSW2093 5,000 lbs. 15,000 lbs. 1-1/4” 9/16” 3/8” 4-15/16” 1 lbs.
ZSW2094 7,000 lbs. 21,000 lbs. 1-3/8” 9/16” 1/2” 5-3/16” 1.5 lbs.
ZSW2096 10,000 lbs. 30,000 lbs. 1-25/32” 45/64” 5/8” 6-3/16” 2.9 lbs.
ZSW2097 15,000 lbs. 45,000 lbs. 2-3/32” 25/32” 23/32” 7-5/16” 4.75 lbs.
* Safety Factor of 3:1
www.linestar.ca
Line swivels are not designed to run around bull wheels. Severe damage or injury may occur.

118
Line Swivels & Connectors
Constructed with a thrust bearing for
wire grips
tensile load and a radial bearing for

bending load. All sizes incorporate an oil
seal and are made of stainless steel.
Safe Working
Part # Load A B C D Weight
00505-010 2,250 lbs. 7/8” 3/8” 5/16” 3-3/8” .34 lbs
00505-020 5,000 lbs. 1-1/4” 17/32” 13/32” 4-3/4” 1.00 lbs.
00505-025 7,000 lbs. 1-3/8” 9/16” 1/2” 5-1/8” 1.40 lbs.
00505-030 10,000 lbs. 1-5/8” 11/16” 5/8” 6” 2.10 lbs.
00505-035 15,000 lbs. 2” 25/32” 11/16” 7” 3.80 lbs.
00505-040 30,000 lbs. 2-3/8” 1-1/32” 7/8” 10” 7.60 lbs.
Line swivels are not designed to run around bull wheels. Severe damage or injury may occur.
Rope to Swivel Connectors Non-Rotating Connectors

Used to connect pulling rope to above Commonly used to connect mesh grips to the
swivels. Both models have a maximum pulling wire. The 2 smaller sizes have slotted pins while
rope capacity of 7/8”. the larger sizes have hexagon pins.
Safe Working Safe Working

Part # Load* Dia. Length Tongue Part # Load* Dia. Length Tongue
00522-025 7,000 lbs. 2” 5-5/16” 1/2” 00520-010 2,500 lbs. 7/8” 2-1/8” 3/8”
00522-035 15,000 lbs. 2” 5-3/8” 21/32” 00520-020 5,000 lbs. 1-1/4” 2-7/8” 17/32”
00520-027 9,000 lbs. 1-1/2” 3-3/8” 19/32”
00520-035 15,000 lbs. 2” 4-9/16” 25/32”
00521-035 Rope to Rope Connector

Maximum rope diameter 7/8”.
Safe working load 15,000 lbs.
2” diameter by 5-1/2” length.
www.linestar.ca

119
Clamps & Banding

Pre-Formed Galvanized Punch Type Clamps
Inside Band Clamps
CPC2875 Banding Tool Part # Diameter Width Per Carton
Band punching tool for 5/8” punch type clamps. In- P-3 13/16” 3/8” 100
cludes adapter for 3/8” bands. P-4 1” 5/8” 100
P-6 1-1/2” 5/8” 100
P-8 2” 5/8” 100
Open-End Galvanized Punch Type Clamps

Inside Band Clamps
Part # Diameter Width Per Carton
PO-3 13/16” 3/8” 100
PO-311 1-3/8” 3/8” 100
P-38 Clamp-Master Tool Set PO-8 2” 5/8” 100
A handy, low cost tool set for applying both PO-10 2-1/2” 5/8” 50
3/8” and 5/8” punch type clamps. PO-12 3” 5/8” 50
Standard-Duty Buckles
Buckles
Part # Width Per Carton
PB-203 3/8” 100
PB-204 1/2” 100
PB-205 5/8” 100
PB-206 3/4” 100
Standard-Duty Steel Banding

Band Band
Part # Width Thickness
PB-203 3/8” .025”
PB-204 1/2” .030”
PB-205 5/8” .030”
PB-206 3/4” .030”
PB-001 Banding Tool
Tensioning tool for steel banding
www.linestar.ca
Light & heavy duty banding & and buckle application.

buckles are available.

120
www.linestar.ca Synthetic rope

121
Synthetic rope

www.linestar.ca

122
wire grips & swivels Synthetic Rope
Unitrex XS Max Wear
Unitrex XS Max Wear is Uniline’s high tech cousin, which is a parallel cored rope of
Honeywell’s Spectra, wrapped with a Neoprene tape and over braided with a tough
jacket of high tenacity polyester. The result is a synthetic cable, somewhat stiffer
than your usual rope, which is much like wire in its stretch characteristics. Unlike
wire it is much lighter and easily handled. Due to its toughness we are comfortable
assigning it a higher working load rating which is 25% of its breaking strength.
Unitrex XS Max Wear has high strength retention in service which is supported by
field studies and our long standing track record with Uniline polyester. Unitrex’s
tough rubber layer protects its high modulus Spectra core and the outer jacket is
saturated with Urethane making it the toughest UHMPE rope you can buy. All
Linestar’s parallel core ropes are torque free, with bonded cores preventing
contamination of the internal strength member. Unitrex XS can be quickly
terminated and/ or joined with a TechEye™ or TechJoin™
Average Spliced Minimum Spliced Maximum

Diameter Break Strength Break Strength Working Load 4:1 Weight
Inches mm Lbs. Kg. Lbs. Kg. Lbs. Kg. 100ft. 100m
0.44 (11) 20,000 9,080 18,000 8,170 5,000 2,270 6.7 10.0
0.53 (14) 26,000 11,800 23,400 10,620 6,500 2,950 9.2 13.7
0.58 (15) 34,000 15,435 30,600 13,890 8,500 3,855 11.4 17
0.63 (16) 42,500 19,295 38,250 17,365 10,625 4,820 13.5 20.1
0.71 (18) 50,500 22,925 45,450 20,630 12,625 5,730 16.9 25.2
0.84 (21) 73,500 33,365 66,150 30,030 18,375 8,340 24.2 36.0
1.00 (25) 100,000 45,400 90,000 40,860 25,000 11,350 32.4 48.2
1.15 (29) 125,000 56,750 112,500 51,075 31,250 14,185 42.4 63.1
1.25 (32) 158,000 71,730 142,200 64,555 39,500 17,930 52.5 78.2
1.42 (36) 195,000 88,530 175,500 79,675 48,750 22,130 64.4 96.6
1.75 (45) 264,000 119,855 237,600 107,870 66,000 29,960 92.6 137.9
1.94 (49) 310,000 140,740 279,000 126,665 77,500 35,185 98.8 147.1
1.99 (51) 360,000 163,440 324,000 147,095 90,000 40,860 113.3 168.7
2.20 (56) 430,000 195,220 387,000 175,695 107,500 48,805 144.0 214.4
Energy Absorption
The coloured area under the curve
represents the rope’s ability to do
“work” and is expressed in foot-pounds per
pound of rope in tension.
www.linestar.ca

123
lifty board

LIFTY BOARDTM device aids in the efficiency and safety with regard to maintenance work on open wire secondary
and triplex (bundling). LIFTY BOARDTM device is especially useful when replacing utility poles.
LIFTY BOARDTM device has been implemented in real life testing since June, 2012. LIFTY BOARDTM device has been
Di Electrically Tested by Powertech Labs to withstand 46KV. LIFTY Technologies Inc has been working with RS Line to
establish a proper safety standard for real life testing. RS Line is a well renowned independent line company based
in Western Canada and provides services throughout the world.
LIFTY BOARDTM device is PATENT PENDING tool that aids in the EFFICIENCY AND SAFETY
with regard to maintenance work on open wire secondary and triplex (bundling).
LIFTY BOARDTM device is especially useful when REPLACING UTILITY POLES.
24” • Safe working load of 5 times the intended use.
• Can be used in temperatures as low as -50 degrees. LIFTY BOARDTM
• Di electrically calculated to withstand 160,000 volts. This is
over 6 times the normal maximum operating conditions.
HAS A SAFE WORKING
LOAD OF 5 TIMES THE
Dimensions: 6”W x 24”L x 3/4”D INTENDED USE
Weight: 2.12kg or 4.68 pounds
6”
LIFTY BOARDTM device collects and carries all 3 conductors at one time
• LIFTY BOARDTM device eliminates the need to carry each wire individually during pole
replacement or general repair work
• Only one crew member required in bucket – this frees up an additional crew member
to work on other tasks
• LIFTY BOARDTM device saves approximately 15 minutes to 1 hour per utility pole
replacement; this is half the amount of time that it normally takes.*
• In most circumstances, it is not necessary to de energize conductors therefore no need to alert consumers of
power outages
• LIFTY BOARDTM device can hold & raise open wire secondary AND midspans as a unit, without service interruptions
LIFTY BOARDTM device saves half the amount of time.

Reduces Insurance and WCB Claims.
This translates into direct savings because it increases efficiency and minimizes the
lifting and handling of 3 conductors associated with Open Wire Secondary.
LIFTY BOARDTM device minimizes direct contact with live wires

carrying secondary distribution voltage (240 volts) with potential
risk of primary voltage of up to 25,000 volts.
www.linestar.ca
Reduces heavy strain by having LIFTY BOARDTM device carry the weight of each wire
for your linemen.

124
stringing blocks Universal Stringing Blocks
A high-strength alloy frame gives these blocks a 2,500 lb safe working load. The throat opening is 3-3/4” high and
3-1/8” wide. The 3” wide by 7” diameter sheaves run on heavy duty shielded ball
bearings. The blocks can be mounted to a crossarm an insulator bracket or suspended. Blocks with
aluminum sheaves weigh 8-1/2 lbs. Blocks with ductile iron sheaves weigh 15-1/2 lbs.
CB-1 Universal Stringing Block

with Aluminum Sheave
The spring loaded latch on the gate can be

operated with a hot stick. The gate is held open
by placing the ring on to the holding hook. When the ring is
released, the heavy duty spring
positively locks the gate closed.
* Crossarm Brackets sold separately
Aluminum Urethane Lined

General Purpose For Most For Aluminum Wire, OPGW & 1A-2A
Stringing Applications. Fiber Optic Cable.
Insulator Bracket
For mounting blocks to
tie-top post insulators at
differing angles. The
rubber covered brackets
firmly grip and adjust to
different size insulators.
XA-1 Crossarm Bracket
Fits crossarms up to
4-1/2” x 5-1/2”.
YBC30
www.linestar.ca
Y-Ball Clevis

125
Universal Stringing Blocks
stringing blocks
XS-100B Blocks
Universal Distribution Stringing Block
Single-Conductor Capacity
• High strength, low weight.

• Urethane, neoprene, polished--groove,
nylatron, or ductile--iron sheaves.
• 2,500 lb. maximum working load.
• Positive locking handle (a secure
spring-loaded latch and large-ID
pull-loop) on the side-gate assembly
for easy conductor clip-in and for
Fastrap™ Universal
hotstick operations. Cross-Arm Bracket
• High-effi ciency, low-friction. For Quickly Mounting XS-100B Blocks to
• Forever Warranty™ Cross-Arms Single-Block Capacity
• Requires less than half the time to

mount/dismount compared to
ordinary brackets.
XS-200B Blocks • No tools needed to mount or
Universal Distribution Stringing Block dismount.
Single-Conductor Capacity • Compatible with nearly all distribution-
type blocks.
• 2-sheave design. • One model fi ts all cross-arm sizes
• May be suspended or bracket-mounted Highest holding force, without
to cross-arms up to 5 in. x 6 in. damage, regardless of materials
•Urethane- or Neoprene-lined, or • Forever Warranty™
polishedgroove, Nylatron, or ductile-iron
sheaves.
• 2,500 lb. maximum working load.
• High-effi ciency, low-friction.
• Forever Warranty™
5903
Universal
Stringing Rollers
An infinite angle roller
with adapters and
XS-707 Blocks fittings for a wide
Universal Distribution Stringing Block variety of conductor
Single-Conductor Capacity stringing applications.
Materials are lightweight,
high strength 356-T6
• 8 in. and 10 in. sheaves.
aluminum alloy with
• 2,500 lb. and 3,000 lb. max. working
stainless steel or cadmium
load, respectively.
plated steel parts.
• Polished-groove and urethane-lined
Sheaves are mounted on
sheaves.
double-shielded, liftime
• May be clamp-mounted or mounted
lubricated, maintenance-
using chain tightners.
free ball bearings.
• Matching 3-conductor RB-707-3 and
Weight is 8 lbs.
RB-703-4 Running Boards available.
• Available with Fastrap™ Cross Arm
www.linestar.ca
Bracket
• Forever Warranty™

126
stringing blocks Stringing Blocks
73 Series
Single Conductor Blocks
Ideal choice for reconductoring mid-size
diameter conductor, especially when old
conductor is used to pull in new
conductor. In addition to being available
with 10”, 12”, 14”, and 16” (OD) sheaves,
they have an extralarge throat, and do not
have a conductor guard. This design
permits easy passage of connections
between conductors and pulling lines,
compression joints, swivels, and/or
splices in the pulling line.
70 & 72 Series
Bundle Blocks
74 Series Available in two, three, four, and six-
Single Conductor Blocks conductor configurations per phase, with
or without separate pulling-line sheave.
Ideal choice for stringing large-diameter
The 70 Series blocks have rigid frames
transmission-class conductor. These
made of hot-dipped galvanized steel,
blocks are available with 10”, 12”, 14”,
available in three designs: symmetrical,
and 16” (OD) sheaves, and they are light-
slim line or off set. Bundle blocks are
weight, yet exceptionally rugged, reliable,
ideal when the versatility of field
and durable. Their low-friction bearings
reconfiguration of the blocks is desired
render high block efficiency, which helps
for meeting the demands of changing
to maximize stringing distances while
stringing needs and conditions.
minimizing pulling tensions and reducing
loads on stringing equipment.
78 Series
Single Conductor Blocks
Ideal choice for stringing large-diameter
transmission-class conductor. These
blocks are available with 20”, 22”, 28”,
35”, and 42” (OD) sheaves, and they are
light-weight, yet exceptionally rugged,
reliable, and durable. Their low-friction
bearings render high block efficiency,
which helps to maximize stringing
distances while minimizing pulling Hold Down Blocks
tensions and reducing loads on stringing
• Available in ductile iron or steel frame.
equipment.
• Two 7” or 14” sheaves lined with
Neoprene or Urethane.
www.linestar.ca

127
Stringing Blocks
stringing blocks
Polished-Groove Aluminum
Single Robust Design Options to Suit Conductor & Conditions
Polished-groove sheaves are made entirely of (virgin) A356-T6 Aluminum, which is the same
material used for 72 Series, 73 Series, 74 Series, and 78 Series block frames, and which
renders high-strength with light weight. The use of virgin materials and the manufacturing
process together help assure that the sheaves are uniformly dense, with controlled
impurities, and without voids, which help assure long life and help assure against
sudden failure.
Polished-groove sheaves are very durable and are easy on common conductors.
Consequently, bocks with polished-groove sheaves make a good choice for stringing
common conductors under typical, non-energized conditions.
Urethane Lining on Aluminum

Urethane-lined aluminum sheaves are made identically to polished-groove sheaves (above)
except that a premium-grade polyurethane lining is cast-in-place on the sheaves’ conductor-
contact surface. The properties of the urethane and casting it in place on the bare sheave
together assure a high-precision profi le of the lined sheave. The urethane’s formulation
assures resiliency to cushion conductors, as well as assures hardness, high load-bearing
capacity, impact resistance, abrasion resistance, resistance to compression-set, and
resistance to oil, ozone, and other environmentals – all of which contribute to long useful
life, even under harsh field conditions. A-scale durometer hardness of the lining is 90-92.
Blocks with urethane-lined sheaves are especially appropriate for stringing conductor, static
wire, and fiber optic cables.
Neoprene Lining on Aluminum

neoprene-lined aluminum sheaves are made identically to polishedgroove aluminum
sheaves except that a semi-conductive neoprene lining is applied to the sheaves’
conductor-contact surface. The neoprene is vulcanized and post-cured to assure
consistency and uniformity. In addition to its conductive properties and acting as a
cushion for the conductor, neoprene lining has high abrasion resistance and durability.
A-scale durometer hardness of the lining is 70-72.
Blocks with neoprene-lined sheaves help to conduct potentially harmful voltages/currents

to ground during stringing operations. Blocks with neoprene-lined sheaves are,
consequently, especially appropriate for stringing in energized environments or in
www.linestar.ca
any environment where there is potential for induced or contact voltages/currents.

128
stringing blocks Determining Sheave Sizing
The sheave dimensions below apply to all Sherman & Reilly transmission sheaves of the
Series and types indicated. These sheaves are used on the indicated single-conductor blocks,
as well as on bundle blocks and specialty blocks.
Specifications subject to change without notice
1. This number must be calculated per the conditions under which the conductor will be strung.
2. Excluding ball-bearings.
3. Polished groove.
4. Urethane or Neoprene.
5. As required and engineered.
6. Not Available. These sheaves are available only as lined sheaves, either urethane or Neoprene.
www.linestar.ca

129
Grounded Stringing Blocks
stringing blocks
Block Grounds
• Aluminum alloy or ductile iron rollers.
• Block Grounds are available for most S+R blocks.
• Equipped with grounding studs.
• Arm and rollers can be rotated to facilitate stringing in either direction.
The Sherman + Reilly Block Grounds provide direct and continuous

grounding between conductor or pulling line and tower, counterpoise
system, etc. Swivels, splices, sleeves and grips pass easily; the arm
and rollers can be rotated to facilitate stringing in either direction.
The spring action rollers works underneath the wire preventing the block
from swaying. Pressure is constantly applied to the conductor or pulling
line, provided the lead-off angle is below the horizontal. Constant contact
with the wire maintains voltage drain to enhance safer working conditions.
Bundle Block Grounds

• Aluminum alloy or ductile iron rollers.
• Block Grounds are available for most S+R blocks.
• Constant contact with the wire maintains voltage drain to enhance safer
working conditions.
• Spring action rollers work underneath the wire preventing the block
from swaying.
On all bundle blocks used to string more than two conductors, our grounds
operate on a patented eccentric design, unique to S+R, to make sure the
grounding rollers are always in contact with the conductors at minimum of
approx 40 lbs. of force for a positive grounding eff ect. It also allows for
diff erence in sag between the conductors in the adjacent spans.
This is most important as multiple conductors during stringing installations

do not stay in the same exact plane at all times and could create a safety
hazard if contact with the conductor is lost should a fault current occur.
S+R block grounds are also designed to work with our running boards when
stringing bundled conductors.
www.linestar.ca

130
stringing blocks
Pole Boss Conductor Stringing System
A lightweight and compact hydraulic pulling system that is ideal for the installation of
distribution conductors and can also be used as a pilot rope pulling system. This system can
be powered from the hydraulic circuit of a line truck or by a potrable hydraulic power unit.
Pulling Rope
Made of a 12-strand polyester, this 3/8”
diameter rope is supplied in 3,000’ lengths.
Order rope and storage reels separately.
SAM-826-3/8 Green Rope Only

SAM-826-3/8 Blue Rope Only
SAM-826-3/8 Orange Rope Only
SAM-826-3/8 Yellow Rope Only
543251 Steel Reel Only
Weight of reel & rope is 119 lbs.
8000816 Payout Spindle

This unit has an adjustable disc brake
that can be operated with a hotstick.
It is mounted to the pole with a chain
binder. Made of galvanized steel,
it weighs 35 lbs.
Drive Unit
Pulls 1,000 lbs at 400 fpm with 562052
a supply of 15 gpm at 2,000 psi. Replacement Chain Assembly
Features an Anti-Roll Back Pin to
prevent backlash. Supplied with 2 ratchet
straps and 2 hoses with quick disconnect Payout spindles are also available
couplers. Weighs 215 lbs. with nylon straps
www.linestar.ca

131
Traveling Grounds & Accessories
stringing blocks
An important component of every conductor stringing project, traveling grounds maintain a
positive contact from conductor to ground through the use of a ground wire. All models have
a reversible ground stud which accomodates almost any type of ground clamp. All models have
an adjustable, spring loaded center roller to maintain the correct pressure on the conductor.
TG250-1625 Traveling Ground

With aluminum rollers and a
wire capacity of .250” to 1.625”.
Weighs 4-3/4 lbs.
TG250-1625S Traveling Ground

With Steel Rollers.
TG75-2HD Traveling Ground

With aluminum rollers and a wire
capacity 3/4” to 2”. Weighs 10-1/2 lbs.
TG75-2HDS Traveling Ground

With Steel Rollers.
TG550 Traveling Ground

Has three 5-1/2” aluminum rollers and
a wire range of T2 4/O through 477.
Weighs 62 lbs.
Large Capacity Traveling Grounds

The TG550 and TG80 were designed and
engineered specifically for T2 wire. The sheave
radius allows the T2 wire to move through the
traveling ground without causing damage or
milking of the wire. The two bottom rollers on
each model prevent the traveling ground from TG80 Traveling Ground
jumping off of the wire during the pull. Has three 8” aluminum rollers
and a wire range of T2
795 through 1113.
Weighs 92 lbs.
353 Traveling Ground

Conductor capacity of 795MCM through 2-1/2”.
The torsion spring permits passage of splices and
swivels. Comes standard with aluminum rollers but
www.linestar.ca
steel rollers are also availble. Total weight is 18 lbs.

132
stringing blocks traveling grounds & accessories
336A Traveling Ground 1590C Traveling Ground
The Bashlin 336A traveling The Bashlin 1590C traveling
ground reduces the possibility ground reduces the possibility
of electric shock due to of electric shock due to
accidental contact with accidental contact with
energized conductors energized conductors during
during stringing operations. stringing operations. They are
They are heavy duty units de- heavy duty units designed for
signed for conductors measur- conductors measuring up to
ing up to and and including 1590MCM.
including 336MCM.
GR43BS2 43 kA Rotating Ground

Designed to provide a continuous ground as
conductor is pulled from a reel. The tool is mounted
on the arbor shaft adjacent to the reel of conductor.
A ground conductor is attached to the nonrotating
collar then to a suitable ground provision. The tail of
the conductor is then attached to the rotating stud.
Tower Safety Equipment

108-500 - Tower Rescue Kit
This versatile high angle rescue kit contains all
components necessary to safely perform ground and
structure based rescues as well as self rescue. This kit
is easily adaptable for the different rescue situations
and techniques needed while working on lattice towers
or other structures.
Kit includes:
• 500 feet of 7/16” abrasion resistant static rope with stitched eyes and metal thimbles on each end
(Model 39S1Q1-400)
• Unique Tie Back Anchor Sling (Model 3902-4)
• Man rated Pulleys (Model RP104 & RP110)
• 3 ANSI rated steel carabineers (Model 5005T)
• 2 Endless Loop Slings (Model 3905E-36)
• Prusik loop with an aluminum ring (Model 705A1-35)
• Versatile rope Descender for self rescue or assisted rescue that incorporates an anti-panic feature and can
also be used to belay, set up as a reversible haul system, and do short ascents (Model 50043S)
• Storage bag marked “RESCUE ONLY” for easy identification (Model 4569Q6-200)
30342 - Big BuckSnap™

The Big BuckSnap™ now features a larger opening that allows the user to easily connect over
4” angle iron. New design also allows for ease of detachment. A radiused (rounded) inner edge
is designed to prevent damage to conductors when used in hot work applications. It also has a
www.linestar.ca
radiused attachment eye to prevent damage to aluminum connectors. Meets ANSI Z359.12
specification. 3600lb. gate load requirement.

133
Sagging Equipment
sagging equipment
SW-E Sagwatch
Used to accurately determine sag simply and
rapidly. Water & shock resistant, it is antimagnetic
and housed in a stainless steel case.
Scale Capacity Graduations

3rd Return Sag up to 36 Feet Feet & Decimals
5th Return Sag up to 100 Feet Feet & Decimals
Seconds Seconds up to 30 Tenth of a second
S22-771 Clipping Hook

6,500 lb Safe Working Load.
CAN BE
The S22-771 can be Load Tested
and Serialized Prior To Shipment
21412-2J
Pocket Thermometer
This thermometer has a
range from -50o to 120o F.
724 Sag Scope

The “Double Bubble” feature allows for vertical &
horizontal leveling. The 3 x 9 power scope with
cross hairs mounts easily to either wooden poles
or steel structures. Kit includes a padded,
high-impact storage case.
CT40-160 Sagometer
An accurate thermometer encased in a section
of aluminum conductor. This helps determine the
temperature of the conductor being sagged.
www.linestar.ca
Range is -40o to 160o F.

134
sagging equipment dynamometers
Analog Dynamometers
Accurately displays weight in any direction within 1/2% of full
scale. Shackles and cases are included.
Capacity Capacity
Part # Division (lbs) Part # Division (lbs)
30006-0035 2,000 x 20 30007-0109 20,000 x 100
30006-0050 5,000 x 50 30784-0017 30,000 x 200
30006-0084 10,000 x 100 30784-0025 40,000 x 200
30006-0100 20,000 x 200 30784-0033 50,000 x 200
Dynamometers
• Compact, light weight, and lower price
for line work
• Calibrated with computer control tension
machine
No. Capacity Graduation A B C D Weight

16-TM5 1,100 LBS 0.1 kn 15.45 cm 7.6 cm 8.9 cm 5.4 cm 2 LBS
16-TM1000 1,100 LBS 100 LBS 6-1/16” 3” 3-1/2” 2-5/32” 2 LBS
16-TM10 2,200 LBS 0.2 kn 19.05cm 7.62cm 8.89cm 2.54cm 1 KG
16-TM2000 2,200 LBS 100 LBS 7-1/2” 3” 3-1/2” 1 2.2 LBS
16-TM20 4,400 LBS. 0.5 kn 19.05cm 7.62cm 8.89cm 2.54cm 1.09 KGS
16-TM4000 4,400 LBS 100 LBS 7-1/2” 3” 3-1/2” 1” 2.4 LBS
16-TM30 6,600 LBS 0.5 kn 24.13cm 7.62cm 3.49cm 3.49cm 1.9 KGS
16-TM6000 6,600 LBS 100 LBS 9-1/2” 3” 3-3/4” 1-3/8” 4.2 LBS
16-TM50 11,000 LBS 1 kn 24.76cm 8.9cm 3.49cm 3.49cm 2.58 KGS
16-TM10000 11,000 LBS 100 LBS 9-3/4” 3-1/2” 1-3/8” 1-3/8” 5.7 LBS
16-TM100 22,000 LBS 2 kn 34.92cm 10.79cm 5.08cm 5.08cm 6 KGS
16-TM20000 22,000 LBS 100 LBS 13-3/4” 4-1/4” 2” 2” 13.2 LBS
Electronic Dynamometers
Its LCD displays 1” high digits and
has an accuracy of 0.2% of capacity.
Supplied with shackles.
Capacity Carrying
Part # Resolution (lbs) Case
AWT05-506317 2,500 x 2 Included
AWT05-506318 5,000 x 5 Included
AWT05-506319 10,000 x 10 36244-0034
www.linestar.ca
AWT05-506320 25,000 x 20 36244-0042

135
Pullers and Tensioners
pullers & tensioners

U7500 Bullwheel Puller
Puller for Underground Installation 7,500 lb. Pulling Capacity
• Hydraulically-driven twin bullwheels.

• Safe-Zone Cab™ for the operator.
• Hydraulic extendable boom w/170º swing arc.
• Joystick control, electronic display & boom camera.
• Electronic footage counter, tensiometer and data logger.
The Series U7500 is a bullwheel puller for the installation of underground distribution
conductor. The single platform, modular design provides 7,500 lbs. pulling capacity offering plenty of power to
handle most installations. The hydraulically driven twin capstan bullwheels ensure smooth, well controlled pulls.
Powered by a 35 hp 4-cylinder diesel engine, the transmission has two forward speeds and a reverse
demand payout. The U7500 has plenty of power as well as flexibility to deal with
varying needs during an underground pull. A joystick-controlled, hydraulically positioned
extendable boom with 170°of swing arc is available for reaching into and pulling from
pad-mounted transformers and other tight openings.
With state of the art design to ensure operator safety, the U7500 features a Safe-Zone Cab™. This
enclosure is designed to keep an operator off the ground while the equipment is in use. Built with a
fully adjustable, ergonomic seat and a digital touch display for all machine
operations, diagnostics, and pull status. The Safe-Zone™ Cab is designed to reduce
operator fatigue thereby reducing errors and injuries in the field.
Equipped with a digital electronic load recorder for documenting pulling tensions and an
electronic footage counter providing accurate, and continuous measurement of conductor/
cable deployed. Optional on-board air compressor.
www.linestar.ca

136
pullers & tensioners Pullers and Tensioners
HPLW-2004 Puller
4-Drum Rotating-Turret Puller
2000 lb. Pulling Capacity
• 360° powered turret rotation range.

• 6,000 ft. capacity for 3/8 in. rope.
• Waterfall design for concurrent
deployment of 4 lines.
• ACG - Advanced Control Group.
• Revolution Series
• Safe-Zone™ Cab
The Sherman + Reilly HPLW-2004 is a

compact 4-drum puller, providing high
capacity in a configuration that is easy to
tow and maneuver into tight spaces. The
drum deck is hydraulically operated and may
be rotated through a full 360° range. It may
be locked at virtually any position, enabling
the operator to easily and safely align the
pull without having to re-position the trailer,
thereby saving time and reducing the risk of
line damage and delays caused by
misalignment.
Capable of a maximum 2,000 lb. line-pull at

the top of each drum, enabling long pulls
using a single machine at one fi xed site.
Each drum is equipped with an Al-bronze
disc-caliper pay out brake, enabling safe
well-controlled rope payout and facilitating
diminished risk of damage to lines and delay.
The Safe Zone Cab™ is mounted to and
rotates with the drum deck ensuring the
operator is off the ground at all times
during operation. All controls function from
the control panel within the protection of the
cab.
The trailer is equipped with four (4)

independent telescoping fully hydraulic
outriggers. It also has two (2) independent
hydraulically controlled levelwinds, which
facilitate even distribution of lines and well
-controlled pulling tension. the HPLW-2004
also features hard plumbe hydraulics with
www.linestar.ca
swivel fittings for improved reliability and

eliminating the need to disconnect hoses
for travel.

137
jumper cable & assemblies
jumping equipment
12201
12200
12199
12198
Part #
6874
Part #
JUMPER CABLE & ASSEMBLIES

35 kV Insulated Jumper Cable

Cable
4/O
2/O
1/O
Cable
Cable
Size
#2
2/O
Size
moisture and ozone.

Conductor
Diameter
Conductor
Conductor
temperatures. The
EPR jacket resists
0.592”
0.456”
0.403”
0.320”
Approx.
Diameter
extremely flexible
This cable stay extremely flexible even at very low
This cable stays

even at very low
Approx.
Approx.
.456
abrasion, oil,
temperatures. The EPR jacket resists abrasion, oil,
moisture and ozone.
Ampacity
Ampacity
Ampacity
Approx.
Rating
Approx.
Approx.
Rating
400
300
250
200
300

Approx. Approx. Approx.
Cable Conductor Ampacity Weight per
1,050 lbs.
1,000 Feet
Weight per
1,000 Feet
Weight per
Weight per
710 lbs.
600 lbs.
440 lbs.
Approx.
750 lbs.
Part # Size Diameter Rating 1,000 Feet

Approx.
Approx.
12198 #2 0.320” 200 440 lbs.

12199 1/O 0.403” 250 600 lbs.
12200 2/O 0.456” 300 710 lbs.
12201 4/O 0.592” 400 1,050 lbs.

6874 2/O .456 300 750 lbs.

6859 1/O .403 250 950 lbs.
Jumper sets can be made with a specific wire size, to any length using
any of the clamps pictured on page 139 and with jumper cable of any
rating. All sets include heat shrink tubing over each connection and a
dated test label with a unique serial number.
www.linestar.ca
Custom Jumpers Available

138
jumping equipment loadbreak & load pickup tools
C403-1631
Load-Pickup Tool
Installed on one end of a jumper assembly, this tool can pickup loads and carry 250 Amps at
15 kV. The spring loaded contacts are closed by pulling on the insulated lanyard. The contacts
cannot be recocked unless the tool is removed from the conductor.
This tool cannot be used as a load-break tool.
“Jack Jumpers”
These tools permit a safe and quick method to bypass standard overhead
cutouts without the use of bulky jumper cables. One end is placed on the
arcing horn of the cutout and the other to the cradle end of the cutout
establishing the bypass. Rated for 100 amps and for standard cutouts.
Cutout Max.
Part # Rating Strength
USJJ-001 15kV 9-1/2”
USJJ-002 27kV 14-1/2”
For soft carrying case, add “S” to the part #
Break Safe Load Break and Load Pick Up Tools

The BREAK-SAFE® is a jumper clamp that functions like a
portable switch. It is designed to operate on overhead
distribution lines in conjunction with a mechanical jumper.
The BREAK-SAFE® has three operating functions:

• LOAD BREAK • LOAD PICKUP • CONTINUOUS CURRENT DUTY
The BREAK-SAFE® is available with either a Floating or a

Duckbill Head and comes in three models:
• 15 kV / 300 amp • 27 kV / 300 amp • 46 kV / 200 amp
SAFETY BREAK-SAFE® BREAK-SAFE® BREAK-SAFE®

In order to keep personnel at a safe distance,
the BREAK-SAFE® is operated with an insulated
USBS-15 USBS-27 USBS-46
fiberglass hot stick for load break and load OPERATIONAL 15kV 27kV 46kV
pick-up functions. VOLTAGE
LOAD BREAK 300 AMP 300 AMP 200 AMP
The Yellow Safety Lock is operated by a hot RATING
stick and helps prevent the tool from an LOAD PICKUP 300 AMP 300 AMP 200 AMP
unintended load break or pickup operation. RATING
CONTINUOUS 300 AMP 300 AMP 200 AMP
OPTIONS CURRENT RATING
There are two case options to keep the CONDUCTOR #6 COPPER MIN. #6 COPPER MIN. #6 COPPER MIN.
BREAK-SAFE® protected during transport and SIZE up to 954 ACSR up to 954 ACSR up to 954 ACSR
storage. The new Hard Case is lockable and (1.1” dia.) MAX. (1.1” dia.) MAX. (1.1” dia.) MAX.
WEIGHT 7 lb. 1 oz. 7 lb. 14 oz. 10 lb. 1 oz.
www.linestar.ca
water tight.
DIMENSIONS 27” long x approx. 31” long x approx. 39” long x approx.
2.5” dia. 2.5” dia. 2.5” dia.

139
loadbreak & load pick up tools
jumping equipment
LOAD-RANGER® XLT Load Break Tool
Weighing under 5 pounds, the XLT line of Load Break
Tools are by far the lightest portable load break tools
available in the world. The XLT-1 is approximately 1lb 3oz
USLR-XLT-1
lighter than the competition. Tool weight becomes
27 kV RATED - 900 AMP
extremely important when the tool is attached to the
end of an extended fiberglass operating stick. The
lighter the better for optimum tool control and minimal
operator fatigue.
SAFE
The Utility Solutions XLT product line has the highest
measured metal-to-metal clearance of any load break tool. USLR-XLT-2
This greatly reduces flash over potential during operation. 27 kV - 38 kV RATED
- 900 AMP
EASY
The XLT line was designed to be user friendly and
simple to operate. It incorporates an optional counter and
a unique reset button located on the side which allows full
tool reset without glove removal. This results in NO MORE
PINCHED FINGERS. Spare parts are readily available and
inspection and maintenance procedures are easy to follow.
XLT Load Break Tools

Weighing only 4.2 lbs it measures 16” long and 6-1/4” wide.
The high metal-to-metal clearance minimizes flashover potential.
The side located reset button allows for full reset of the tool
without glove removal. The longer stroke easily accomodates
25 kV cutouts. These models are also available with operational
counters. Specify when ordering.
Load Break Rating: 600 Amps nominal, 900 Amps max.
usLrXLT-1-XX 27 kV
usLrXLT-2-XX 38 kV
For hard carrying case, add “H” to the part #. For soft carrying case, add “S” to the part #.
For URD Hood ,add “E” to the part #.
loadbreak ACCESSORIES
OPTIONS
The XLT line is offered with numerous options
including a Pad Mount version, hard case,
soft case, extended insulated hood, and an
add “H” add “S”
economical non-counter version.
for Hard Case for Soft Case
The Pad Mount option “P” uses a uniquely designed operating

www.linestar.ca
arm that creates a lower profile to provide maximum clearance

for the tight confines in pad gear. This option also comes add “E” add “NC”
standard with an extended insulated hood. for Extended Hood for No Counter

140
jumping equipment loadbreak & load pick up tools
Temporary Cutout Tools
Provides fuse protection during live-line maintenance.
The tool is clamped to the conductor, the bronze stud
accepts a temporary tap jumper and is operated by a
loadbreak tool. 100 Amps continuous current.
Interrupt
Part # Rating Capacity Weight
PSC601-0341 15kV 10,000 Amps 6 lbs.
PSC601-0342 27kV 8,000 Amps 9 lbs.
C400-1907 Tension Puller Switching Tool

This tool permits a live overhead distribution line to be cut preventing service interruption while the
cutting and work is being performed and can be applied wherever a disconnect switch is needed for
temporary sectionalizing. It is properly rated for line tension, continuous current, BIL and voltage.
Wire grips are attached to the ends of the tool and to the conductor. The ratchet wrench draws the ends
together reducing the tension of the wire between the hooks. Hot-line jumpers are installed on the
conductor and the tool’s bypass studs. Once cut, the tail of the conductor can be clamped back onto
itself. Use only a properly rated loadbreak tool to operate the disconnect switch.
PSC6010347 -- Tool, 15Kv Temp. Load Disconnect

This tool provides a temporary means of connecting and disconnecting
equipment or circuits under load conditions. This tool design does not have a
fuse and does not provide protection for fault or overcurrent conditions. Hot
parts are identical to Chance Type C cutouts, including the tubular-copper
disconnect blade. The tool simply clamps onto primary conductor with a
Grip-All clampstick. Brass stud at lower end accepts clamp on temporary tap
jumper. An arc-chute-type interrupter gives the tool its excellent loadbreak
capability. To interrupt load currents, the device makes use of a stainless-
steel auxiliary blade within a Delrin® arc chute. This self-contained loadbreak
device operates by a simple disconnect stick. No special or portable tools
are required to operate the unit. To break the current, just insert a disconnect
stick into the operating ring and rapidly open the device. In the process of
opening, the spring-loaded auxiliary blade snaps out through the arc chute to
elongate, cool and extinguish the confined arc. This loadbreaking operation is
www.linestar.ca
independent of the disconnect stick speed. To provide a clearly visible break,

the disconnect blade hangs in approximately a vertical position.

141
c-type ground clamps
grounding equipment
T600-0658 C600-2255 C600-2282 C600-1743
Jaw Ferrule Main Line Main Line Continuous Fault Current Fault Current
Part # Type Type Minimum Maximum Current 15 Cylces 30 Cycles
T600-0658 Smooth Pressure 0.162” 2” O.D. Bus 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps
C600-2255 Smooth Pressure 0.162” 2” O.D. Bus 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps
C600-2256 Serrated Pressure 0.162” 2” O.D. Bus 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps
C600-2281 Smooth Pressure 0.162” 2” O.D. Bus 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps
C600-2282 Serrated Pressure 0.162” 2” O.D. Bus 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps
C600-1743 Smooth Pressure 0.162” 1.50” ACSR 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps
Duckbill Grounding Clamps
C600-0434 C600-1734 G3622-1
Jaw Ferrule Main Line Main Line Continuous Fault Current Fault Current
Part # Type Type Minimum Maximum Current 15 Cylces 30 Cycles
C600-0197 Serrated Threaded 0.162” 1.506” ACSR 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps
C600-1734 Smooth Threaded 0.162” 1.162” ACSR 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps
G3622-1 Smooth Pressure 0.162” 1.162” ACSR 400 Amps 43,000 Amps 30,000 Amps.
www.linestar.ca
More Ground Clamps are available • Please contact us for more info

142
Specialty Grounding Clamps
grounding equipment
T600-2364 Apparatus Grounding Clamps
Long Ball Stud Bronze clamps used in restricted-space applications
The 3” shank accepts most and as part of a truck grounding system. They have
types of ground clamps. a high-current rating of 43,000 amps for 15 cycles
Overall length is 7”. and 30,000 amps for 30 cycles.
Terminal Ferrule Handle

C600-2102 Part # Type Type Type
Standard Ball Stud C600-2100 Drilled Threaded Shotgun Eye
4-1/4” overall length. C600-2101 Tapped Threaded Shotgun Eye
C600-2300 Pressure Pressure Shotgun Eye
T600-2320 Tapped Threaded T-Handle
G33634SJ T600-0466
Flat Face Clamp C-Type Clamp
This aluminum body clamp The smooth jaws of this
has serrated jaws and bronze body clamp accepts
accomodates up to 1-1/2” up to 477 ACSR (0.814”).
angles and flats. It accepts It has a shotgun eye handle
pressure type ferrules and has fault and uses threaded ferrules.
current ratings of 27,000 amps for The fault current ratings are
15 cycles and 20,000 amps for 30 21,500 amps for 15 cycles &
cycles. 15,000 amps for 30 cycles.
C600-2232 Tower Clamp G3369 Bus-Bar Clamp

A bronze body clamp with flat This aluminum clamp fits
serrated jaws that have a on square bus up to 4”x4”
1-1/2” capacity. It has a and round bus up to
drilled terminal to accept 4-1/2”and accepts
threaded ferrules. The fault pressure type ferrules.
current rating is 43,000 Fault current rating of
amps for 15 cycles and 43,000 amps for 15
30,000 amps for 30 cycles. cycles and 30,000 amps
for 30 cycles.
C600-2231 Tower Clamp
with a T-Handle.
21703 Multi-Purpose Ground Clamp and Ball Studs

• C Head upper jaw is designed for use on conductors. Slotted “V” also
allows the ground clamp to be attached to the ball stud(s) shown.
• Both sides of the clamp are drilled and tapped to attach ball studs for
use as hanger studs. Drilled and tapped holes are 1/2”-13 and can also
be utilized as lubrication prots.
www.linestar.ca

143
grounding ferrules
grounding equipment
Shrouded Threaded Copper Ferrules Shrouded Plain Copper Ferrules
Cable Burndy Burndy Cable Burndy Burndy
Part # Size Die “A” Die “B” Part # Size Die “A” Die “B”
C600-2622 #2 U165 U166 C600-2630 #2 U165 U166
C600-2623 1/O U165 U168 C600-2631 1/O U165 U168
C600-2624 2/O U165 UL C600-2632 2/O U165 UL
C600-2625 4/O U166 UL C600-2633 4/O U166 UL
Unshrouded Threaded Copper Ferrules Unshrouded Plain Copper Ferrules

Cable Burndy Cable Burndy
Part # Size Die Part # Size Die
C600-2606 #2 U165 C600-2614 #2 U165
C600-2607 1/O U165 C600-2615 1/O U165
C600-2608 2/O U165 C600-2616 2/O U165
C600-2609 4/O U166 C600-2617 4/O U166
Shrouded Threaded Aluminum Ferrules Shrouded Plain Aluminum Ferrules

Cable Burndy Burndy Cable Burndy Burndy
Part # Size Die “A” Die “B” Part # Size Die “A” Die “B”
C600-2618 #2 U165 U166 C600-2626 #2 U165 U166
C600-2619 1/O U165 U168 C600-2627 1/O U165 U168
C600-2620 2/O U165 UL C600-2628 2/O U165 UL
C600-2621 4/O U249 UL C600-2629 4/O U249 UL
Unshrouded Threaded Aluminum Ferrules Unshrouded Plain Aluminum Ferrules

Cable Burndy Cable Burndy
Part # Size Die Part # Size Die
C600-2602 #2 U165 C600-2610 #2 U165
C600-2603 1/O U165 C600-2611 1/O U165
C600-2604 2/O U165 C600-2612 2/O U165
C600-2605 4/O U249 C600-2613 4/O U249
www.linestar.ca
TEBSTS-5 5” Heat Shrink Tube

TEBSTS-8 8” Heat Shrink Tube

144
grounding equipment grounding ferrules
Grounding Cable Ferrules
All Hastings ferrules are tin plated copper. Provides added protection against corrosion.
Ferrules for Bolted Type Ferrules for Threated Type

Terminals Terminals, 5/8-11 NC
Part # Size AWG lbs Part # Size AWG lbs
11656 #2 0.1 12998 #2 0.3
11657 1/O 0.1 12999 1/O 0.3
11658 2/O 0.1 13000 2/O 0.3
11660 4/O 0.1 13001 4/O 0.4
PS50349 5” heat shrink 0.1
Ferrules for Compression- Ferrules for Elbows - URD

Bolted Type Terminals Part # Size AWG lbs
Part # Size AWG lbs P30916 1/O 0.4
P30244 #2 0.3 P30917 2/O 0.5
P30245 1/O 0.4
P30246 2/O 0.4
P30247 4/O 0.5
Clear Jacketed Copper Grounding Cable
Approx.
The clear jacket allows for visual inspection of the Cable Conductor # of
conductor under the insulation. Extremely flexible Part # Size Diameter Strands
at temperatures ranging from -25o C to 90o C. CGC2 #2 .326” 665
Meets ASTM B-3 & F-855 specifications. CG1/0 1/O .443” 1050
CG2/0 2/O .491” 1323
CG4/0 4/O .619” 2107
Yellow Jacketed Copper Grounding Cable
The standard yellow jacket is made of neoprene Approx.

that is easy to strip and resists abrasion and Cable Conductor # of
compression cutting. This cable stays flexible at Part # Size Diameter Strands
temperatures to -40o C and has a 600 volt rating. YGC2 #2 .370” 665
www.linestar.ca
YGC1/0 1/O .480” 1045

Orange Jacket Ground Cable also available
YGC2/0 2/O .520” 1330
YGC4/0 4/O .640” 2109

145
specialty ground sets
grounding equipment
Single-Phase Elbow Grounding Sets
Made with 6 feet of 1/O yellow jacketed cable and a bronze body
C-Type ground clamp on one end and an elbow on the other end.
C6000729 15kV Elbow Grounding Set
T6002131 25/35kV Elbow Grounding Set
C600-3097
15kV Grounding Elbow
C600-3098
25/35kV Grounding Elbow
C600-3099
35kV Grounding Elbow
Grounded Parking Bushing Sets Three-Phase Elbow Grounding Sets

A loadbreak bushing on one end and bronze body Three 6’ lengths of 1/O yellow jacketed
clamp on the other end of a 4 foot length of 1/O cable connected to a single C-Type bronze body
yellow jacketed cable. ground clamp with elbows on the other ends.
T600-3091 C6003102
15kV Grounded Parking Bushing Set 15kV 3-Phase Elbow Grounding Set
T600-3092 C6003103
25/35kV Grounded Parking Bushing Set 25/35kV 3-Phase Elbow Grounding Set
www.linestar.ca

146
grounding equipment specialty grounding
Custom Made Overhead Distribution Grounding Sets
LineStar offers custom ground sets in a range of

sizes and lengths. Yellow, Orange or Clear flexible
grounding cable can be used. We have standard
and threaded ferrules available and we supply all
our custom grounds with shrink tubing which
offers excellent connection and strain relief
properties. LineStar offers repair, cleaning,
testing, and certification programs to meet
individual customer requirements for new
and used grounds.
2181 Ground Set Bag

Yellow Vinyl, Handles Wrap
Around Bag.
Zipper Opening, Hang or Stack
20”L x 5”W x 13”H
Weight 1 lb. 9 oz.
Truck Grounding Reels

Provides an efficient and positive means to ground
trucks near energized electrical lines. The spring loaded
drum controls payout and take up. Each reel with
factory installed cable includes a 6’ length of
2/O ground cable to connect to the truck and a
bronze body clamp to attach to the ground rod.
www.linestar.ca

147
specialty grounding
grounding equipment
GR43BS2 Rotating Ground Adapter
This unique tool provides protection while the conductor is
pulled from reels. It adds conductor grounding but does not
replace other grounding practices The adapter slides
on the reel mandrel. The outer collar connects to the tail of the
conductor on the reel and the inner collar connects to a ground
rod.
TEG2B2M Cable Reel Grounding Set

Consisting of a 3’ length and a 15’ length of 2/O yellow
jacketed cable, both with ball stud clamps on one end
and C-type clamps on the other.
GR43BS Rotating Ground Adapter and

TETGR Ground Rod sold separately.
TETGR
Screw Ground Rod
A temporary 6’
copperclad ground
rod with T-Handle.
www.linestar.ca

148
grounding equipment personal protective ground grids
Non-Slip Grid with Slip-Resistant Ground Grids

These grids provide the same protection as the above
Long Ball Stud Only but are made of a black, slip-resistant material.
Part # Size Ideal for use in rain, snow or icy conditions.
101-25-50-V 58” x 58”
201-25-50-V 58” x 120”
601-25-50-SR 120” x 120”
Non-Slip Protective Grid Kits

Part # Size
HV101-25-50V 58” x 58”
HV201-25-50V 58” x 120”
HV602-25-50V 120” x 120”
Kits include a 6’ length of 2/O grounding cable with a C-Clamp on one end and a Ball
Socket clamp on the other end, a long ball stud and vinyl storage bag.
T600-1549 Cluster Bar

The 5/8” x 5” aluminum bar accepts ground clamps for
equipotential grounding techniques. Supplied with an adjustable wheel
binder and 36” of chain for poles.
B90-PBC Safety Grounding Pole Band

Body Material: High Quality Aluminum
Qualification: ASTM F855
Max Fault Current Rating:
43,000 Amps @ 15 Cycles
30,000 Amps @ 30 Cycles
www.linestar.ca

149
grounding accessories
grounding equipment
S1600-7 Insulated Hanger
Used as a parking stand when installing jumper or grounding clamps.
It has a 15” Epoxiglas pole and a conductor capacity of 636 ACSR.
Studs are 1/2” x 3-1/2”.
TEGCTH
T-Handle Adapter
Converts the shotgun eye of a
ground clamp into a T-Handle.
G4754-1
4-Way Terminal Block
Used to attach ground leads
from grounding clamps to a
common ground. Accepts
unthreaded ferrules only.
930 Ground Rod Driver

This ground rod driver is a simple, unique tool designed to
ease the chore of driving ground rods. Compact and easy
to handle, it enables a workman to drive an 8’ rod while
standing on the ground. Its size and shape make it easy
to store on most line trucks.
The 930 is for 5/8” ground rods, and the 930UT is also for
5/8” ground rods and features hand guards.
GRT1000
Series Ground Resistance Tester
Clamp-on ground rod/wire resistance tester,
designed for loop grounding systems to provide easy and ac-
curate resistance ground measurements.
www.linestar.ca

150
cleaning brushes conductor cleaning brushes
BB-1 Knife WB-1

Replacement Brush
Brush Blade Skinning Knife/Brush • 2 in 1 Tool

BrushBlade™ combines 2 tools into one and helps linemen decrease outages, minimize open neutrals and bad
connections, and create significant savings by brushing conductors properly! The two tools
are a knife and an integrated wire brush. The wire brush helps clean conductors to make better
connections and covers conductors up to 1000 MCM. This covers most conductors and the wire
brush is easily replaceable. Other key features that make this product unique are the reversible
thumb stud for quick one handed opening from the left or the right and the built-in nonconductive
snap ring for easy storage.
Not only is it more efficient but it is significantly safer than knives currently available.
BrushBlade™ is safer because the blade can be closed when not in use, locks in the open
position preventing accidental closing, has a blunt tip, and a blade back design which
discourages scraping the aluminum conductors.
M4455-92
Universal Conductor Brush
1-1/4” Diameter x 6” Long
M4455-93
Conductor Brush
1-1/4” Diameter x 6” Long
10-180
Universal Conductor
V-Brush
10-178
Conductor V-Brush
with Shotgun Eye
10-179
Replacement Brushes
Box of 10 brushes for both
www.linestar.ca
10-178 and 10-180.

151
conductor cleaning brushes
cleaning brushes
MFRWB-1 Mini FlatRoundTM Wire Brush
•2 brushes in 1 tool
•Flat Brush and Round Brush (up to 1000 MCM)
•Durable and made of non-conductive material
•Compact and Lightweight – weighs less than ½ pound
•Wire brushes are easily replaceable (WB-1)
•Integrated brush design eliminates lineman hand and leg discomfort
currently experienced with other wire brushes
•Convenient to carry on climbing belts or in bucket trucks
HJWB-1 Hand J Wire Brush

•Double J Design Allows Top and Bottom Conductor Brushing
•Works in All Shot Gun Sticks and Universal Sticks
•Strong Durable and Light Weight Base
•Wire Brushes are Replaceable
•Wire Brush Accessory (use 5/32” Allen Key)
•Sure Grip Handle for Maximum Control
•Dual Attachment for Hot Sticks or Shot Gun Sticks
SJWB-1 Swivel J Wire Brush

•Adjustable Swivel Action Enables Smooth Brushing –Floats Freely or
Locks into 3 Different Angles
•Double J Design Allows Top and Bottom Conductor Brushing
•Works in All Shot Gun Sticks and Universal Sticks
•Strong Durable and Light Weight Base Made out of Aluminum
•Wire Brushes are Replaceable
•Wire Brush Accessory (use 1/8” Allen Key)
DBWB-1 FRWB-1
DogBoneTM FlatRoundTM The Lineman’s Wire Brush

•2 brushes in 1 tool
•DogBone - One for Copper and one for Aluminum (up to 1590 MCM)
•Durable and made of non-conductive material LWB-1
•Lightweight – weighs less than ½ pound
•Wire brushes are easily replaceable
•Integrated brush design eliminates lineman hand and leg discomfort currently experienced with
www.linestar.ca
other wire brushes

•Convenient to carry on climbing belts or in bucket trucks

152
wire cutting tools acsr conductor trimmer
PSC-1 ACSR Trimmer
Quickly and accurately removes the aluminum stranding from around
the steel core of ACSR, ACSS and other types of conductor. Oper-
ating like a tube cutter, it squarely and cleanly cuts the aluminum
stranding without harming the inner steel strands. Made of an
aluminum alloy, this tool is lightweight and durable. Kit includes tool,
bushing holder & storage case.
PSC-2 Large ACSR Trimmer

For conductor sizes 2034500 and larger.
Kit includes tool and case. No bushing holder required.
Order bushings separately.
Item # Part # Description Qty.

1 TE54140 Plastic Carrying Case (Not Shown) 1
2 TE54145 Cutter Frame 1
3 TE54160 Bushing Holder Assembly 1
4 TE54165 Bar & Feed Screw Assembly 1
5 TE34625 Knob Assembly 1
6 TE54285 Roller & Roll Pin Set, 1 Each 2
7 TE54305 Cutter Wheel Axle 1
8 TE54270 Cutter Wheel for PSC-1 1
9 TE54170 Cutter Wheel for PSC-2 1
www.linestar.ca

153
acsr conductor trimmer bushings
wire cutting tools

Trimmer Bushings Common Bushings for PSC-1 Trimmer
Each of these interchangeable bushings are
precision-machined to accurately trim the outer strand- Cicular Code
ing of one particular wire only. Part # Stranding Mills/AWG Word
TE5761 6/1 2/O Quail
TE5762 6/1 3/O Pigeon
TE5763 6/1 4/O Penquin
TE5764 18/1 266800 Waxwing
TE5766 26/7 266800 Partridge
TE5768 18/1 336400 Merlin
TE5769 26/7 336400 Linnet
TE5770 30/7 336400 Oriole
TE5773 26/7 397500 Ibis
TE5774 30/7 397500 Lark
TE5775 18/1 477000 Pelican
TE5776 24/7 477000 Flicker
TE5777 26/7 477000 Hawk
TE5778 30/7 477000 Hen
TE5779 18/1 556500 Osprey
PSC-1 Bushing, TE5780 24/7 556500 Parakeet
PSC-1 Tool and TE5781 26/7 556500 Dove
PSC-1 Bushing Holder TE5782 30/7 556500 Eagle
TE5788 24/7 636000 Rook
TE5789 26/7 636000 Gosbreak
TE5792 24/7 666600 Flamingo
TE5793 24/7 715500 Stilt
TE5796 36/1 795000 Coot
TE5797 45/7 795000 Tern
TE5799 54/7 795000 Condor
TE5800 26/7 795000 Drake
TE5801 30/19 795000 Mallard
TE5883 30/19 954000 Canvasback
TE5804 36/1 954000 Catbird
TE5805 45/7 954000 Rail
TE5806 54/7 954000 Cardinal
TE5809 54/7 1033500 Curlew
PSC-2 Bushing and
TE5810 45/7 1113000 Bluejay
PSC-2 Tool
TE5811 54/19 1113000 Finch
TE5812 45/7 1192500 Bunting
Common Bushings for PSC-2 Trimmer TE5814 45/7 1272000 Bittern
Cicular Code TE5822 45/7 1590000 Lapwing
Part # Stranding Mills/AWG Word TE5860 54/19 1590000 Falcon
TD1605 84/19 2156000 Bluebird
TD1609 72/7 2167000 Kiwi
www.linestar.ca
TD1610 72/7 2034500 Mockingbird

TD1611 54/37 2493000 N/A
TD1615 76/19 2312000 Thrasher

154
wire cutting tools general purpose bolt cutters
These center cut bolt cutters feature a toggle joint that turns 50 lbs. of hand pressure into
4,000 lbs. of cutting pressure. A lockplate keeps the steel jaws from loosening and a screw-
type ajustment realigns the edges.
Med. Hard Hard Repl. Med. Hard Hard Repl.

Part # Materials* Materials** Length Head Part # Materials* Materials** Length Head
1490MC 5/16” 3/16” 14” 1413C 0090FC 3/8” 1/4” 18” 0013C
0090MC 3/8” 1/4” 18” 0013C 0190FC 7/16” 5/16” 24” 0113C
0190MC 7/16” 5/16” 24” 0113C 0290FC 1/2” 3/8” 30” 0213C
0290MC 1/2” 3/8” 30” 0213C 0390FC 9/16” 7/16” 36” 0313C
0390MC 9/16” 7/16” 36” 0313C * Brinell 300, Rockwell C31
0590MC 11/16” 1/2” 42” 0513C ** Brinell 455, Rockwell C38
Heavy-Duty Bolt Cutters

Heavy-duty cutters are used for cutting hard metals, wire mesh and reinforcing rod & bar.
The jaws are supported with heavy-duty straps. Like the above tools, they provide
4,000 lbs. of cutting force from 50 lbs. of hand pressure.
Med. Hard Repl. Med. Hard Repl.

Part # Materials* Length Head Part # Materials* Length Head
0190MCX 5/16” 24” 0113CX 0190FCX 5/16” 24” 0113CX
0290MCX 3/8” 30” 0213CX 0290FCX 3/8” 30” 0213CX
0390MCX 7/16” 36” 0313CX 0390FCX 7/16” 36” 0313CX
0590MCX 1/2” 42” 0513CX ** Brinell 455, Rockwell C48
fibreglass Round Handle Bolt Cutters

The jaws are made from forged high tensile steel. Designed for cutting spring wire,
guy wire, hardened chains, high tensile bolts and other hard materials. The handles
are filled with unicellular foam and tested to ASTM standards.
HRC15 HRC31 HRC42

Brinell 200 Brinell 300 Brinell 400 Repl.
Part # Soft Mat’l Med. Mat’l Hard Mat’l Length Head
BC14F 1/4” 1/4” 3/16” 14” BC14RB
BC18F 5/16” 1/4” 1/4” 18” BC18RB
BC24F 3/8” 5/16” 5/16” 24” BC24RB
www.linestar.ca
BC30F 1/2” 3/8” 11/32’ 30” BC30RB

BC36F 5/8” 15/32” 3/8” 36” BC36RB

155
standard bolt cutters
wire cutting tools

• Unique cam bolt blade adjustment for easy cutter alignment
• Forged steel blades for long life • Clevis-mounted blades for greater strength
• Custom rubber grips for maximum power
Handle Cutting Repl.

Part # Material Range Length Head
BC14 Rubber 1/4” 14” 11281
BC18 Rubber 5/16” 18” 11301
BC24 Rubber 3/8” 24” 11306
BC30 Rubber 1/2” 30” 11316
BC36 Rubber 5/8” 36” 11321
Heavy-Duty Cable Cutter
Strong, lightweight fiberglass handles. Adjustable pivot

bolt provides for blade adjustment. Replaceable, forged,
heat treated, and precision ground blades.
Part # Cable Length Capacity

704 1-1/4” 21” 350 MCM
705 1-3/4” 25-1/2” 500 MCM
706 1-1/2” 31-1/2” 750 MCM
Shear Type Cable Cutters

Lightweight fiberglass handles with alloy steel jaws. Used to cut soft aluminum &
copper power cable and communications cable.
Max Insul. Copper Aluminium Comm.

Part # Capacity Diameter Length Part # Cable Cable Cable Length
CC-500 500 MCM 1.25” 21” 0290FCS 500 MCM 750MCM 1.37” 25”
CC-1000 1000 MCM 1.90” 32” 0390FCS 750 MCM 1200 MCM 1.75” 32”
Shear Type Communications Cable Cutters

Communications cable cutters with steel handles. Shear-cut blades give a clean, sharp cut
with minimal distortion. Do NOT cut hard cable, ACSR, self-supporting strand or steel.
Cutting Repl.
www.linestar.ca
Part # Capacity Length Head

0190CSP 1” 23” 0119CSP
0390CSP 2.25” 37” 0319CSS

156 Shear Type Wire Rope Cutters Compact Cable Cutters
Heavy-duty cutters with steel handles. Notched, shear-cut High-leverage jaws with shear-cut blades. These
wire cutting tools
blades hold and lock cable in cutting position. Cuts wire rope, cutters have plastic covered,
hard stainless steel cable and aircraft cable with minimal non-slip grips and fit into most tool
distortion. pouches. Do NOT cut ACSR or steel.
Cutting Repl.
Part # Capacity Length Head
1490MTN 1/4” 14” 1413TN Copper Aluminium
0190MTN 3/8” 24” 0113TN Part # Cable Cable Length
0390MTN 5/8” 36” 0313TN 63050 2/O 4/O 9”
0590MTN 3/4” 42” 0513TN
Hand-Held Ratcheting Soft Cable Cutters
63060 400 MCM 22-RCC20

Str. Cu/600MCM 750 MCM
Alum. Stranded
Copper/Aluminum Copper/Aluminum
22-RCC30
Ratchet Telcutter
For cutting stapeth and OSP
communication cable. Not for cutting ACSR or
Steel Cable. Ratchet type jaws with shear cut
blades. Cut cable cleanly, leaving no burrs or
sharp edges.
PRECISION
6990FS
CABLE CUTTERS
These quality tools provide Ratchet
cutting ease, minimum cable Cable Cutter
distortion and long life. They Cuts up to 500
offer a rapid advance system to MCM stranded
quickly close the jaws around the copper and 795
wire. The fiberglass handles meet aluminum wire. 14”
ASTM F711. overall length.
Part # Length Capacity

22RCC750 20” 750 MCM Cu/Alum
22-RCC1000 20” 2000 MCM Cu/Alum
www.linestar.ca
WARNING: These tools are NOT considered insulated.

Do not attempt to cut energized conductors with any of these cutters.

157
hand-held ratcheting acsr cable cutters
wire cutting tools

22RACSR ACSR Cutter
The wide jaws accept up to
556 MCM multi-strand ACSR.
The fiberglass handles
incorporate a fast advance
22-RACSR10 system that quickly close the blades
ACSR Cutter around the wire.
Cuts up to 336 single-strand ACSR.
63800 ACSR Cutter

The replaceable cutting blades can easily cut through
multi-strand 477 MCM ACSR. It also cuts up to 1-1/4” copper/alu-
minum, 1” solid copper and 1/2” guy wire; not for EHS. Weighs 3.2
lbs. and is 13-3/4” long.
63858 Replacement Blades

www.linestar.ca

158
wire cutting tools hard cable ratchet cutters
8690FH
8690FH Jaws Shown
Wire Rope Mild Telephone

ACSR, EHS Guy Aircraft Stainless Steel Rod, Cable Repl.
Part # ACAR Strand Cable Steel Bolts (self-supporting) Length Cutterhead
8690CK -- .50” - - -- .50” -- 28” 8613CK
8690FH 1.18” - - -- -- -- 1.18” 29-1/4” 8613FH
8690TN -- .63” .63” .63” -- -- 36” 8613TN
Soft Cable Ratchet Cutters
8790CS
8790FSK
Copper & Copper & Rubber

Aluminium Aluminum & Lead Repl.
Part # Power Communication Covered Length Cutterhead
8690CS 3” 3” 3” 29-3/4” 8613CS
8690FSK 2” 2” 2” 27-1/2” 8613FSK
www.linestar.ca
8790CS 3” 3” -- 27-1/2” 8713CS

8790FSK 2” 2” -- 27-1/2” 8713FSK

159
S-series Handheld Hydraulic Cutters
wire cutting tools

S-Series tools cut anything from guy wire* to anchor rod and most overhead and underground
cables. The S-series cutters are portable, lightweight, and made to last years under the
toughest field conditions. The S-40B and S-85 feature a two stage pumping piston for rapid
advance.
The new S-240CC, S-32CC and SP-24CC hydraulic cutters were specially engineered to cut the
toughest EHS guy wire, ground and anchor rods. The SP-24CC is the remote head version, which
requires an external 10,000 psi pump in order to operate. The anvil style, center cut blades
eliminate jamming problems common to shear style cutters, and the blades are easily replaced
in the field. The tools are made of high grade steel and have rubber handle grips. All tools are
black zinc oxide coated to help reduce corrosion. A flip-top latch opens the tool jaw to easily
accept cables and wires. The head can be rotated up to 180° to facilitate easy wire positioning
and operator leverage.
Consult the chart below to pick the proper cutter for your needs.
*NOTE: DO NOT CUT EHS GUY WIRE. FOR EHS GUY WIRE SPECIFY S-240CC, S-32CC OR
THE REMOTE HEADS SP-24CC OR SP-32CC1.
Specifications
Model S-16 S-20 S-240 S-32 S-40B S-55 S-85 S-240CC S-32CC
Output 4.4 Ton 4.4 Ton 7.8 Ton 19.8 Ton 6.3 Ton 13 Ton 2.7 Ton 7.8 Ton 19.8 Ton
Weight 6 lbs. 6 lbs. 9 lbs. 21 lbs. 12 lbs. 17 lbs. 15 lbs. 11 lbs. 23 lbs.
Length 15”L 15”L 17”L 27”L 23”L 24”L 26”L 18.5”L 27”L
Jaw
Opening .6” .75” .9” 1.25” 1.6” 2” 3.3” .9” 1.25”
Capacities
Wire Ropes 16mm 20mm 22mm 32mm 20mm 26mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1-1/4” 3/4” 1”
Soft Steel 16mm 17mm 22mm 32mm 20mm 32mm Do Not Cut 16mm 26mm
Bolts 5/8” 11/16” 7/8” 1-1/4” 3/4” 1-1/4” 5/8” 1”
Rebar,
Ground & 13mm 13mm 16mm 22mm 16mm 20mm Do Not Cut 16mm 26mm
Anchor Rod 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 7/8” 5/8” 3/4” 5/8” 1”
Cu & Al 16mm 20mm 22mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 76mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
Wire 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 3”
ACSR 16mm 20mm 22mm 32mm 40mm 50mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2”
Standard 13mm 14mm 16mm 22mm 16mm 20mm Do Not Cut 14mm 22mm
Guy Wire 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 7/8” 5/8” 3/4” 9/16” EHS 7/8” EHS
Telephone &
Lead Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut 85mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
Sheathed 3.35”
Cable
www.linestar.ca
Chain Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut 1/4” 1/2”

160
wire cutting tools S-series Handheld Hydraulic Cutters
S-16 S-20
S-240 S-240CC
S-32 S-32CC
S-40B S-55
www.linestar.ca
S-85

161
sp-series Hydraulic Operated Remote CUtting Heads
wire cutting tools

The SP-SERIES remote head units connect to any 10,000 psi, high pressure, hydraulic pumping system.
Choose from seven different models of production cutters, to cut costs and efforts. A 3/8” screw-type
male coupler is supplied with each tool. Huskie Tools remote cutters have a hinged head which can be
opened for easy cable or bar insertion. The movable blade advances in a shear fashion, to cut the
material cleanly. When the cutting pressure is relieved an internal ram spring retracts the blade.
The guillotine cutting style was chosen over scissor type cutting because of its powerful output force,
larger cable capacities, compact size and reliability.
All tools can be used under water, consult factory for specific applications.
NOTE: FOR EHS GUY WIRE SPECIFY S-24CC, S-32CC OR THE REMOTE HEAD SP-24CC.
FEATURES
• Lightweight and Portable
• Operate from Any 10,000 psi Hydraulic Source
• Works in Any Position
Specifications
Model SP-20 SP-24 SP-24CC SP-32 SP-32CC1 SP-35 SP-40 SP-55 SP-85 SP-100
Output 4.4 Ton 7.8 Ton 7.8 Ton 20 Ton 24 Ton 6.2 Ton 6.28 Ton 13 Ton 2.7 Ton 8.3 Ton
Weight 3 lbs. 6 lbs. 21 lbs. 21 lbs. 26 lbs. 8 lbs. 8.5 lbs. 20 lbs. 16 lbs. 29 lbs.
Length 8”L 11”L 14”L 14”L 13.5”L 14”L 12”L 17”L 19”L 24”L
Jaw
Opening .75” .9” .9” 1.25” 1.25” 1.3” 1.6” 2” 3.3” 4”
Capacities
Wire Ropes 20mm 22mm Do Not Cut 32mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut 20mm 26mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
5/8” 7/8” 1-1/4” 3/4” 1”
Soft Steel 14mm 20mm 16mm 32mm 26mm 14mm 16mm 32mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
Bolts 9/16” 3/4” 5/8” 1-1/4” 1” 9/16” 5/8” 1-1/4”
Rebar, 13mm 16mm 16mm 26mm 26mm 13mm 16mm 20mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
Ground & 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 1” 1” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4”
Anchor Rod
Cu & Al 20mm 22mm Do Not Cut 32mm Do Not Cut 800 MCM 40mm 50mm 76mm 3-1/2”
Wire 3/4” 7/8” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 3”
ACSR 20mm 22mm Do Not Cut 32mm Do Not Cut 336 MCM 40mm 50mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
3/4” 7/8” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2”
Standard 14mm 16mm 14mm 22mm 22mm 14mm 16mm 20mm Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
Guy Wire 1/2” 5/8” 9/16” EHS 7/8” 7/8” EHS 1/2” 5/8” 3/4”
Chain Do Not Cut Do Not Cut 1/4” Do Not Cut 1/2” Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
Comm.
Cables Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut 3.35” 4”
Lead Sheath
Cables Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut 3.35” 4”
www.linestar.ca

162
wire cutting tools Ss-series Hydraulic Operated Remote Cutting Heads
SP-20
SP-24 SP-24CC
SP-32 SP-32CC1
SP-35
SP-40 SP-55
www.linestar.ca
SP-85 SP-100

163
Ysp-series Scissor Cutter Remote Heads
wire cutting tools

YSP-30 YSP-34
YSP-60 YSP-85YC
Specifications
Model YSP-30 YSP-34 YSP-60 YSP-85YC
Output 4.4 Ton 4.4 Ton 6.6 Ton 8 Ton
Weight 6 lbs. 6 lbs. 6 lbs. 10.5 lbs.
Length 12” 12” 12” 18”
CAPACITIES
ACSR 477 Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut
Copper 500 MCM* 800 MCM 750 MCM 1000 MCM
Aluminum 1.18” O.D. 1.24” O.D. 1.18” O.D. 3”
Telecommunication Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut 3”
Lead Sheath Do Not Cut Do Not Cut Do Not Cut 2.5”
* Will not cut ALL 500 MCM copper cable-consult factory.
The YSP-Series tools are remote cutting heads to be used with a 10,000 psi pumping source.
YSP-30 can cut ACSR up to 477 and copper and aluminum cables up to 1.18” O.D.
WILL NOT CUT 4/0 Penguin or 3/0 Pigeon ACSR cables.
YSP-34 is designed to cut 800 MCM hard drawn copper cable. DO NOT CUT STEEL.
YSP-60 is similar to the YSP-30, except it has a 2” cable capacity and is ideal for aluminum cables
up to 2” O.D. and 500MCM Copper. DO NOT CUT STEEL.
YSP-85YC is designed to cut various cables, including copper up to 1000 MCM and Aluminum up to 3”.
DO NOT CUT STEEL.
www.linestar.ca
HTADPT
Hot Stick Adapter

164
DA-12 Hydraultic Low Pressure 4” Cable Cutter
wire cutting tools
The DA-12 hydraulic hand-held, cable cutter can be Specifications

operated directly from the utility line truck. At Output 6 Ton at 2,500 psi
2,500 psi pressure it can cut four-inch lead sheath Weight 31 lbs.
cables as well as 4200 pair communications cables. Size 15” x 15” x 17”
A 6 ton cutting force is produced at 2,500 psi
pressure, less than 2,500 psi will reduce the
cutting capacity. It operates on open center trucks CUTTING CAPACITIES
and comes with HTMA couplers. Lead Sheath 4”
Comm. Cables 4200 pair
The four inch jaws slice through lead, copper and
aluminum cables cleanly and without jamming
because of the double-acting system. The DA-12 is
portable, with non-slip, knurled handles and a safety FEATURES
• Operates on 2500 psi
ring. It has a positive open and close position and a • 4” Jaw Opening
special built-in safety trigger. It stops when you stop. • Safety Trigger
www.linestar.ca

150
wire cutting tools 165
wire cutting tools

www.linestar.ca
www.linestar.ca
British Columbia:
Alberta:
phone: 604-594-2701 • fax: 604-594-2751
phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca 100%
Alberta: phone:
British Columbia: phone: 403-243-1900
604-594-2701 • fax: 403-243-2063
• sales@linestar.ca 100%
Canadian
Manitoba: phone:
phone: 204-783-9771
204-783-9771 • fax: 204-783-8951
• salesmbsk@linestar.ca Canadian
Owned
166
wire cutting tools huskie battery operated cutters
REC-630Y
6.6 Ton Cutting Tool with
1-3/16” Jaw Opening
SPECIFICATIONS
Output 6.6 Ton
Weight 10.3 lbs. with Battery
Size 15.5”L x 12.5” H x 3.1”W
Jaw Opening 1.2”
CUTTING ESTIMATES
BP-84
500 MCM Cu 110
CUTTING CAPACITIES
*ACSR 336 MCM
Copper 500 MCM
Aluminum 1.18” O.D.
Standard Guy Wire 3/8”
Bar Do Not Cut
FEATURES The REC-630Y was designed to cut ACSR cables up to 336

• Open Scissor Jaw for Easy Cable Insertion MCM, as well as copper cables up to 500 MCM and aluminum
• Tested Up to 75kV cables up to 1.18” outside diameter. The hydraulic system
• One Hand Operation features a rapid advance for reduced cycle times. All cuts are
• Rotational Head clean with a minimal amount of cable distortion, which allows for
• Bright White, LED Lights for Working in Low easy connector installation on cables. The open “scissor” type
Light Conditions jaw is very convenient for the operator when reaching out to cut
• Rapid Advance cable opposed to latching the cutter jaw around the cable.
• Ergonomically designed for balance & grip The head can be rotated 180° for greater maneuverability
• Weather Resistant Housing in tight working quarters. The keeper plate on the
• Overload Bypass Protection REC-630Y prevents jaws from spreading apart when cutting
• 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charger ACSR.
*NOTE: This tool is not recommended for cutting 4/0 Penguin or

3/0 Pigeon ACSR Cables.
www.linestar.ca

167
huskie battery operated cutters
wire cutting tools

REC-634YC
6.6 Ton Cutting Tool with
SPECIFICATIONS
Operation Battery powered
Weight 6 lbs. with battery
Jaw Opening 1-3/8”
CONNECTOR RANGE
Aluminum up to 1.4” O.D.
Copper up to 800 MCM
Do Not Cut ACSR
Do Not Cut Steel
FEATURES
• Open Scissor Jaw for Easy Cable Insertion
• Tested Up to 75kV
• One Hand Operation
• Rotational Head
• Rapid Advance
• Ergonomically Balanced
• Ergonomic Pistol Grip Handle
• Weather Resistant Housing
• Overload Circuit Breaker Protection
• For Copper and Aluminum Only
• 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charger
Large copper cable cutting is finally made easy with the REC-634YC – just pull the trigger and 6.6 tons immediately
goes to work for you. The hydraulic system now features a rapid advance for reduced cycle times. This tool is
similar to the REC-630Y, but has a slightly larger jaw opening without a “keeper” guard. Its sharp blades are rated
for copper and aluminum cables only, up to 800 MCM or 1.4” Al outside diameter.
The open “C” type jaw is very convenient for the operator when reaching out to cut cable, as opposed to latching
a cutting jaw around the cable. The jaws will accept a maximum of 800 MCM copper or aluminum cables up to
1.4.” Distortion of the cable is minimal and cables can still be sleeved easily. Once the cable is severed, the cutter
blades can be opened by the push of the release trigger located below the activation trigger – one finger is all that
is needed to cut and release the tool.
NOTE: DO NOT CUT STEEL

www.linestar.ca

168
REC-660YC
6.6 Ton Scissor-Type Cutting
Tool with 2.5” Jaw Opening
SPECIFICATIONS
Jaw Opening 2.5”
CONNECTOR RANGE
Aluminum up to 2” O.D.
Copper up to 500 MCM
Do Not Cut ACSR
Do Not Cut Steel
FEATURES
• Rotational Head
• Rapid Advance
• Specifically Designed to Cut Large Jacketed Underground Cable
The REC-660YC works well for most underground aluminum cable cutting applications. It was designed to cut
copper cables up to 500 MCM and aluminum up to 2” maximum outside diameter. The extra wide jaws make
cutting the larger diameter underground cables easier. The hydraulic system is designed the same as the
REC-658U featuring a rapid advance ram to reduce cycle time.
Because of the larger cutting surface of the blades, the maximum size copper cable that can be cut is 500 MCM.
Larger cables will simply cause the cutter to bypass, which is a built-in overload safety device to prevent damage
to the tool.
The large jaws can be placed over cables that lie flat on the ground and the cables will be scooped up as the
cutting jaws are closed. All cuts are clean so that there is minimal cable distortion for cable sleeving purposes.
NOTE: *Will not cut ALL 500 MCM copper cable-consult factory.
www.linestar.ca
Due to material composition, the ratings are to be used as a guide. Actual capacity may vary due to “bypass”
feature.

169
wire cutting tools

REC-685YC
9 Ton Scissor-Type Cutting Tool
with 3.3” Jaw Opening
SPECIFICATIONS
Output 9 Ton
Size 20.8”L x 13.3”H x 3.4”W
Jaw Opening 3.3”
FEATURES
• Rotational Head
• Rapid Advance
• Specifically Designed to Cut Large Jacketed Underground Cable
The REC-660YC works well for most underground aluminum cable cutting applications. It was designed to cut
copper cables up to 500 MCM and aluminum up to 2” maximum outside diameter. The extra wide jaws make
cutting the larger diameter underground cables easier. The hydraulic system is designed the same as the
REC-658U featuring a rapid advance ram to reduce cycle time.
Because of the larger cutting surface of the blades, the maximum size copper cable that can be cut is 500 MCM.
Larger cables will simply cause the cutter to bypass, which is a built-in overload safety device to prevent damage
to the tool.
The large jaws can be placed over cables that lie flat on the ground and the cables will be scooped up as the
cutting jaws are closed. All cuts are clean so that there is minimal cable distortion for cable sleeving purposes.
NOTE: *Will not cut ALL 500 MCM copper cable-consult factory.
www.linestar.ca
Due to material composition, the ratings are to be used as a guide. Actual capacity may vary due to “bypass”
feature.

170
REC-50M
Gear-Driven Cable Cutter with
2” Jaw Opening
SPECIFICATIONS
Size 14.5”L x 4”H x 4.5”W
Jaw Opening 2”
CONNECTOR RANGE
Aluminium up to 1500 MCM AI
Copper up to 1000 MCM Cu
Do Not Cut ACSR
Do Not Cut Steel
FEATURES
• Improved Ergonomical Handle
The REC-50M battery operated slicing tool cuts 2” cable with the touch of a finger. It features a powerful gear
reduction motor that pulls a moveable blade through the toughest copper and aluminum cables. The ROBO*SLICE
comfortably fits into the lineman’s gloved hand, and repetitive ratcheting movement is entirely eliminated. Just a
squeeze of the rocker arm trigger is all it takes to make a cut and almost no muscle power is needed. As a result,
the risk of sprains, strains, and lost time due to muscle related injuries can be significantly reduced. The moveable
blade has wide gear teeth for extra power and full cutting traction. Gear guides are attached on both ends of the
movable blade to align the gear teeth with the internal pinion gear.
www.linestar.ca

171
wire cutting tools

rec-54acm robo*slice™
Gear-Driven Cable Cutter with
Specifications
Size 16”L x 4”H x 4.5”W
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
1000 MCM Cu 25
1500 MCM Al 30
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Aluminum 1500 MCM
Copper 1000 MCM*
FEATURES
• Improved Ergonomic Handle
• 2-1/8” Jaw Opening
• Cuts up to 1500 MCM Al
• Safety Lockout Switch
• Upgraded Motor and Gear System
• Comes with 2 batteries, AC Charger &
Case
The REC-54ACM was designed to cut stranded copper cables • 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charger
and aluminum. The jaws will accept a maximum of 1500 MCM
aluminum. The operation of this tool is the same as the REC-54M,
*Due to material composition, the ratings
but it has sharper blades for cutting only non-ferrous materials.
are to be used as a guide. Actual capacity
Do not cut steel with this model, or blade damage will occur.
may vary due to overload circuit breaker
The REC-54ACM comfortably fits into the lineman’s gloved hand, protection feature.
and repetitive ratcheting movement is entirely eliminated. We have
rotated the handle 90° to the blade to achieve a more ergonomic DO NOT CUT STEEL OR ACSR. Consult factory
and comfortable cutting position. Just a squeeze of the trigger is for more information on cutting copper cable.
all it takes to make a cut and almost no muscle power is needed.
As a result, the risk of sprains, strains, and lost time due to
muscle related injuries can be significantly reduced.
The moveable blade has wide gear teeth for extra power and full
cutting traction. Gear guides are attached on both ends of the
www.linestar.ca
movable blade to align the gear teeth with the internal pinion gear.

172
rec-54m robo*slice™
Gear-Driven Cable Cutter
with Notched Blade &
Specifications
Size 15.5”L x 4.5”H x 5”W
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
1590 MCM ACSR 35+
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Copper 750 MCM
Aluminum 1500 MCM
ACSR 1590 MCM*
FEATURES
• improved ergonomic handle
• 2-1/8” jaw opening
• cuts up to 1500 mcm al
• One hand operation
• safety lockout switch
• upgraded motor and gear system
• comes with 2 batteries, ac charger & case
• 5 year warranty on tool, battery & charger
The REC-54M is a heavy duty cable cutter primarily used to cut
* NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON 795 DRAKE. ACSR. It will cut up to 1590 MCM ACSR* and copper cables up to
750 MCM. The large jaw opening will also accommodate aluminum
Due to material composition, the ratings cables up to 1500 MCM. Huskie Tools has notched both cutting
are to be used as a guide. Actual capacity blades to avoid the denting of the cutting surfaces when steel
may vary due to overload circuit breaker strand is encountered. We have rotated the handle 90° to the blade
protection feature. to achieve a more ergonomic and comfortable cutting position.
FOR CLEAN CUTS ON COPPER & ALL ALUMINUM CABLE

PLEASE REFER THE REC-50U, REC-54AC & THE REC-54ACM.
This tool also incorporates a blade retainer, which keeps the blades
from spreading apart while cutting steel cables. The REC-54M was
designed for single and multistranded steel cores and aluminum
cables. The powerful motor & gear drive allow the operator to cut
through the toughest cables with just the pull of the trigger.
www.linestar.ca
NOTE: The REC-54M is not intended to cut guy wires, ground rod or
bolts.

173
wire cutting tools

rec-y33 robo*slice™
Gear-Driven Scissor Cutter
with 1.5” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Size 16”H x 4”L x 4.5”W
Jaw Opening 1.25”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
636 ACSR 60
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Copper 500 MCM*
Aluminum Up to 1-1/4” O.D.
ACSR 636 MCM
FEATURES
• Tested up to 75kV
• One hand operation
• Ergonomically balanced
• Weather resistant housing
• Overload circuit breaker protection
• Comes with 2 batteries, AC charger & case
* Consult factory for more information on

cutting 500 MCM copper cable.
The REC-Y33 cable cutter is used to cut up to 636 ACSR and up
to 500 MCM* copper cables. The open jaw makes it easy to insert Due to material composition, the ratings are to
cables for one handed operation. The jaw, which be used as a guide. Actual capacity may vary
incorporates a blade retainer, keeps the blade from spreading due to overload circuit
apart when cutting cable with a steel core. breaker protection feature.
It features a lock-out switch for reversing the blade direction

all-with one handed operation. The powerful gear drive allows the
operator to quickly cut some of the toughest cables with ease.
NOTE: The REC-Y33 will not cut guy wire, ground rod anchor rod
or bolts.
www.linestar.ca

174
SL-S20 robo*slice™
6 Ton Streamline Cutting Tool
with .75” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 6 Ton
Weight 6 lbs. with Battery
Size 19”
Jaw Opening .75”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
336 ACSR 90
1/2” Wire Rope 90
1/2” Rebar 60
1/2” Ground Rod 60
3/8” Guy Wire 45
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Wire Rope 5/8”
Rebar (Sc 40) 1/2”
Rebar (Sc 60) 3/8”
Ground Rod 1/2”
ACSR 477 MCM
Guy Wire 3/8”
FEATURES
• Flip-top latching head
The SL-S20 was designed to cut the toughest steel used in • One hand operation
construction today. It can replace an entire tool kit, including • Rotational head
several sizes of conventional bolt cutters, hacksaws, acetylene
• Rapid advance
torches and cable cutters.
With the pull of a trigger, you can cut ACSR cables up to 477, • 5 year warranty on tool, battery & charger
standard guy wires to 3/8”, and ground rods to 1/2”. The
specially designed flip-top latch and rotating head provide
exceptional ease of use and maneuverability in tight working Optional Accessories
quarters.
SL-HLSTR Huskie Tools Holster
www.linestar.ca

175
wire cutting tools

REC-S620
6.6 Ton Battery Powered Cutting
Tool with .75” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 6.6 Ton
Size 13.3”L x 10”H x 3.1”W
Jaw Opening .75”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
336 ACSR 90
1/2” Wire Rope 90
1/2” Rebar 60
3/8” Guy Wire 40
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Wire Rope 5/8”
Rebar (Sc 40) 1/2”
Rebar (Sc 60) 3/8” The REC-S620 was designed to cut the toughest steel used in
Ground Rod 1/2” construction today. It can replace an entire tool kit, including
ACSR 477 MCM several sizes of conventional bolt cutters, hacksaws, acetylene
Guy Wire 3/8” torches and cable cutters. The REC-S620 was designed from
the same hydraulic system as the REC-658U featuring a rapid
advance ram for reduced cycle times.
FEATURES With the pull of a trigger, you can cut ACSR cables up to 477,
• Flip-top latching head standard guy wires to 3/8”, and ground rods to 1/2”. The
• Tested up to 75kV specially designed flip-top latch and rotating head provide
• One hand operation exceptional ease of use and maneuverability in tight working
quarters. The REC-S620 has an overload bypass that will “kick
• Rotational head
out” when the tool reaches 6.6 tons or is attempting to cut
• Rapid advance
cables beyond its capacities.
• Ergonomic pistol grip handle NOTE: DO NOT CUT EHS GUY WIRE OR CASE HARDENED STEEL
• Weather resistant housing ROADS. SEE REC-S624CC, S-24CC, SP-24CC, S-32CC OR
• Overload bypass protection SP-320C1.
Due to material composition, the ratings are

to be used as a guide. Actual capacity may
vary due to “bypass” feature.
www.linestar.ca

176
REC-S624CC
8 Ton Battery Powered Cutter
with .95” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 8 Ton
Size 13.7”L x 10.2”H x 3.1”W
Jaw Opening .95”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
336 ACSR 90
1/2” Wire Rope 90
1/2” Rebar 60
3/8” Guy Wire 40
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Wire Rope 7/8”
Rebar (Sc 40) 5/8”
The REC-S624H was designed to cut the toughest steel used Rebar (Sc 60) 1/2”
in construction today. It can replace an entire tool kit, including Ground Rod 5/8”
several sizes of conventional bolt cutters, hacksaws, acetylene ACSR 477 MCM
torches and cable cutters. The REC-S624H was designed from Guy Wire 5/8”
Guy Wire [EHS] 7/16”
With the pull of a trigger, you can cut ACSR cables up to 477,
FEATURES
standard guy wires to 5/8”, and ground rods to 5/8”. The • Flip-top latching head
specially designed flip-top latch and rotating head provide • Tested up to 75kV
exceptional ease of use and maneuverability in tight working • One hand operation
quarters. The REC-S62H has an overload bypass that will “kick • Rotational head
out” when the tool reaches 8 tons or is attempting to cut cables • Rapid advance
beyond its capacities. • Ergonomically balanced
• Ergonomic pistol grip handle
NOTE: DO NOT CUT CASE HARDENED STEEL ROADS. • Weather resistant housing
SEE REC-S624CC, S-24CC, SP-24CC, S-32CC OR SP-320C1. • Overload bypass protection

www.linestar.ca

177
wire cutting tools

REC-S624CC
8 Ton Cutting Tool with
.95” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 8 Ton
Size 13.7”L x 10.2”H x 3.1”W
Jaw Opening .95”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
477 ACSR 90
1/2” Rebar 60
3/8” Guy Wire 40
CUTTING CAPACITIES
ACSR 477 MCM
EHS Guy Wire 9/16” The REC-S624CC was designed to cut the toughest steel used
Ground Rod 5/8” in construction today. It can replace an entire tool kit, including
Rebar (Sc 40) 5/8” several sizes of conventional bolt cutters, hacksaws, acetylene
torches and cable cutters. The REC-S624CC was designed from
FEATURES
• Flip-top latching head The specially designed anvil style blades were made to cut EHS
• Tested up to 75kV up to 9/16” and with the pull of the trigger, you can cut ACSR
• One hand operation cables up to 477 MCM, standard guy wires to 5/8”, and ground
• Rotational head rods to 5/8”. The specially designed flip-top latch and rotating
• Rapid advance head provide exceptional ease of use and maneuverability in tight
• Ergonomically balanced working quarters.
• Ergonomic pistol grip handle
• Weather resistant housing The REC-S624CC has an overload bypass, which will “kick out”
• Overload bypass protection when tool reaches 8 tons or is attempting to cut cables beyond
• 5 year warranty on tool, battery & charger it’s capacities. www.linestar.ca

178
REC-SS640
1.6” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 8 Ton
Size 16.1”L x 11.4”H x 3.1”W
Jaw Opening 1.6”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
795 ACSR 60
3/4” Wire Rope 90
5/8” Rebar 60
3/8” Guy Wire 40
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Wire Rope 3/4”
Rebar (Sc 40) 5/8”
Rebar (Sc 60) 5/8”
Ground Rod 5/8”
The REC-S540 was designed to up to 1590 ACSR and regular guy ACSR 1590 MCM
wires and ground rod up to 5/8”. The REC-S540 is idea for aerial Guy Wire 5/8”
bucket work and trench operations. It features a two stage, rapid Cu/Al Cable 1.5”
FEATURES
This cutter is made for one-handed operations. Simply remove the • Tested up to 75kV
pin latch, place over cable, reinsert pin, and cut. A built-in bypass will • One hand operation
pop off if the material is beyond the cutter’s capacity. It is not recom- • Rotational head
mended to cut hardened steel.
• Rapid advance
NOTE: DO NOT CUT EHS GUY WIRE OR CASE HARDENED STEEL
ROADS. SEE REC-S624CC, S-24CC, SP-24CC, S-32CC OR SP-320C1. • Ergonomic pistol grip handle
• Overload bypass protection

www.linestar.ca

179
wire cutting tools

rec-s3550 robo*cut™
2” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 13 Ton
Size 21.5”L x 10.5”H x 3.5”W
Jaw Opening 2”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
Wire Rope 60
Rebar, Ground &
Anchor Rod 45
Cu & Al wire 35
ACSR 45
Standard Guy Wire 30
CUTTING CAPACITIES The REC-S3550 cuts ACSR, guy wire, wire rope, and ground rod.
Wire Rope 1” Powerful and portable with a 2” jaw opening. A latch-type jaw
Soft Steel Bolts 1-1/4” swings open to accept material to be cut. The head can be rotated
Rebar, Ground & for proper positioning of rod or cable. This is our most versatile
cutter patterned after our S-55 hand operated cutter.
Anchor Rod 3/4”
Cu & Al wire 2”
NOTE: WILL CUT ALL 795 ACSR CABLE, INCLUDING DRAKE.
ACSR 2”
Telephone & Lead
Sheathed Cable DO NOT CUT
FEATURES
• Rotational head
• Rapid advance
• Overload bypass protection
• Most powerful battery operated cutter

to be used as a guide. Actual capacity may vary
due to “bypass” feature.
55A-10
www.linestar.ca
REC-S3550 Replacement Blade

180
SL-95YC
9 Ton Scissor-Type
Cutting Tool
Specifications
Output 9 Ton
Size 29”L x 10”H x 4.5”W
Jaw Opening 3.7”
CUTTING estimates
BP-84
1000 MCM Al 60
1000 MCM Cu 90
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Aluminum 3.7”
Telecommunication 3.7”
Lead Sheath 2.5”
ACSR DO NOT CUT
FEATURES
• Open Scissor Jaw for Easy Cable insertion
• Rotational Head
• Rapid Advance
• Ergonomically Balanced The SL-95YC is designed to cut copper and aluminum cables as
well as lead-sheathed telecommunication cables. The extremely
large jaws and scissor-type blades allow for easy cutting of large
• Overload Bypass Protection
underground cables. The sidebar handle allows the user to
• Sidebar Handle for Stability and Balance stabilize and balance the tool. This tool also has a built-in bypass
• For Copper and Aluminum Only cartridge to avoid cutter damage for those cables that are beyond
• 5 year warranty on Tool, Battery & Charger the cutter’s capacity. The open jaw design allows the user to
scoop up cables that are against a wall, in hard to reach areas
and/or the ground.
NOTE: DO NOT CUT STEEL.

www.linestar.ca

181
wire cutting tools

SL-SB40
1.6” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 8 Ton
Size 21”L x 4.75”H x 3.9”W
Jaw Opening 1.6”
CUTTING estimates
BP-84
795 ACSR 60
3/4” Wire Rope 90
5/8” Rebar 60
3/8” Guy Wire 40
CUTTING CAPACITIES
Wire Rope 3/4”
Rebar (Sc 40) 5/8”
Rebar (Sc 60) 5/8”
Ground Rod 5/8”
ACSR 1590 MCM
Guy Wire 5/8”
Cu/Al Cable 1.5”
FEATURES
• Rotational Head The SL-SB40 is designed to cut up to 1590 ACSR and regular
• Rapid Advance guy wires and ground rod up to 5/8”. This cutter is made for
• Ergonomically Balanced one-handed operation. Simply remove the pin latch, place over
• Weather Resistant Housing cable, reinsert pin, and cut. A built-in bypass will pop off if the
• Overload Bypass Protection material is beyond the cutter’s capacity. It is not recommended
to cut hardened steel.
NOTE: DO NOT CUT EHS GUY WIRE OR CASE HARDENED STEEL
RODS. SEE REC-S624CC, S-24CC, SP-24CC, S-32CC OR
SP-32CC1.
www.linestar.ca

182
ECO-500
6 Ton Battery Powered
Cutting Tool
Specifications
Output 6 Ton
Length 19.25”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
500 MCM Al 200
CUTTING CAPACITIES
ACSR Do Not Cut
Aluminum Up to 1.5”
Copper Up to 500 MCM
Standard Guy Wire Do Not Cut
FEATURES
• Lightweight ergonomic design
• One handed operation
• Rotational Head
• Compatible with all Huskie 14.4V Batteries
The ECO-500, which is designed for copper and aluminum

conductor only, provides a much cleaner cut when working with
non-ACSR conductor.
www.linestar.ca

183
accessories for huskie cutters
wire cutting tools

One Battery Works with Every Huskie Tool
One 14.4 Volt Lithium Ion battery powers every Huskie Tools battery operated cutting and compression tool.
BP-84 Huskie Tools Lithium-Ion Battery CH-94 Lithium Ion Charger

• High Capacity 4.0Ah Battery Pack • 110V AC Power Cord
• 50% Longer Run Time as Compared to NiCad • Designed for Huskie Lithium Ion batteries only
• No Memory Effect • Redesigned contact terminals for a stronger
• Lightweight Battery Pack engagement with the battery
• Impact Resistant Housing • UL/CUL Agency Approvals
• The Performance is Minimally Affected by • Monitors Battery Temperature and Battery
Extreme Temperatures Voltage for Correct Charging
• Minimal Self-Discharge • 5 Year Warranty
• Non-Hazardous Chemistry and Environmentally Safe • 1 Hour Charge Time
• Recyclable with the RBRC Recycling Program
• 5 Year Warranty
CH-ACC: AC Charger Cord

CH-DCC: DC Charger Cord
for CH-90
www.linestar.ca
LineStar services and repairs all Huskie Battery Operated Tools

184
wire cutting tools long reach insulated cutting tools
Insulated Ratchet Cable Cutters Part # ACSR Length Weight

These cable cutters incorporate a C403-1382 556 kcmil 6’ 11 lbs.
1-1/2” Epoxiglas main pole with a 3/8” C403-1384 556 kcmil 8’ 11-1/2 lbs.
fiberglass operating rod and meet
OSHA Electrical Rating 1926.951.
Part # Aluminum Copper Length Weight
C403-1381 1,000 kcmil 500 kcmil 6’ 11 lbs.
C403-1383 1,000 kcmil 500 kcmil 8’ 11-1/2 lbs.
Insulated Lever Type Cable Cutters

Light and medium duty cutterheads
mounted on Epoxiglas insulated poles. Part # ACSR Copper Length Weight
The plastisol dipped lever handle H1871-6 1/O 2/O Solid 6’ - 6” 6-3/4 lbs.
provides high mechanical force for H1873-6 4/O 4/O Stranded 6’ - 7” 9-3/4 lbs.
clean cuts. T403-0687 4/O 4/O Stranded 8’ - 7” 10-1/4 lbs.
Insulated Hydraulic Cable Cutters

The Epoxiglas pole and hydraulic hose
have been tested to 100 kV per foot and the hy- Part # ACSR Al/Cu Length Weight
draulic oil has a dielectric strength C403-0731 54 MCM 500 MCM 6’ 13 lbs.
of 25 + kV per ASTM D877-64. C403-0732 954 MCM 500 MCM 8’ 15 lbs.
www.linestar.ca

185
insulated ratchet cutters
wire cutting tools

• For cutting ACSR and Soft Wire conductors
• Powerful lightweight ratchet cutter
• Cutting heads are interchangeable
• Operates in any position
• Handle folds to store in 6” canister
• Upper roller minimizes shaft deflection
• Parts are standardized for easy replacement
• Insulated fiberflass shaft and operating rod
for maximum safety and durability
• Overhead - provides cleans cuts for splicing conductors
• Underground - operates in a 5” wide trench A11056
RATCHET CUTTER RATCHET CUTTER

COMPLETE WITH COMPLETE WITH A11055
A11055 ACSR HEAD SOFT WIRE CUTTER HEAD
Part # Ft. Lbs. Part # Lbs. Case
11-005 5 9 11-015 5 01-005
11-006 6 10 11-016 6 01-006
11-008 8 10.6 11-018 8 01-008
11-010 10 11.5 11-020 10 01-010
11-006 A11055
lever handle wire cutter

• Three cutter jaws available
• Light Duty - ties wires up to 1/0 ACSR
• Heady Duty - for ACSR up to 4/0 18/1
• Super Duty - for ACSR up to 336.4 18/1
Stick Cutting
Part # Size Description Capacity Lbs. Case
11-055 1-1/4” x 5’ Light duty cutter 1/0 ACSR 7.5 7220-5
11-056 1-1/4” x 6’ Light duty cutter 1/0 ACSR 8.5 7220-6
A11035 Replacement Head for 1/0 ACSR 1.2
Light duty cutter
10672 1-1/2” x 5’ Heavy duty cutter 4/0 ACSR 8.5 7220-5
9927 1-1/2” x 6’ Heavy duty cutter 4/0 ACSR 9.5 7220-6
9927-8 1-1/4” x 8’ Heavy duty cutter 4/0 ACSR 11.5 7220-8
Heavy duty cutter
11441 1-1/2” x 5’ Super duty cutter 4/0 ACSR 11 7220-5
11440 1-1/2” x 6’ Super duty cutter 4/0 ACSR 12 7220-6
www.linestar.ca
11440-8 1-1/4” x 8’ Super duty cutter 4/0 ACSR 14 7220-8

Super duty cutter

186
compression tools compression tools
MD6 Type Tools
Installs a full range of connectors,
taps, splices & terminals from
#14 through 4/O for Full-Tension
and Non-Tension applications. The
D3 groove serves as a die seat
Die Nose to accept “W” type dies.
Part # Groove Die Handles
MD6 D3 BG (5/8”) Wood
MD6-8 D3 O (1/2”) Wood
MD6-4 D3 BG (5/8”) Fiberglass
MD7 D3 BG (5/8”) Polymer
MD7-8 D3 O (1/2”) Polymer
ELE-246 Compression Tool

This tool has three compression
grooves for use with oval sleeves.
Connector sizes #2, #4 #6.
Cable sizes 3/16”, 3/8”, 5/32”
K425BG
Greenlee Fixed BG & D Compression Tool
The K425BG is a hand operated mechanical compression
tool fitted with a permanent 5/8 and D die grooves.
This tool is designed for the compression of sleeves,

lugs and H-frame parallel groove connectors.
The K425BG accepts Burndy style W type dies that clip into place over the rear D die groove.
Constructed with curved fiberglass handles, this tool delivers 9,000 lbs of crimping force.
Lever Handle Compression Tool

• Designed for live line crimpling of
sleeves and connectors
• 1-1/2” diameter
Part # Crimp Head Style Description Ft. Lbs. Case

12593 Utilizes Burndy and Husky tool “W” Dies 5 10 7220-5
Head Also Has A Fixed 5/8” Nose Die
www.linestar.ca
12594 Utilizes Burndy and Husky tool “W” Dies 6 10.5 7220-6
Head Also Has A Fixed 5/8” Nose Die

187
huskie battery operated crimperS
compression tools
IL-ND
6 Ton Battery Powered
Streamline Compression Tool
Specifications
Output 6 Ton
Size 3.37”L x 3.1”W x 21”H
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
4/0-4/0 H-Tap 100
Connector Range
Lugs and Splices #8-500 MCM Cu
#8-350 MCM Al
H-Taps Up to 4/0-4/0
FEATURES
• Lightweight ergonomic design
• 3 Year Warranty
The newly develoiped IL-ND steamline tool was designed as

an upgrade to the ECO-EZ tool giving the user a more robust
product with a true 3 year life cycle.
Enhancements to the hydaulic system, a more robust heavy

duty motor similar to the “SL” tool as well as a re-designed
compression lead that utilizes less hydraulic force while
delivering a 6 ton output compression force, are just a few of
the design implementations used in this new series. We have
also added a rubber overmold to the housing that will allow the
operator better tool control with the non-slip grip, as well as an
updated aesthetic look, separating it from the competition.
www.linestar.ca

188
compression tools Huskie Battery Operated CRIMPERS
sl-nd
6 Ton Streamline Crimping Tool
with Changeable Head
Accepts “W”, “O” and “X” Type Dies
Specifications
Output 6 Ton
Size 3.7”L x 22”H x 2.8”W
Crimping Estimates
BP-84
4/0-4/0 H-Tap 200
Connector Range
#8-350 MCM Al
Cutting Capacities with SLCUT-JAW

ACSR Up to 4/0
Soft Locks 3/8”
Soft Steel Bolts 3/8”
FEATURES
• Forged Jaws for Long Life
• Brush Protection Guards
• New Pull-Pin Design for Quick Jaw Change
• Bright White, LED Lights for Working in Low
Light Conditions
• 6 Compression Heads to Choose From
• 3 Cutting Heads to choose from The SL-ND was developed after listening to feedback from of our
customers for a more robust, higher-quality, streamline tool. This
new tool platform is the culmination of almost three years of
• Rotational Head
research and development and will stand up to the most
• Audible Bypass when Predetermined demanding tasks that linemen face every day.
Pressure is Achieved
• Tested Up To 75kV The SL-ND has a choice of jaw types, including six compression
• 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charge heads, the SLXPJ-JAW, SLXMJ-JAW, SLK-JAW, SLND3-JAW, SLO-JAW,
or SLBG-JAW. For cutting, switch to the SLCUT-JAW, SL-CHCUAL, or
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES SL-CHACSR, and for bending, use the SLCB-JAW. Quickly change
10 JawTypes to Choose From between head types with the pull-pin design. No need for another
battery system, as this tool operates on the same 14.4 volt
battery used in all of the battery operated tools. The SL-ND
Streamline tool not only carries a 5 year warranty on the tool
but on the battery and charger as well.
www.linestar.ca
SL-HLSTR
Optional Accessories
SL-HLSTR Huskie Tools Holster

171
HoT STICk FoR HUSkIE AnD 189
hot stick for BATTERy
huskie and
compression
GREEnLEE In-LInE TooLS
compression
greenlee in-line battery tools
tools
tools
1256-G 1256-H
Battery tool installs quickly and easily on stick

• 6’ and 8’ lengths.
• For overhead and underground use.
• Battery tool can be used in multiple positions with universal head 0, 30, 60, and 90 degrees.
• Simply push lever to activate tool.
• Pull to release.
• For use on voltages up to 69KV.
• Fiberglass stick is tested at 100KV per foot.
• Weights shown below are for the stick only and do not include the battery tool.
• Husky and Greenlee tools shown are not included.
www.linestar.ca
www.linestar.ca
British Columbia:
Alberta:
phone: 604-594-2701 • fax: 604-594-2751
phone: 403-243-1900
phone: • salesab@linestar.ca
403-243-1900 • fax: 403-243-2063
100%
British Columbia: phone:
Saskatchewan/Manitoba: 604-594-2701
phone: • sales@linestar.ca
204-783-9771 • fax: 204-783-8951
100%
Canadian
Manitoba: phone: 204-783-9771 • salesmbsk@linestar.ca Owned
Canadian
190
compression tools Huskie Battery Operated CRIMPERS
SL-CB ROBO*BEND™
Streamline Cable Bending Tool
Specifications
Size 7”L X 14”W X 22”H
Bending Estimates
Consult Factory
Bending Capacity
Cable 1000 MCM Cu
For Larger Cable,
Consult Factory
FEATURES
• New pull-pin design for quick jaw change
• Bright white, LED Lights for working
in low light conditions
• Audible bypass when predetermined
Pressure is achieved
• 5 Year warranty on tool, battery & charger
Huskie Tools is pleased to introduce the SL-CB, the first of its kind
in the electrical utility industry, is a battery powered cable bender.
The SL-CB utilized the pull-pin design, allowing technicians to
change jaws from compression, to cutting, to cable bending. The
SL-CB is just one of the many ergonomic solutions, provided by
Huskie Tools, to help reduce strains and sprains associated with
the daily tasks of a powerline technician. The SL-CB has several
different settings, so the tool can be used on either secondary or
primary conductor in a variety of sizes. Featuring a low profile, the
SL-CB can be used in a variety of close-quarter environments; such
as underground vaults, meter bases and substation applications
and wherever cable bending is required.
NOTE: Contact cable manufacturer for specified cable bending radii

www.linestar.ca
and cable bending requirements.

191
compression tools
REC-6NDSL
6 Ton Compression Tool with Changeable
Head and 1-3/8” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 6.2 Ton
Size 14.3”L x 10”H x 3.1”W
Crimping Estimates
BP-84
#6 Cu/Al 250
1/0 Cu/Al 200
4/0 Cu/Al 150
Connector Range
#8-350 MCM Al
Cutting Capacities with SLCUT-JAW The REC-6NDSL has a choice of jaw types, including six
ACSR Up to 4/0 compression heads, the SLXPJ-JAW, SLXMJ-JAW, SLK-JAW,
SLND3-JAW, SLO-JAW, or SLBG-JAW. For cutting, switch to the
SLCUT-JAW, SL-CHCUAL, or SL-CHACSR, and for bending, use
Soft Locks 3/8”
the SLCB-JAW. Quickly change between head types with the
Soft Steel Bolts 3/8” pull-pin design. No need for another battery system, as this
tool operates on the same 14.4 volt battery used in all of the
FEATURES battery operated tools. The SL-ND Streamline tool not only
• Rapid Advance carries a 5 year warranty on the tool but on the battery and
• 6 Compression Heads to Choose From charger as well.
• 3 Cutting Heads to Choose From
• Brush Protection Guards In addition to the rapid advance feature incorporated into
• New Pull-Pin Design for Quick Jaw Change the new REC-6NDSL, it also has an electronic counter that
allows a service technician to read the number of compression
cycles. Also, the tool housing has been reinforced to improve
durability during heavy field use.
• Rotational Head
• Forged Jaws for Long Life
• Ergonomically designed for Balance and
Grip
• Audible Bypass when Predetermined
www.linestar.ca

192
compression tools huskie battery operated crimperS
REC-B658U
6 Ton Compression Tool with
1.8” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 6 Ton
Size 14.3”L x 10”H x 3.1”W
Jaw Opening 1.8”
Crimping Estimates
BP-80
#6 Cu/Al 250
1/0 Cu/Al 195
4/0 Cu/Al 150
Connector Range
#8-300 MCM Al
H-Taps Up to 4/0-4/0 25CAT
Optional Cutter Head
optional accessories
25CAT Cutter Head The REC-B658U was designed to squeeze commonly used
HT58CUT Cutter Die service entrance connectors, including lugs, sleeves, H-Taps
RCB-358N Insulated Jaw and C-Taps. The rapid advance feature allows the operator
quicker compression cycles. In addition to the rapid advance
feature, it also has incorporated an electronic counter that will
allow a service technician to read the number of compression
FEATURES cycles the tool has made. Also, the new tool housing has been
• One Hand Operation reinforced to improve durability during heavy field use.
• Rotational Head A factory pre-set bypass cartridge assures a six ton
• Rapid Advance compression every time. The REC-B658U accepts either “W”,
• Ergonomically Balanced “O” or “X” type dies. The D3 nest die comes standard with the
tool. Always consult your connector manufacturer for proper
die/connector combinations.
• Audible Bypass when Predetermined The REC-B658U will accept the optional 25CAT cutter head
Pressure is Achieved attachment. Quick release pins allow the operator to change
• Interchangeable Cutter Head between compression and cutter head in one minute with no
• 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charge springs or pins to lose.
www.linestar.ca

193
compression tools
REC-BCN658
.95” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 6 Ton
Size 16”L x 10”H x 3.1”W
Jaw Opening .95”
Crimping Estimates
BP-80
#6 Cu/Al 250
1/0 Cu/Al 190
4/0 Cu/Al 150
Connector Range
#8-300 MCM Al The REC-BCN658 is an open jaw version of the REC-658U
H-Taps Up to 4/0-4/0 latched-type tool. The open jaw can easily fit into tight situations
where the closing of a jaw latch would be a problem. The jaw is
covered with a rubber boot designed to provide some insulated
optional accessories
protection against “brush” contact with energized cables. The
HT58CUT Cutter Die
tool should not be used as an insulated tool since the dies and
die holding pins are always exposed.
FEATURES
• One Hand Operation The head can be turned 180° and positioned to accommodate
the operator’s work methods. A complete cycled compression is
accomplished by the simple squeeze of a trigger. A factory preset
• Rotational Head
by-pass cartridge assures a complete compression every time.
• Rapid Advance Its 6-ton output is equal to any comparable handheld, hydraulic
• Ergonomically Balanced compression tool and far exceeds any mechanical crimper. The
• Ergonomic Pistol Grip Handle REC-BCN658 is supplied with D3 nest dies, which can be
• Weather Resistant Housing interchanged with Kearney, or T&B “O” type dies. If you wish to
• Audible Bypass when Predetermined use the Huskie or another brand of “W” type dies, simply slide
Pressure is Achieved them over the D3 nest dies and snap in position. The output
• Open C-Head Design pressure, of the REC-BCN658 can be checked with the PG-15
• 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charge pressure gauge when necessary.
www.linestar.ca

194
compression tools huskie battery operated crimperS
SL-510
12 Ton Streamline
Compression Tool
Accepts “U” Type Dies
Specifications
Output 12 Ton
Size 19”L x 4.75”H x 3.9”W
Crimping Estimates
BP-80
4/0 Cu 90
500 MCM Cu 60
Connector Range
Lugs and Splices Up to 750 MCM Cu/Al
FEATURES
• 12 Ton Streamline Tool
• Rotational Head
• Rubber Boot on Compression Head
• Rapid Advance
Pressure is Achieved The SL-510 is built on a similar platform as our SL-ND tool, the
• 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charger most robust and versatile streamline tool in the industry. The
new SL-510 will deliver 12 tons of compression force, utilizing
all industry standard “U” dies. The capacity of the tool is the
same as the pistol grip REC-6510, capable of accepting lugs
up to 750MCM, and splices up to 600 MCM.
Utilizing the streamline design and replacing the traditional “C”

head with a smaller, lightweight, latched head design makes
the new SL-510 the lightest 12 ton tool on the market today.
The new housing design incorporates a rubber over-mold han-
dle grip area allowing the operator better tool control.
www.linestar.ca

195
compression tools
SL-C610
15 Ton Streamline
Compression Tool
Specifications
Output 15 Ton
Weight 20 lbs.
Size 23” L x 4.5”W x 3.5” H
Jaw Opening 2” (1.5” w/ “U” Die Adapter)
Crimping Estimates
BP-84
1000 MCM Cu 50
Connector Range
Aluminum #8-AWG-1250 MCM
Copper #8 AWG-1500 MCM
FEATURES
• Open C Head Design
• Rotational Head
• Protective Rubber Boot on Head
• Rapid Advance
The SL-C610 is built on a similar platform as our SL-ND tool,

the most robust and versatile streamline tool in the industry.
The new SL-C610 will deliver 15 tons of compression force,
utilizing all industry standard “P” dies. The capacity of the tool
is the same as the REC-3610, capable of accepting lugs up to
1500MCM copper and 1250MCM Aluminum.
The new housing design incorporates a rubber over-mold han-
dle grip as well an optional handle allowing the operator better
tool control.
www.linestar.ca

196
compression tools
REC-3410 ROBO* CRIMP™
12 Ton Compression Tool with 1” Jaw Opening

SPECIFICATIONS
Output 12 Ton
Size 18”L x 10.5”H x 3.5”W
Jaw Opening 1”
CUTTING ESTIMATES
BP-80
4/0 Cu 90
500 MCM Cu 60
CONNECTOR RANGE Huskie Tools is giving you more tool speed and easier handling
Lugs #8 AWG - 750 MCM Cu with our REC-3410 battery powered compression tool. It
#10 AWG - 750 MCM Ai features a rubber boot and it is designed to accommodate all 12
Splices #8 AWG - 400 MCM Cu ton “U” type dies widely used throughout the electrical industry.
#10 AWG - 400 MCM Ai
The REC-3410 is faster and more compact than our previous
FEATURES model. It offers a wide handle opening with finger grooves,
• Tested up to 75kV allowing easier access for gloved work. The base of the tool is
• Rotational head contoured for stability and incorporates finger grooves for a
• Rapid advance better grip.
pressure is achieved
• Includes die-case
The SL-C510 is built on a similar
• Protective rubber bott on “c” head
platform as our SL-ND tool, the
for brush contact
most robust and versatile and
streamline tool in the industry. The
new SL-C510 will deliver 12 tons
of compression force, utilizing all
SL-C510 new industry standard “U: dies. The

capacity of the tool is the same as
12 Ton Streamline Compression Tool the pistol grip REC-6510, capable
of accepting lugs up to 750MCM,
and splices up to 750 MCM.
SPECIFICATIONS
Output 12 Ton Utilizing the streamline design, “C”
Weight 14.9 lbs. head opening of 1.65 is just right
for your tool task. The new SL-C510
Length 12-1/4”
the lightest 12 ton tool on the
Jaw Opening 1.65” market today. The new housing
design incorporates a rubber
CONNECTOR RANGE
over-mold handle grip area allowing
Lugs 750 MCM Cu the operator better tool control.
www.linestar.ca
Splices 750 MCM Cu

197
huskie battery operated cRIMPERS
compression tools
REC-6430
12 Ton Compression Tool
with 1-3/16” Jaw Opening
SPECIFICATIONS
Output 12 Ton
Weight 11.25 lbs.
Size 16.9”L x 11.1”H x 3.3”W
CRIMPING ESTIMATES
BP-80
500 MCM Cu 60
750 MCM Cu 45
CONNECTOR RANGE
Lugs 750 MCM Cu/Al
Splices 600 MCM Cu/Al
FEATURES The REC-6430 weighing just 11.25 pounds (3 lbs. less than
• One Hand Operation the 5 Series, REC-3430) was specifically designed for use in
• Tested Up to 75kV single-handed operation in overhead applications such as cable
• Rotational Head trays. This allows one hand to control the work while the other
• Rapid Advance hand is free to operate the tool. It also eliminates the
• Ergonomically Balanced cumbersome hoses and larger, heavier tools traditionally used
• Ergonomic Pistol Grip Handle in overhead work.
• Audible Bypass when Predetermined The REC-6430 accepts all 12 ton “U” type dies and is capable
Pressure is Achieved of 750 MCM copper lugs and 600 MCM copper splices.
• Protective Rubber Boot on “C” Head For
Brush Contact
SL-610
15 Ton Streamline Compression Tool
SPECIFICATIONS
Output 15 Ton
Weight 16.5 lbs with Battery
Size 25”L x 4”H x 5”W
Jaw Opening 2”
The SL-610 is built on a similar platform as our SL-ND tool, the
FEATURES most robust and versatile streamline tool in the industry. The new
• 15 Ton Streamline Tool SL-610 will deliver 15 tons of compression force, utilizing all
• Tested Up to 75kV industry standard “P” dies. The capacity of the tool is the same
• Rotational Head as the REC-3610, capable of accepting lugs up to 1500MCM
• Protective Rubber Boot on Head copper and 1250MCM Aluminum.
• Rapid Advance
• Flip-Top Rotating Head Utilizing the streamline design and replacing the traditional “C”
www.linestar.ca
• Weather Resistant Housing head with a smaller, lightweight, latched head design makes the
• Audible Bypass when Predetermined new SL-610 the lightest 15 ton tool on the market today. The new
Pressure is Achieved housing design incorporates a rubber over-mold handle grip as
• 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charger well as optional handle allowing the operator better tool control.

198
compression tools Huskie Battery Operated CRIMPER
REC-3510 ROBO*CRIMP™
1.65” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 12 Ton
Size 19”L x 10.5”H x 3.5”W
Jaw Opening 1.65”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
500 MCM Cu 60
750 MCM Cu 45
Connector Range The REC-3510 is the largest in our line of battery operated 12
ton compression tools. The jaw opening is 1.65” and will accept
Lugs and Splices 750 MCM Cu/Al
mid-span copper and aluminum splices and lugs up to 750 MCM
Cu/Al. When the sleeves are compressed they can be removed
through the large jaw. This tool accepts all “U” type dies available
on the market.
features
A built-in, preset 10,000 psi bypass cartridge will audibly bypass
• Rotational head when optimal pressure is achieved. Test dies accompanied with
• Rapid advance our PG-4 can confirm the output pressure when needed. The
• Ergonomically balanced output pressure can be adjusted via a bypass port located at the
• Weather resistant housing top of the tool. This tool has the most universal range of all our
• Audible bypass when predetermined selfcontained ROBO* tools.
• Includes die-case
• Protective rubber boot on “C” head
for brush contact
• UL classified
www.linestar.ca

199
compression tools
REC-6510
1.65” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 12 Ton
Size 17.8”L x 11.1”H x 3.3”W
Jaw Opening 1.65”
CUTTING estimates
BP-84
4/0 Cu 90
500 MCM Cu 60
Connector Range The REC-6510 was specifically designed for use in single-handed
Lugs and Splices Up to 750 MCM Cu/Al operation in overhead applications such as cable trays. This
allows one hand to control the work while the other hand is free
to operate the tool. It also eliminates the cumbersome hoses
and larger, heavier tools traditionally used in overhead work.
features
• One Hand Operation The REC-6510 has the same jaw opening as our REC-3510
battery operated 12-ton compression tool. The opening is 1.65”
which will accept mid-span copper and aluminum splices and
• Rotational Head
lugs up to 750 MCM Cu/Al. This tool accepts all “U” type dies
• Rapid Advance available on the market.
• Ergonomic Pistol Grip Handle Portability and handling are made easier because the REC-6510
• Weather Resistant Housing system is self- contained and compact. The new rapid advance
• Audible Bypass when Predetermined system reduces tool run time, giving you more crimp cycles per
Pressure is Achieved battery charge. A built-in, pre-set 10,000 psi bypass cartridge
• Protective Rubber Boot on “C” Head For will audibly “bypass” when the optimal pressure is achieved.
Brush Contact
• 5 Year Warranty on Tool, Battery & Charger www.linestar.ca

200
compression tools Huskie Battery Operated CRIMPER
REC-3610 ROBO*CRIMP™
15 TonCompression Tool
with 2” Jaw Opening
Accepts “P” Type Dies
Specifications
Output 15 Ton
Size 21.5”L x 10.5”H x 3.5”W
Jaw Opening 2”
CUTTING estimates
BP-80
1000 MCM Cu 40
The REC-3610 is our 15 ton compression tool that is able to
crimp splices and lugs up to 1250 MCM aluminum and 1500
Connector Range MCM copper. The REC-3610 offers a wide handle opening with
Aluminum #8 AWG-1250 MCM finger grooves, allowing easy access for gloved work.
Copper #8 AWG-1500 MCM
H-Tap Up to 750/750 The base of the tool is contoured for stability and incorporates
finger grooves for a better grip. The tool has a latched head and
its pull-out release pin cannot be entirely removed from the jaw.
The jaw opens wide to accept all “P” type dies used in the
FEATURES industry today. The PU-15 die adapter is available for use
• Tested up to 75kV with all 12 ton “U” type dies.
• Rotational head
• Rapid advance
• Includes die-case optional accessory
• Protective rubber boot on head PU-15 “U” Die Adapter,
• Flip-top rotating head
• External pressure adjustment
www.linestar.ca

201
low-pressure hydraulic compression tools
compression tools
CT10 Compression Tool CT15036UN Compression Tool
Available in 2 models, these tools provide This tool produces 15 tons of force which
up to 12 tons of force. Operating pressure is crimps copper up to 500 MCM, aluminum
between 1,650 to 2,500 and the flow rate is to 1500 MCM and ACSR to 795. It operates at 1,650
3-9 gpm. Order couplers separately. to 2,500 psi with a flow rate of 3-9 gpm. Order die
adapters and couplers separately.
Part # Head Type Capacity
CT10016N Burndy Y-35 500 Cu / 636 Alum
556.5 ACSR 33704 U-Die Adapter
CT10066AN Burndy Y-750 500 Cu / 1,500 Alum 60837 P-Die Adapter
795 ACSR 100096 PH4/PH14 Adapter
LPK1240 Compression Tool

This tool has a 1.65” jaw opening that accepts
U-Dies and develops 12 tons of force. It has a
powered advance and retract feature and the
relief valve signals the operator when the cimp is com-
plete. Operating pressure is between 1,500 to 2,000 psi
with a flow rate of 3 - 9 gpm and weighs 19.7 lbs. Order
couplers separately.
LPK1550 Compression Tool

Designed to make crimps on 500 MCM cable
and larger, this tool provides 15 tons of force.
It’s operating pressure is 1,500 to 2,000 psi
with a flow rate of 3 - 9 gpm and weighs 28.6 lbs.
Order die adapters and couplers separately.
48802 U-Die Adapter 48820 P-Die Adapter

48824 PH4/PH14 Adapter
www.linestar.ca
All of these hydraulic tools can be supplied assembled with couplers and
hoses ready for field use. Call Linestar for more information.

202
compression tools high-pressure hydraulic compression tools
EP-410H
12 Ton Remote Compression
C-Head with Rubber Boot –
1” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 12 Ton
Weight 8-1/4 lbs.
Length 10” The EP-410H is a traditional C-head with a one-inch jaw opening.
Jaw Opening 1” It will accept all “U” type dies currently used in 12 ton tools on
today’s market. A 10,000 psi external pump is required to operate
the C-head. The output pressure is 12 tons when the pump is set
Connector Range at 10,000 psi. After a compression is made on a lug or sleeve,
Lugs #8-750 MCM Cu an internal ram spring retracts the jaw when the pump pressure
Splices #10-400 MCM Cu is relieved. The tool is supplied with a standard 3/8” male, screw
type coupler but can be fitted with an opposite female coupler if
requested. Carrying case included.
Feature
• Protective Rubber Boot on “C” Head NOTE: When using any of these high-pressure tools, always use
10,000 psi rated non-conductive hose (NC-16 series).
U-Type Dies
EP-430
12 Ton Compression Tool Accepts “U” Type Dies
with Rubber Boot –
Specifications
1-3/16” Jaw Opening Output 12 Ton
Weight 13.5 lbs.
Length 24”
The EP-430 is unique in that it has a large Jaw Opening 1-3/16”
jaw opening of 1-3/16” and is able to splice
up to 600 MCM. This tool was designed for
the electrical contractor or electric utility Connector Range
lineman who is confronted with larger cable Lugs Up to 750 MCM Cu
diameters and larger connectors. Similar Splices Up to 600 MCM Cu
competitive tools are limited to a .95” jaw
opening that drastically reduces their
connecting range. Most internal hydraulic Features
components are the same as the EP-410
• Protective Rubber Boot on “C” Head
and EP-510. A carrying case is included.
• External Pressure Adjustment
www.linestar.ca

203
high-pressure hydraulic compression tools
compression tools
EP-410HT
12 Ton Remote Titanium
Compression C-Head –
1” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 12 Ton
Weight 5 lbs.
Length 10”
Jaw Opening 1”
The unique, lightweight titanium head of the EP-410HT reduces
its weight to just five pounds. This is an ideal weight for Hot Stick
Connector Range handling since it is easy to lift and effortless to control while
Lugs #8-750 MCM Cu making connections. Though more expensive than conventional
Splices #10-400 MCM Cu 12 ton tools, operator preference and performance when handling
this tool will save time and investment over the life of the product.
Optional Accessories The tool is supplied with a standard 3/8” male, screw type coupler
HTADPT Hot Stick Adapter but can be fitted with an opposite female coupler if requested.
A carrying case is included.
Features
NOTE: When using any of these high-pressure tools, always use
• Extremely Lightweight Titanium
• Ideal for Hot Stick Applications
• All the Same Features as the
EP-410H Model
EP-510HC
C-Head with Rubber Boot –
1.65” Jaw Opening
Specifications
Output 12 Ton
Weight 11 lbs.
Length 12-1/4”
Jaw Opening 1.65”
The EP-510HC is a remote C-head that requires an external
10,000 psi pumping source. It accepts all “U” type dies used with
conventional 12 ton compression tools. The larger jaw opening of Connector Range
1.65” accepts conductors and mid-span sleeve connections up to Lugs 750 MCM Cu
750 MCM. The EP-510HC is supplied with a screw type, 3/8” male Splices 750 MCM Cu
coupler, metal carrying case, and die tray. We recommend the use
of our nonconductive high pressure hose.
Feature
www.linestar.ca
NOTE: When using any of these high-pressure tools, always use • Protective Rubber Boot on “C” Head

204
compression tools high-pressure hydraulic compression tools
EP-610H
C-Head – 2” Jaw Opening
Accepts “P” Type Dies
Specifications
Output 15 Ton
Weight 14.5 lbs. The EP-610H is a remote C-head that requires an external 10,000
Length 14.5” psi pumping source. It accepts all Huskie HT61 series and Burndy
Jaw Opening 2” (1.5” with “U” Die “P” type dies used in the Y-46. When used with a Huskie PU-15 die
Adapter) adapter it will accept all “U” type dies used with any 12 ton tool.
This tool is primarily used for cables above 750 MCM or in cases
where additional tonnage is required to compress larger lugs,
Connector Range terminals and sleeves on tension connections. It is most always
Aluminum #8 AWG-1250 MCM used on larger underground cables up to 1000 MCM. The EP-610H
Copper #8 AWG-1500 MCM is supplied with a 3/8” male, screw type coupler and carrying case.

Feature
• Also Available for T&B Style 15 Ton Dies
(Model EP-610TB)
PU-15 “U” Die Adapter

Optional Accessory Sold seperately
PU-15 “U” Die Adapter
EP-100WD/EP-200WA The EP-100WD and EP-200WA

are 100 and 200 ton compression
Double-Acting, 100 and 200 heads for full tension, transmission
and substation connections and require
Ton Compression Head an external 10,000 psi pumping source.
The EP-100WD will accept shell-type

Specifications EP-100WD EP-200WA dies currently used with Alcoa 100 ton
Output 100 Ton 200 Ton compression heads. Dies for 200 ton
Weight 96 lbs. 190 lbs. presses are considered special
application and must be engineered
Size 7-1/2”W x 14”H 14”W x 17”H
to the connector manufacturers
Die Style HA100-Series HA200-Series specifications. Consult factory for these
Ram Stroke .98” Travel 1.57” Travel dies. Both compression heads are
Oil Volume 314 cc 1134 cc double acting and designed to operate
from Huskie Tools pump models R14EAD,
HPG-4 or any 3/4 HP high-pressure,
FeatureS double acting pump with the proper oil
capacity. Double acting means hydraulically
• Designed for Full Tension Transmission advancing the ram to build proper tonnage, then the hydraulic pressure
and Substation Connections is reversed to retract the ram. This will eliminate all possibilities of the
• Double Acting Hydraulic Cylinder for connector hanging up or the tool jamming. The EP-200WA is the only 200
ton press on the market today and both are the lightest weight
Quicker Return Times models in their class. Both models have removable die caps for easy
• Lightest Weight Models in Their Class connector positioning and 3/8” screw-type couplers.
www.linestar.ca
• Removable Die Cap for Easy Cable Insertion

NOTE: When using any of these high-pressure tools, always use 10,000
psi rated non-conductive hose (NC-16 series).

205
high-pressure hydraulic compression tools
compression tools
EP-60D (Steel),
EP-60DT (Titanium)
60 Ton Double Acting
Compression Head
Accepts “HA60-SERIES”
Type Dies
Specifications
Output 60 Ton
Weight 47 lbs. (Steel)
34 lbs. (Titanium)
Size 6”W x 17”H
Cable Capacity 2.4” O.D.
Die style HA60-Series
Ram Stroke 1.5” Travel
Oil Volume 303 cc
Connector Range
Lugs Up to 2000 MCM Cu/Al
Splices Up to 2500 MCM Cu/Al
The EP-60D series is a double acting model. Double acting tools
will eliminate the possibility of the tool jamming. Double acting
Order Data means hydraulically advancing the ram to build the proper tonnage,
EP-60D 60 Ton Double Acting then the hydraulic pressure is reversed to retract the ram. This will
Compression Head ensure the ram to retract without having to pry the jaws apart to
EP-60DT Titanium Model release them and it will also retract much faster than single acting
spring release tools.
Features Titanium has the strength of steel but weighs nearly 30% less.
• Designed for ACSR & ACAR Transmission Due to its lighter weight and the tool’s portable design, the chance
and Distribution Cable of back and muscle strain is greatly reduced. The titanium 60 ton
• Double Acting Hydraulic Cylinder for press is easily maneuvered where heavy steel presses are almost
Quicker Return Times impossible to operate making it an ideal tool for jobs such as
• Ultra Light Titanium Model Available helicopter line installations.
• Extremely Portable
EP-60W
60 Ton Compression Tool
This single acting tool accepts Alcoa 60 Ton series dies
and Burndy “L” type dies. It operates with most 10,000 psi
hydraulic power sources.
www.linestar.ca
60 Ton Series Dies L-Type Dies

206
compression tools compression dies & adapters
O-Dies W-Dies U-Dies

Used in the Kearney O series Used in MD6, MD7 and other Used in Y-35, Y-39, Y-750 and other
compression tools. similar 6 ton compression tools. similar 12 ton and 14 ton tools.
WCSA Compression Dies UCSA Compression Dies P-Dies

Used in MD6, MD7 and all Huskie Used in Y-35 and all Huskie Used in the Y-46 and other similar
6 ton compression tools. 12 ton compression tools. 15 ton compression tools.
HT50CUT Cutting Die PU-15 U-Die Adapter PT6515 U-Die Adapter

Fits MD6, MD7 and other similar Allows the use of U-Dies in the Allows the use of U-Dies in the
6 ton compression tools. Y-46 and other similar 15 ton Y-45 and other similar 15 ton
Capacity # 4 to 4/O ACSR. compression tools. compression tools.
L-Type Dies
100 Ton Dies
Used in EP100WB and other similar
100 ton compression tools.
6000 Ton Series Dies
60 Ton Dies
Used in EP060D and other
www.linestar.ca
similar 60 ton compression tools.

207
compression dies
compression tools
HT58-SERIES
Equivalent to Burndy “W” Type Dies
for 4-6 Ton Tools
features
• Fits All Existing Tools Accepting “W” Type Dies
• Marked with Huskie and Equivalent Burndy
“W” Die Number
• Nickel Plated
ITEM # BURNDY ITEM # BURNDY

Equivalent Equivalent
HT58AE W-K840 HT58DE W-236 ITEM # BURNDY 6 TON BURNDY 6 NICOPRESS
DIE TON DIE
HT58BX W-161 HT58DG W-238 Equivalent
HT58BX W-161 J
HT58BZ W-162 HT58DH W-239 HT58AW W-2CRT
HT58BZ W-162 M&P
HT58CB W-163 HT58DK W-241 HT58AU W-4CRT
HT58CB W-163 T
HT58CD W-164 HT58DM W-243 HT58AT W-5CRT
HT58CM W-171 X
HT58CE W-165 HT58DP W-245 HT58AY W-25RT
HT58CF W-166 HT58DT W-247 HT58AZ W-26RT
HT58CG W-167 HT58DV W-248 HT58BA W-27RT ITEM # CSA
HT58CM W-171 HT58DW W-249 HT58BC W-28RT Equivalent
HT58G W-BG HT58DY W-251 HT58BE W-29RT HT58PA CSA-20
HT58J W-C HT58KA W-687 HT58BF W-30RT HT58PB CSA-22
HT58AK W-O HT58KH W-702 HT58BJ W-31RT HT58PC CSA-24
HT58CUT CUTTER HT58AF W-L HT58BK W-32RT
HT58K WKK HT58BL W-34RT
HT-SERIES ITEM # kearney ITEM # kearney

Equivalent to Kearney “O” Equivalent Equivalent
Type Dies for 4-6 Ton Tools HT-B B HT-510 510 (HEX)
HT-D D HT-635 635 (HEX)
HT-D3 D3 HT-747 747 (HEX)
HT-J J HT-316 3/16
HT-K K HT-14 1/4
HT-O O HT-516 5/16
HT-P P HT-38 3/8
HT-T T HT-12 1/2
HT-737 737 HT-916 9/16
HT-781 781 HT-1932 19/32
features HT-840 840 HT-58-1 5/8-1
• Fits All Existing Tools Accepting HT-845 845 HT-1116 11/16
“O” Type Dies
• Stamped with Kearney Die Size
• Nickel Plated ITEM # CSA
Equivalent
www.linestar.ca
HTCSA-20 CSA-20
HTCSA-22 CSA-22
HTCSA-24 CSA-24

208
compression tools compression dies
HT41-SERIES features
Equivalent to Burndy and • Fits All Existing Tools Accepting “U” Style Dies
Kearney “U” Type Dies • Marked with Huskie and Equivalent Burndy
for 12 Ton Tools “U” Die Number, or Alcoa “B” Die Number, or
Kearney Die Size
• Die Nest Engraved with Huskie Die Number Suffix
ITEM # alcoa ITEM # alco ITEM # csa ITEM # csa
Equivalent Equivalent Equivalent Equivalent
HT4107 74SH-03SH HT4131 72AH HT41PA CSA-20 HT41PH CSA-24CU
HT4108 75SH-05SH HT4132 73AH-08AH HT41PB CSA-22 HT41PI CSA-24CU
HT4109 76SH HT4140 07CD HT41PC CSA-24 HT41PJ CSA-28CU
HT4111 11AH HT4141 08CD HT41PD CSA-26 HT41PK CSA-30WCU
HT4120 20AH-14AH HT4142 09CD HT41PE CSA-28 HT41PM CSA-1
HT4128 74AH-10AH HT4155 72SH-01SH HT41PF CSA-30W HT41PN CSA-2
HT4129 75AH-12AH HT4156 73SH HT41PL CSA-20CU
HT4130 76AH HT4180 13AH-80EA HT41PG CSA-22CU
ITEM # BURNDY ITEM # BURNDY ITEM # BURNDY ITEM # BURNDY

Equivalent Equivalent Equivalent Equivalent
HT41G U-BG HT41DG U-238 HT41AT U5CRT HT41KA 1/4
HT41J U-C HT41DH U-239 HT41AY U25RT HT41KB 3/8
HT41V U-D HT41DL U-242 HT41AZ U26RT HT41KC 5/16
HT41X U-D3 HT41DM U-243 HT41BA U27RT HT41KD 1/2
HT41Y U-E HT41DP U-245 HT41BC U28RT HT41KE 9/16
HT41Z U-F HT41DT U-247 HT41BE U29RT HT41KF 19/32
HT41AB U-H HT41DV U-248 HT41GF U2CABT HT41KG 5/8-1
HT41AF U-L HT41DW U-249 HT41GM U4CABT HT41KH 11/16
HT41AG U-M HT41DY U-251 HT41GE U6CABT HT41KI 3/4
HT41AJ U-N HT41DZ U-252 HT41GL U8CABT HT41KK 29/32
HT41AK U-O HT41EK U-261 HT41BF U30RT HT41KL 15/16
HT41AM U-R HT41FG U-305 HT41BJ U31RT HT41KM 1-2
HT41BX U-161 HT41FM U-316 HT41BK U32RT HT41KN 1-1/8-2
HT41BZ U-162 HT41FN U-317 HT41BL U34RT HT41KO 1-1/2-2
HT41CB U-163 HT41FU U-321 HT41BM U36RT HT41KP 510
HT41CD U-164 HT41FX U-327 HT41BP U39RT HT41KQ 572
HT41CE U-165 HT41GK U-373 HT41EX U25ART HT41KR 635
HT41CF U-166 HT41GX U-468 HT41EY U26ART HT41KS 737
HT41CG U-167 HT41HM U-490 HT41GW U27ART HT41KT 747
HT41CJ U-168 HT41JM U-654 HT41EZ U28ART HT41KU 781
HT41CK U-169 HT41JN U-655 HT41FW U29ART HT41KV BKT
HT41CL U-170 HT41JP U-658 HT41GZ U30ART HT41AE 840
HT41CT U-203 HT41JR U-659 HT41FA U31ART HT41U U
HT41DE U-236 HT41KJ U-705 HT41HH U32ART HT41KX 727
HT41DF U-237 HT41LG U-788 HT41FB U34ART
HT41NC U-997 HT41HG U36ART
HT41AE U-K840 HT41LJ U39ART2
HT41AX U1CRT HT41CUT Cutter Dies
www.linestar.ca
HT41AW U2CRT HT41TEST Test Dies

HT41AV U3CRT
HT41AU U4CRT

209
compression dies
compression tools
HT61-SERIES
Equivalent to Burndy “P” Type Dies
for 15 Ton Tools
features
• Fits All Existing Y46 Heads Accepting “P” Type Dies
• Marked with Huskie and Equivalent Burndy “P” Type Dies
• Black Oxide Finish
• Polished Die Nest
ITEM # BURNDY ITEM # BURNDY ITEM # CSA

Equivalent Equivalent Equivalent
HT61BP P39RT HT61FC P39ART HT61PF CSA-30
HT61BR P40RT HT61HJ P40ART HT61PK CSA-30CU
HT61BU P44RT HT61FD P44ART HT61PO CSA-32
HT61BV P46RT HT61AC PKR HT61PP CSA-32CU
HT61KX P-724 HT61AJ PN HT61PQ CSA-34
PU-15 DIE HT61PR CSA-34CU
ADAPTER
HA60-SERIES features
Equivalent to Alcoa 60 • Fits All Existing 60 Ton Presses Accepting 60 Ton Shell Type Dies
Ton Dies • Marked with Huskie and Equivalent Alcoa Catalog Number
ITEM # alcoa ITEM # alcoa

Equivalent Equivalent
HA60-01 6010SH HA60-27 6040AH
HA60-02 6012SH HA60-28 6074AH
HA60-03 6014SH HA60-29 6075AH
HA60-04 6016SH HA60-30 6076AH
HA60-05 6018SH HA60-40 6007CD
HA60-06 6020SH HA60-41 6008CD
HA60-07 6074SH HA60-42 6009CD
HA60-08 6075SH HA60-43 6010CD
HA60-09 6076SH HA60-44 6011CD
HA60-20 6020AH HA60-45 6012CD
HA60-21 6024AH HA60-46 6013CD
HA60-22 6027AH HA60-47 6014CD
HA60-23 6030AH HA60-48 6015CD
www.linestar.ca
HA60-24 6034AH HA60-49 6016CD

HA60-25 6036AH HA60-50 6017CD
HA60-26 6038AH

210
compression dies
compression tools
HA100-SERIES
Equivalent to Alcoa 100 Ton Dies
features
• Fits All Existing 100 Ton Presses Accepting
100 Ton Shell Type Dies
• Marked with Huskie and Equivalent Alcoa
Catalog Number
ITEM # alcoa ITEM # alcoa ITEM # alcoa
Equivalent Equivalent Equivalent
HA100-01 10010SH HA100-24 10034AH HA100-41 10010CD
HA100-02 10012SH HA100-25 10036AH HA100-42 10009CD
HA100-03 10014SH HA100-26 10038AH HA100-43 10010CD
HA100-04 10016SH HA100-27 10040AH HA100-44 10011CD
HA100-05 10018SH HA100-28 10074AH HA100-45 10012CD
HA100-06 10020SH HA100-29 10075AH HA100-46 10013CD
HA100-07 10074SH HA100-30 10076AH HA100-47 10014CD
HA100-08 10075SH HA100-34 10042AH HA100-48 10015CD
HA100-20 10020AH HA100-36 10044AH HA100-49 10016CD
HA100-21 10024AH HA100-37 10046AH HA100-50 10017CD
HA100-22 10027AH HA100-38 10048AH HA100-51 10018CD
HA100-23 10030AH HA100-40 10007CD HA100-52 10019CD
HA100-53 10020CD
Huskie U Style Die Case

W Die Case
The Huskie Die-Case is offered as
• Huskie W Die Case
a standalone die carrying case and
• Holds up to 12 “w” style
is the same case supplied with the
Compression Dies
REC-3610 kit. It will hold either 18
“U” type die sets or 8 “P” type die
sets. It is constructed of heavyweight
plastic with a hinged see-through top
for easy identification of die sets.
W Die Tree
This innovative W-Die Holder is designed to organize and
store Burndy W-Dies.
Its straight forward design allows for easy insertion of the
W-Dies onto the holder, providing greater flexibility and
secure storage.
Simply press the die button, insert the W-Dies and release!
PT29291 “U” Die Metal Storage Case

• Steel case designed for storage and protection of “U” dies used
with the Y35 style Tools.
www.linestar.ca
• Holds 15 die sets.

• Length 9-1/2”, width 6”, height 1-1/2”.
• Dies sold separately

211
high-pressure hydraulic pumps, hose & couplers
compression tools
HPG-4
4 HP, Gas Engine 10,000 psi
Hydraulic Pump
Specifications
Weight 74 lbs. with Oil
Oil Capacity 5 Gallons
Gas Tank 3 Pints
Max Pressure 10,000 psi
Power Output 4 HP
Oil Delivery @ 100 psi 480 cubic inches /minute
Oil Delivery @ 10,000 psi 55 cubic inches /minute
features
• Four Way Valve Allows for Single or
Double Acting Capacity
• Standard Screw Type Male and Female Couplers
The HPG-4 is a self-contained high pressure pump, with manual operation. It is equipped with a 4 HP Briggs &
Stratton engine. A four-way valve controls the hydraulic fluid direction for the advance and retract modes. One
double acting tool can be operated or two single acting tools at one time. Connection to one port for single
acting tools will work since the control valve will dump the fluid when shifted to the retract position. The pump
is very compact and comes with carrying handles.
NOTE: When using any of these high pressure tools, always use 10,000 psi rated non-conductive hose (NC-16 series).
HPM-P3 Specifications
Engine Type Honda Air-cooled, 4-stroke OHV
5.5 HP, Gas Engine 10,000 psi Oil Capacity 2.5 Gallons
Hydraulic Pump Power Output 5.5 HP @ 3600 RPM
Max Pressure 10,000 psi
Oil Delivery @ 2.6 gallons/min
low pressure
Oil Delivery @ .63 gallons/min
high pressure
Fuel Tank Capacity 3.3 Quarts
Fuel Unleaded Gasoline ONLY
Weight 120 lbs.
features
• Inline Pressure gauge located on valve for easy reading
• Supplied with carrying cage and castors for easy maneuvering.
• High efficiency and fast working gasoline pump.
• Better Fuel Consumption and Engine Performance
• Oil Sight Gauge
• Easy Pressure Valve Adjustments
The HPM-P3 is a self-contained high pressure pump, with manual operation. It is equipped with a 5.5 HP Honda
engine. A four-way valve controls the hydraulic fluid direction for the advance and retract modes. One, double-acting
tool can be operated or two, single-acting tools at one time. Connection to one port for single acting tools will work
www.linestar.ca
since the control valve will dump the fluid when shifted to the neutral position. The pump is very compact
and comes with carrying cage.
NOTE: When using any of these high pressure tools, always use 10,000 psi rated non-conductive hose (NC-16 series).

212
high-pressure hydraulic pumps, hose & couplers
compression tools
EHP700L11
Battery Powered Pump, 120v Charger
Specifications
Application: Crimping, Cutting, Punching
(High Pressure)
Coupler Size: 3/8” Female
Height: 11.5” (292mm)
Includes: Shoulder Strap, 6’ corded magnetic
remote, 2-18V 3.0Ah Li-Ion Batteries, 120V Charger
Length: 14.0” (356mm)
Material: Fiberglass reinforced Polyamid
Number Of Stages: 2 Stage Motor
Pressure Rating: 10,000 PSI
Type: Battery Powered
Useable Oil Capacity: 0.80 qt (0.76l)
Voltage Rating: 18V 3.0Ah Li-Ion Battery
Weight: 14.1 lbs.
Width: 6.5” (165mm)
• Operates with any 10K PSI single acting remote heads

• 3 in 1 pressure specific program settings for crimping cutting and punching
• Dashboard display provides real time monitoring of operation
• On-board and remote rocker switches for pump activation
REC-P600
Hydraulic Pump with 360° Swivel Coupler
Specifications
Weight 19.2 lbs. with 2 Batteries
Size 15”L x 9.6”H x 8.25”D
FEATURES
• Weighs Just 19 Pounds
• Small Design Fits in Tight Spaces
• Ability to Work Off of 1 or 2 Batteries
• 360 Degree Swivel Coupler
• Remote for Advance and Retract of Ram
The REC-P600 not only utilizes a smaller design to fit into tighter spaces, but also has the ability to work off of one
or two batteries. The REC-P600 is four pounds lighter than the REC-P1.
www.linestar.ca
There is a 360º swivel coupler and a remote for the advance and retract of the ram.

213
low-pressure hydraulic power units
compression tools
REC-P1: RoBo* PUMP
10,000 psi Battery Powered 28.8 Volt Pump
The Huskie REC-P1 is a 28.8 volt, battery operated

hydraulic pump that runs on two 14.4 Volt Huskie
BP-80 series batteries. The REC-P1 is supplied with a
push button remote control that allows the operator to
advance, hold, and retract when needed. The user is
never committed to a full cycle and can always back off
at any time during the advance even when the pump
is under pressure. High pressure, non-conductive hose
can be attached to a 360° moveable swivel port on the
pump. This swivel port allows the user to position the
hose to fit in confined aerial buckets and manholes.
R-14EH: Hydraulic Pump

1/2 HP, 10,000 psi Hydraulic Pump
The R-14EH remote operated pump gives the operator complete control. Push
buttons permit the user to advance and retract at will. The user is never
committed to a full cycle, and can always back off at any time during the
advance even under pressure. This feature increases efficiency because cuts
and crimps can be adjusted as necessary, simply by stopping the advance
or retract mode. A 10-foot remote control cable provides both safety and
convenience. The user can set up an operation and then move away from the
work site before engaging the tool. An over-ride switch on the pump allows
full control at the pump motor. The low amperage of this pump allows it to be
used virtually anywhere. The pressure can be easily adjusted between 4,000
and 10,000 psi and determined by using our PG-1 in-line gauge. Consult
factory for proper adjusting procedure.
NOTE: When using any of these high pressure tools, always use 10,000 psi
rated non-conductive hose (NC-16 series).
F20 Hydraulic Power Unit F13 Hydraulic Power Unit

The electric key-start 20 hp Honda engine has a low-oil The 13 HP 4-stroke Honda engine has an easy-pull
shutdown system. It has an open-center system and recoil start. Supplied with quick-release telescoping
www.linestar.ca
features an engine hour meter, tachometer and a handles and low-oil alert and shutdown system.
variable oil flow to 10 gpm. Open center system.
Flow Rate Pressure Weight Flow Rate Pressure Weight
5 to 10 gpm 2,000 psi 259 lbs. 5 to 8 gpm 2,000 psi 168 lbs.

214
compression tools low-pressure hydraulic hose & couplers
2,250 psi hose is used with low pressure hydraulic tools. These hoses can be supplied with or without flat face
couplers. Black hose is vulcanized, wire-braided reinforced; Red hose is non-conductive.
PART # Diameter Length Color

135245 3/8” 8’ Red
135247 3/8” 10’ Red
To add couplers to hose, add “MF” to the part number.

Shown without Other lengths of hose are available.
Couplers
Low Pressure Hydraulic Couplers

PART # Thread Type
NS-372-6FP 3/8” Ext Female
NS-371-6FP 3/8” Int Male
Dirts Caps Included
FF3716FP Female Coupler

3/8” Internal Thread
FF3718FP Female Coupler

54925 Female Coupler
3/4”-16 SAE O-Ring, FF3726FP Male Coupler
External Thread 3/8” Internal Thread
FF3728FP Male Coupler

TE2066-6-8S Swivel Coupler

3/8” NPT Female to 3/4 x 16 O-Ring
54923 Male Coupler
3/4”-16 SAE O-Ring,
External Thread TE03-6900-6-6 Swivel Coupler
3/8” NPT Female to 9/16 x 18 O-Ring
High-Pressure Hydraulic Hose

10,000 psi hose is used with high pressure
cutting and compression tools. Standard sets
include male couplers on both ends. Female
couplers are also available.
PART # Diameter Length

www.linestar.ca
NC-1610 3/8” 10’

NC-1625 3/8” 25’

215
hydraulic flow valves & intensifiers
compression tools
49913
Hydraulic Flow Control Valve
Used to control the direction of the flow to the tools,
forward or reverse. Includes couplers.
HFC30
Hydraulic Flow Control Valve
Operates off of a vehicle’s hydraulic circuit. It can accept a flow of
up to 30 gpm and reduce it to a maximum of 10 gpm allowing the
correct flow to the hydraulic tool.
10-1-SA Hydraulic Intensifier

This intensifier increases the pressure of the hydraulic
system of a vehilce so that high-pressure tools can be
operated without an additional power unit. It operates on
either open or closed center systems and has an optimum
operating pressure of 1,800 psi at 6 gpm. Flow range is
4 - 7 gpm. Includes a 10’ non-conductive, low-pressure
twin-line hose and 8’ of high-pressure hose.
HB10 Hydraulic Intensifier

Works on both open and closed
center systems and produces
10,000 psi. Input pressure is from
1,000 to 2,000 psi and has a flow
rate between 4 - 8 gpm.
Couplers & hose sold separately.
High-Pressure Hydraulic Control Valves

These 4-way, 3-position valves can be connected
directly to the tool or used remotely with hoses.
Output side couplers included.
PVA0021 for Single Acting Tools
PVA0022 for Double Acting Tools
04182 Hydraulic Flow & Pressure Gauge

Used to test the hydraulic circuitry by measuring
www.linestar.ca
the backpressure, resistance and flow.

Includes couplers.

216
AMPACT POWDER ACTUATED WEDGE TOOLS
compression tools
AMPACT TOOLS
Precision designed tools for installing taps and stirrups to solid or stranded conductor; aluminum to
aluminum, copper to aluminum or copper to copper. These tools are actuated by firing a special
powder-loaded shell within the tool. The shells are color coded to indicate the powder charge and
to correspond with the color coding of the taps & stirrups.
Small Ampact Tool

for Red, White & Blue Taps Large Ampact Tool for Yellow Taps
#8 through 350 kcmil. 336 through 1192 kcmil.
Part # Part #
69437 69611
Take-Off Clips Ampact Tool Heads

The four types of take-off clips are used with Part # Description
the Ampact Tools to remove terminated taps 47667-8 Small Head Only
and stirrups from conductors. 69633-2 Large Head Only
Part # Tap Color Part # Tap Color 69612 Universal Power Unit Fits Both
69684 Red 69947 White Small & Large Heads
69685-1 Blue 69847 Yellow
Auxiliary Platform Cleaning Tool

Required when installing AMP
www.linestar.ca
red-coded copper wedge connectors. Part #

Part # 314199-1
306814-3

217
AMPACT POWDER ACTUATED WEDGE TOOLS
compression tools
306347-1
69816
306348-1 306350-2 306349-1
69674
69833-1 (Sold Separately) 306349-2
AMPACT Accessories Hotstick Kit (Part # 69610-1)

Part # Items Included in Kit
306347-1 Geared Breech
69816 Piggyback Clamp for Wire Sizes #8 to 556.5 - 26/7 ACSR (990 Amps Continuous Service)
306348-1 Wedge Holder
306350-2 “C” Holder
306349-1 AMPACT Tool Holder (For Tool 69611)
69833-1 90˚ Adapter
306349-2 Tool Holder (For Tool 69437)
Related Components (Sold Separately)

Part # Items Included in Kit
69674 Hammer Head
69883 Piggyback Clamp for Wire Sizes 795.0 to 1192.5 - 45/7 ACSR (Not Shown)
www.linestar.ca
69900 Combination “C” Wedge (Not Shown)

218
fibreglass hotline tools fibreglass shotgun sticks
Internal Rod Shotguns
The operating rod is inside the main pole and
is available in the Fixed Length style only.
Fixed Length Style

PART # Length Storage Bag
8204 4-1/2’ C-8104
8206 6-1/2’ C8106
8208 8-1/2’ C8108
8210 10-1/2’ C8110
8212 12-1/2’ C8112
Add “U” suffix for Universal End
External Rod Shotguns

The operating rod is outside of the main pole making all parts
easily accessible for cleaning an inspection.
Fixed Length Style

8104 4-1/2’ C-8104
8106 6-1/2’ C8106
8108 8-1/2’ C8108
8110 10-1/2’ C8110
8112 12-1/2’ C8112
Hinged Style
13412 6-1/2’ 01-015
13413 8-1/2’ 01-015
13414 10-1/2’ 01-017
13415 12-1/2’ 01-017
Telescoping Style
PART # Retracted Length Storage Bag
8158 5’ - 1” 5’-1”, 6’-6”, 8’ C-35
81611 6’ - 6” 6’-6”, 8’, 9’-6”, 11’ C-8106
81-814 8’ 8’, 10’, 12’, 14’ C-8108
81-1018 9’ - 10” 9’-10”, 11’-9”, 13’-6”, C-8110
15’-6”, 17’-6”
www.linestar.ca
Add “U” suffix for Universal End

219
telescoping, universal & disconnect sticks
fibreglass hotline tools

A variety of lengths allows the lineman to perform many routine jobs from the ground.
The universal end fitting accepts a wide range of attachments to complete many different
jobs with one tool. The top section of the Tip Lock style retracts and locks into the
next section giving it double wall strength
Single Spline Tip Lock Style, 7/8” Tip

PART # Length PART # Retracted Length
567-4 4’ ST-216 4’ - 8” 12’-4”, 16’
567-6 6’ ST-220 4’ - 10” 17’, 20’
567-8 8’ ST-225 5’ 17’, 21”, 25’-6”
567-10 10’ ST-230 5’ - 2” 17’, 21-6”,
567-12 12’ 26’, 30’
ST-235 5’ - 3” 17’, 21’-6”,
Double Spline 26’, 30’, 35’
PART # Length ST-240 5’ - 5” 22’, 26’, 30’,
4678-4 4’ 35’, 40’
4678-6 6’
4678-8 8’
4678-10 10’
Heavy Duty, 1-3/32” Tip
4678-12 12’
PART # Retracted Length
SH-212 3’ - 8” 12’
SH-216 4’ - 10” 9’, 13’, 17’
SH-200 5’ 13’, 17’-6”,
21’-6”
Switch Sticks SH-250 5’ - 2” 13’, 17’-6”,
PART # Length 21’-6”, 26’
460-4 4’ SH-230 5’ - 3” 13’, 17’6”, 21’-
460-6 6’ 6”, 26’, 30’
460-8 8’
460-10 10’
460-12 12’
Triangular “No-Twist”
Disconnect Sticks PART # Retracted Length
HV-208 2’ - 2” 8’
PART # Length
06-185 Stick Holder for HV-208
461-4 4’
HV-312 3’ - 1” 12’
461-6 6’
06-186 Stick Holder for HV-312
461-8 8’
HV-212 4’ - 10” 12’-7”
461-10 10’
HV-216 5’ 16’-9”
461-12 12’
Switch Stick HV-220 5’ - 2” 21’
HV-225 5’ - 4” 25’-6”
HV-230 5’ - 6” 30’
HV-235 5’ - 8” 35’
HV-240 5’ - 9” 39’-6”
www.linestar.ca
Triangular No-Twist

220
fibreglass hotline tools measuring sticks
Safely measure vertical heights. Available in English or Metric graduations. Used to measure
overhead lines, telephone, cable-TV, highway clearances, and structures.
FEATURE AND BENEFITS:

• Eye-level reading, no calculations required, the read-height is shown at
the top of the base section
• Positive locking buttons, spring-loaded, fast accurate and easy to extend
• Standardized parts for quick and easy repair and replacement
PART # Extended Retracted Weight Case

E-25 25’ 65 3/4” 3.2 lbs. C-35
E-30 30’ 65 3/4” 4.5 lbs. C-35
E-35 35’ 65 3/4” 5.9 lbs. C-35
E-40 40’ 65 3/4” 7.5 lbs. C-35
E-50 50’ 69 3/16” 13.2 lbs. C-40
M-25 7.5 METERS 1.67 METERS 1.5 kg. C-35
M-35 10.5 METERS 1.67 METERS 2.7 kg. C-35
M-40 12 METERS 1.67 METERS 3.4 kg. C-35
M-50 15 METERS 1.76 METERS 6.0 kg. C-40
COMBINATION HOT STICK AND MEASURING STICK

One stick does it all, the heavy duty Tel-O-Pole II and Measuring
Stick, all in one. Available in English or Metric graduations.
FEATURE AND BENEFITS:

• Open and close switches, disconnects, line fuses, cut outs, as well
as measure elevated heights
• Eye-level reading, no calculations required, the read-height is
shown at the top of the base section
• Markings are printed in large easy to read numbers
• English models are in feet and inches
• Metric models are in meters and centimeters
PART # Extended Retracted Base Dia. Weight Case

EV-25 25’ 6” 64” 1.91” 8.1 lbs. C-40
EV-30 30’ 66” 2.07” 10.0 lbs. C-40
EV-35 35’ 68” 2.22” 12.1 lbs. C-40
EV-40 39’ 6” 69” 2.38” 14.4 lbs. C-40
MV-25 7.8 METERS 1.63 METERS 4.85 cm 3.7 kg. C-40
MV-40 12 METERS 1.75 METERS 6.04 cm 6.5 kg. C-40
www.linestar.ca
E-25 EV-30

221
fibreglass shotgun sticks

External Rod Shotguns
The operating rod is outside of the main pole making
all parts easily accessible for cleaning an inspection.
Fixed Length Style

C403-0291 4-1/2’ P6434
PSC4030291005 5’7” P6436
C403-0292 6-1/2’ P6436
C403-0293 8-1/2’ P6438
C403-0294 10-1/2’ P64310
C403-0295 12-1/2’ P64312
Add “A” suffix for Universal End Fitting
Telescoping Style
PART # Retracted Lengths
C403-1035 5’ - 3” 5’-7”, 6’-9”, 8’
C403-1036 8’ - 3” 8’-7”, 10’-4”,
12’-2”, 14’
Telescoping w/ Universal End

PART # Retracted Lengths
C403-3060 5’ - 6” 5’-10”, 7’-1”,
8’-4”
C403-3061 8’ - 6” 8’-10”, 10’-8”,
12’-6”, 14’-4”
M1867 Hinged Style

Universal Shotgun PART # Folded Extended Storage Bag
Adapter C403-0296 3’ - 4” 6-1/2’ P6432
Converts any shotgun C403-0297 4’ - 4” 8-1/2’ P6432
to use all Universal Tool at- C403-0298 5’ - 4” 10-1/2’ P6433
tachments. C403-0299 6’ - 4” 12-1/2’ P6435
C403-0342 7’ - 4” 14-1/2’ PSP6435005
C403-0343 8’ - 4” 16-1/2’ PSP6435004
www.linestar.ca
Add “A” suffix for Universal End Fitting

Universal End Fitting

222
fibreglass hotline tools telescoping hot sticks
A variety of lengths allow the lineman to perform many routine jobs from the ground.
The universal end fitting accepts a wide range of attachments to complete many
different jobs with one tool.
Standard Duty, 1-1/16” Tip

T403-2205 2’ - 4” 7’-2” C4032813
T403-3240 3’ 7’-6”, 11’
C403-1739 4’ 14’, 17’, 20’, 23’ P6434
C403-1023 4’ - 8” 8’ P6434
C403-1017 4’ - 9” 8’, 12’ P6434
C403-1018 4’ - 11” 12’, 16’ P6434
C403-1019 5’ - 1” 12-1/2’, 16-1/2’, P6213
20’
C403-1020 5’ - 3” 16-1/2’, 20-1/2’, P6213
25’
C403-1021 5’ - 5” 17-1/2’, 21-1/2’, P6213
25-1/2’, 30’
C403-1022 5’ - 7” 22’, 26’, P6215
30-1/2’, 35’
T403-3349 6’ - 3” 22’, 28’, 34’, 40’ P6216
Heavy Duty, 1-1/4” Tip

C403-1597 4’ - 8” 8’ P6434
C403-1598 4’ - 9” 8’, 12’ P6434
C403-1599 4’ - 11” 12’, 16’ P6434
C403-1600 5’ - 1” 12-1/2’, 16-1/2’, P6213
20’
C403-1601 5’ - 3” 16-1/2’, 20-1/2’, P6213
25’
C403-1602 5’ - 5” 17-1/2’, 21-1/2’, P6213
25-1/2’, 30’
Measuring Sticks
These telescoping measuring sticks are marked in both
English and Metric scales.

C403-1021EM 5’ - 5” 30’ P6434
C403-1022EM 5’ - 7” 35’ P6215
www.linestar.ca

223
universal & discounnect sticks

Universal Sticks
Designed to accept the universal tools and more. Double spline sticks
have a universal fitting on both ends. Made of 1-1/4” diameter FRP.
Single Spline Double Spline

PART # Length Storage Bag PART # Length Storage Bag
H1760-1 6’ - 1” P6436 H1760-3 6’ - 3” P6436
H1760 8’ - 2” P6438 H1760-4 8’ - 3” P6438
H1760-10 10’ - 3” P64310
H1760-12 12’ - 3” P64312
H1761 Universal Storm Tool

The two rubber insulator skirts provide extra
P6438 Storage Bag
leakage distance and disrupts water paths that
would otherwise run down the pole. 1-1/4” x 8’-2”.
Disconnect Sticks
Desinged primarily for opening and closing disconnect switches and cutouts
as well as installing and removing open-link fuse links.
Switch Sticks, 1-1/4” Diameter Disconnect Sticks, 1-1/2” Diameter

PART # Length Storage Bag PART # Length Storage Bag
H3046-12 6’ P6436 H3046-22 6’ - 1” P6436
H3046-13 8’ P6438 H3046-23 8’ - 1” P6438
H3046-14 10’ P64310 H3046-24 10’ - 1” P64310
H3046-17 12’ P64312 3046-15H 12’ - 1” P64312
www.linestar.ca
Switch Stick Head Disconnect Head

224
fibreglass hotline tools specialty hot sticks
Wire-Holding Sticks
These fiberglass tools can be used on or around
energized conductors for forming, bending and
positioning jumper wires and also for holding
conductors during splicing operations. The gripper head has
an eye so that other sticks can assist
with heavy bending and has a capacity of #6 solid
copper through 1590 ACSR. The head can be
locked into three positions to engage and
position conductors from almost any angle.
PART # Length
C403-3068 1-1/4” x 6’-5”
C403-3069 1-1/4” x 8’-5”
Tie Sticks
Rotary Prong Tie Sticks are used for handling
looped ties. Two-Prong Tie Sticks are used
for handling hot ties with loops. Rotary Blade
Tie Sticks have a swivel action for greater
freedom of movement than fixed-blade sticks.
PART # Head End Length

H1855-19 Rotary Prong Universal 8’-3’
H1855-20 Two-Prong Universal 8’-4”
H1855-25 Rotary Prong Rotary Blade 8’-2”
H1855-26 Rotary Blade Universal 8’-3”
Rotary Prong Two-Prong Rotary Blade
Impact Elbow Puller Tools

These tools are used to remove elbow connectors from bushings of transformers. The integral hook on the tool
head fits through the rubber eye of an elbow or the metal hook of a bushing cap adding extra control and pulling
power to the grippers. Order grippers separately.
Elbow Puller Tools Elbow Grippers

PART # Length PART # Rating
C403-1851 4-1/2’ C403-0704 15kV
C403-1822 6’ C403-0613 25kV
www.linestar.ca
C403-1850 8’ 34.5kV Grippers are available

C403-0704

225
specialty hot stick attachments

T403-3009 Torque Extension Stick for Hydraulic Power Tools
This insulated stick permits hot-line work with hydraulic impact wrenches on
bucket trucks. The 7/16” hex shank end connects to the wrench and the
square end with detent-ball fitting accepts all 1/2” drive sockets.
The 1-1/4” x 4’ pole has a 75 ft-lb rating.
H2106-4
Universal Tree Trimmer
Designed to cut branches up to 1-1/2” in
diameter, this trimmer is especially useful
around energized conductors. The trimmer
pole is 18” long and comes with 25 feet of rope.
IB5 The IceBuster

Easily and thoroughly removes ice build-up
from any wire up to 336 ACSR. The 5” wheel
is placed over the icy wire. Then with minimal C4032213 Pruning Saw
downforce, the user simply walks down the 16” Teflon Coated
line and the ice shears right off the wire.
Arc Snuffer Removal & Replacement Tools

These hot-line tools permit easy retrieval of broken arc
snuffers and the installation of replacements without having to
de-energize the URD bushings. The Removal Tool works like a bolt
extractor. The damaged arc snuffer is removed by simply unscrewing
the broken part.
The Replacement Tool controls the alignment with a center post that
snaps into the arc snuffer bore. The two steel lugs of the tool are
inserted into the holes of the snuffer collar for tightening torque.
Fits most 15 & 25kV snuffers.

www.linestar.ca
C403-2037 C403-2036
Removal Tool Replacement Tool

226
universal attachments
M4455-69 M4455-70 M4455-17

Rotary Prong Rotary Blade Fixed Prong
Tie Stick Head Tie Stick Head Tie Stick Head
M4455-103 M4455-96 M4455-79

Cotter Key Holder Cotter Key Puller Spiral Disconnect
M4455-85
Hammer
M44559
Disconnect Head
M4455-38 M4455-50
Clear Vision Mirror Skinning Knife
www.linestar.ca

227

M4455-46 M4455-12 M4455-102 M4455-23
Flexible Wrench Head Snapout Cotter Key Clevis Pin Installer Hack Saw
Remover
M4455-28 M4455-39 M4455-67 M4455-72

Screw Driver Shepherd Hook Adjustable Insulator Forks Conductor Gauge
Double Header Universal

Attachment
The DOUBLE-HEADER Universal
12425 Attachment tool is a unique tool that
Cotter Key Replacer-Puller lineman can use on the end of an
extendo or insulated switch stick. It
allows the use of two different tools
on one stick.
They say “two heads are better than one” and MADI agrees. Save
time and carry fewer hot sticks by using the DOUBLE-HEADER to
attach two different universal tool accessories to the same stick.
M4455-87
The DOUBLE-HEADER maximizes speed and convenience. Why
Ball Socket Adjuster
change the accessory when you can just twist the stick!
M44552 - Pin Holder M445582 - All Purpose

For replacing pins and bolts. Cotter Key Tool
The bolt head fits into a slot For pulling and replacing hump-type
and is held tight by spring cotter keys. Particularly suitable for
action. Will take bolts or use on clevis pins and ball socket
pins up to 5/8” diameter.
www.linestar.ca
insulators. Easy guiding of cotter

Fits EEI and NEMA key provided by contoured slot and
insulators. raised eye pin.

228
fibreglass hotline tools universal attachments
UH-016 M4455-92 10-180 M4455-63

Photo Cell Tester Conductor Brush Conductor Brush Conductor Brush
Hastings Universal
Vise Grips
• 5455-99: 10” size
holds split bolts M4455-6
and parallel groove Ratchet
clamps Wrench
• 5455-98: 7” size
for cotter pins
M1867
Universal Shotgun
Adapter
M4455-89 Bolt-Thru Wrench
For 5/8” Hardware
151-ACA
Lamp Changer
100-200 Watt Bulbs
152-AC
Lamp Changer
300-500 Watt Bulbs
TE08IRW-U
1/2” Drive Insulated Ratchet Wrench 153-AC
This 9” polymer wrench provides protection against
electrical shock up to 1,000 VAC.
Lamp Changer
750-1500 Watt Bulbs
TE06IRW-U
www.linestar.ca
3/8”” Drive Insulated Ratchet Wrench

229

PSC403-3484
LITFINGER
Cutout Tool
This tool holds, installs and Lighted Disconnect Head
removes most brands of With a built-in LED light, this tool
100 amp fuse holders. The is perfect for dark or unlighted
disconnect prong opens and areas and night operations.
closes cutouts. Includes 3 AAA Batteries.
GRAB-IT-1
Cutout Fuse Puller,
100 Amp
Easily removes and installs TESF1 Safety Finger
the fuse tube from the A safety device for installing and
cutout body. removing cutout fuse barrels. The spring-
loaded design firmly holds the fuse barrel
in place and prevents it from falling. Fits
GRAB-IT-2 standard 100 amp cutout fuse barrels.
For 100 & 200 Amp Fuses
10-096
Armor Rod Tool
C403-1071
Hot Rodder Tool,
C403-0177 M4455-77
All-Angle Pliers Fuse Puller, 1/2” - 1-1/2” 1-3/4” Loop
M4455-78 C403-0834
www.linestar.ca
Fuse Puller, 1-1/2” -2-1/2” Hot Rodder Tool,

3” Loop

230 211
fibreglass ladders & arms HoTLInE
Hot Stick ACCESSoRIES
Cleaning & maintenance

ExTEnDo SLICk
• Helps all your telescopic sticks slide freely
• Reduces friction caused by wear and contaminants
• Formulated for hot stick use • Non Conductive
• Non Flammable • Easy to use - Just spray on
• Repels dust • Dries quickly - Long Lasting
• Onc can will do up to eight 40’ telescopic sticks
• Optional spray handle sold seperately
item # description lbs. P31444

10-088 EXTENDO SLICK SPRAY 0.8
10-089 EXTENDO SLICK SPRAY - CASE OF 12 9.6
P31444 SPRAY HANDLE 0.2
10-088
Fiberglass Cleaner/Wax
Kearney fiberglass care products are specifically intended to maintain the protective
characteristics of fiberglass poles and equipment in electrical service. When used as a two-part
program of cleaning/waxing-refinishing, it represents a simple, easy way to restore a clean, high
gloss, water- repellent finish to used poles as well as preserve their operating properties.
16 fl. oz. bottle (473 ml) Packed 12 bottles per case. Minimum order - one case.
C4002568
C4002538
Moisture Eater II Wipes Silicone Wipes

for hot-line tools, rubber line hose • Economical, individual packets encourage
& blankets daily use
Small pocket-size packets encourage frequent • Packaged to put convenience on the jobsite
cleaning of insulated hot-line tools, line hose everyday
• Perfect step to follow daily cleaning or gloss
www.linestar.ca
and rubber blankets. This helps utilities stay in

www.linestar.ca
compliance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.269(j). restoration

• Quick and easy extra protection

British Columbia:
British Columbia:
Alberta:
phone:
phone:
604-594-2701
604-594-2701
• fax: 604-594-2751
• sales@linestar.ca
phone: 403-243-1900 • fax: 403-243-2063
100%
Ontario: phone: 204-783-9771 • fax: 204-783-8951
phone: 905-564-5344 • saleson@linestar.ca Owned
231
fibreglass hook ladders
fibreglass ladders & arms

Swivel Hook Ladders Spliced Ladders
Swivel Hook Ladders come standard Spliced Ladders can be combined
with 8” hooks though 14” and 18” to reach lengths up to 32 feet. They
hooks can be special ordered. have 2-1/2” rails and top sections are
Standard Duty Ladders have 2” side provided with 8” hooks complete
rails and Heavy Duty Ladders have with chains.
2-1/2” side rails. Both styles of
ladders have 14-1/2” rungs. 2 Rail Spliced Ladders
PART # Description Weight
C402-0482 10’ Top Section 44 lbs.
Regular Duty Ladders C402-0402 12’ Top Section 48 lbs.
PART # Length Weight
H4904-8 8’ 42 lbs.
H4904-10 10’ 46 lbs.
T402-0423 10’ Middle Section 44 lbs.
H4904-12 12’ 52 lbs.
C402-0418 8’ Bottom Section 28 lbs.
H4904-14 14’ 60 lbs.
H4904-16 16’ 68 lbs.
Heavy Duty Ladders 3 Rail Straight & Spliced Ladders

PART # Length Weight PART # Description Weight
H4905-8 8’ 47 lbs. C402-0119 20’ Straight Ladder 100 lbs.
H4905-10 10’ 55 lbs. C402-0512 8’ Bottom Section 43 lbs.
H4905-12 12’ 63 lbs. C402-0514 12’ Bottom Section 22 lbs.
H4905-14 14’ 70 lbs. C402-0514 12’ Top Section 62 lbs.
H4905-16 16’ 76 lbs.
H4905-18 18’ 85 lbs.
H4905-20 20’ 98 lbs.
Insulated Platforms Epoxiglas Insulated Platforms

PART # Length Weight
C402-1042 4’ 49 lbs.
C402-1043 6’ 56 lbs.
C402-1079 8’ 60 lbs.
Mounting Brackets
M4901-10W Fixed Pole Mount 9 lbs.
M4901-21 Fixed Tower Mount 10 lbs.
C402-1164 Pivot Base for 42” & 4’ Platforms 28 lbs.
C402-1173 Pivot Base for 6’ & 8’ Platforms 29 lbs.
Tripods & Railings

H4964 Tripod for 4’ Insulated Platform 9 lbs.
www.linestar.ca
C402-1055 Railing for 4’ Insulated Platform 13 lbs.

C402-0023 Railing for all 6’ Platforms 15 lbs.
C402-0024 Railing for all 8’ Platforms 17 lbs.

232
Round Epoxiglas Extension arms
These arms are designed for use on voltages up to 15kV. They can also be used on
voltages up to 34.5kV by fitting the wireholders with an insulator. The maximum vertical
load is 150 per wireholder lbs except the C400-1310 which has a 300 lbs rating.
# of Wire Crossarm
M4805-7 PART # Dimensions Holders Size Weight
Insulator H4800-60 2-1/2” x 5’ 1 3-3/4” x 4-3/4” 11-1/2 lbs.
Add these for H4800-72 2-1/2” x 6’ 2 3-3/4” x 4-3/4” 13 lbs.
voltages up to C400-1310 3” x 6’ 2 3-3/4” x 4-3/4” 24 lbs.
34.5KV & 6” x 6”
T403-2417 2-1/2” x 6’ 2 3-3/4” x 4-3/4” 15 lbs.
& 6” x 6”
Super “U” Extension Arms

The “U” shaped profile gives these arms a load rating of 200 lbs per wireholder. These arms
are furnished with an insulator on each wireholder giving them a 35kV rating.
# of Wire Crossarm
PART # Holders Size Weight
7545 2 4-1/4” x 6-3/4” 18.8 lbs.
www.linestar.ca
7547 1 4-1/4” x 6-3/4” 15.4 lbs.

233
fibreglass conductor supports & gins

Round Conductor Support Arms
Insulated temporary conductor
supports to hold energized distribution
conductors up to 15kV. For higher voltages,
use M4805-7 insulator. The working load is
150 lbs per wireholder on the T400-1939
and 200 lbs on the T400-1940.
# of Wire
PART # Holders Length Weight
Insulator - Add these for T400-1940 1 30” 14 lbs.
voltages up to 34.5KV T400-1939 2 48” 18 lbs.
Super “U” Conductor

Support Arms
Designed for reconductoring and
maintenance of line voltages up to 34.5kV.
They have a load rating of
200 lbs per wireholder and a 44” long ratch-
# of Wire eting nylon strap binder.
PART # Holders Length Weight
5045 1 34-3/4” 14.3 lbs.
5047 2 49-7/8” 18 lbs.
5607 Crossarm Sling

Made of 12 plies of nylon laminated
together with neoprene. Resistant
to oil, creosote and moisture.
23-1/4” long.
H20 Transformer Gin T400-1938 Transformer Gin 5800-5 Transformer Gin

The yoke casting fits This ratcheting strap type The eye of this ductile iron
over most distribution transformer gin has a 5” gin stands 10-5/8” off of
crossarms. At a maximum 30O extended base. The maximum the pole. It comes with a
www.linestar.ca
angle from vertical, rating is 2,000 lbs. and the ratcheting strap binder
it has a load rating of 2” x 44” strap fits most and the working load limit
750 lbs. structures. is 1,900 lbs.

234
meters & testers Sensorlink ampstiks
Ampstik®
High Voltage Ammeter
• Slips on and off the conductor with +1% accuracy
• Measures Amps
• Open CT that rejects stray magnetic fields
• Sample and hold measurements High voltage rated 500kV
Ampstik® Plus
High Voltage Ammeter (stores four readings)
• Slips on and off the conductor with +1% accuracy
• Sample and hold four unique measurements
• Open CT that rejects stray magnetic fields
• Single button operation & Flame resistant housing
Radio Ampstik®
Radio Linked Multiple Reading Ammeter
• Heads Up Display for instant conformation of the reading
• Records up to four readings with remote read out up to 50 feet away
• Operates in the 900 MHz non licensed frequency band &
new non-conductive Universal Chuck
• Mount the Display on the hotstick or hold in your hand
Ohmstik
Live-Line Ohmmeter
• Measure microhm resistance on a live high voltage conductor
• Superior measurement compared to infrared thermography
• Measures resistance using AC current in the line
• Measures & displays both amps and micro-ohms
www.linestar.ca

235
Sensorlink Amcorders & Varcorders
meters & testers

Qualistik Plus
Power Quality Meter
• Slip over a high voltage conductor & collect four power quality measurements
• Measures Amps & leading or lagging Power Factor
• Measures Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) & indicates direction of
current flow
• Stores up to nine sets of readings
Troubleman’s Kit
Radio Based Ammeter & Voltmeter
• Measures both Amps & Volts on Primary Districution Circuits
• Tow Probes, One Remove Display with 1% Accuracy for both Amps & Volts
• One Volt Resolution to 37,000 Volts One Amp Resolution to 5,000 Amps
• Troubleshoot Problems on Distribution Circuits
Amcorder
Recording Ammeter
• Collect and analyze load profiles
• Patented open CT sensor with +1% accuracy
• Easily clamps to the line in seconds
• Recorded data quickly downloads into the user’s PC
Varcorder Amp,
Power Factor & VAR Recorder
• Collect and analyze load & power profiles
• Easily clamps to the line in seconds
• Infrared communicaiton with no annoying cables to connect
• Softlink interface generates reports & creates graphs for profile analysis
Amcorder UG
Underground Recording Ammeter
• Collect and analyze load & power profiles
• Use on Underground Circuits
www.linestar.ca
• Open CT sensor with +1% accuracy

• Easily clamps to the line in seconds & is submersible

236
meters & testers line isolation verifier
NON CONTACT DETECTION OF
AC POTENTIALS ON CONDUCTORS
• Single point measurement of conductors
• No contact or ground required
• Wide voltage detection range
• Highly directional
• Light weight and rugged
• Simple operation
• Audio and visual indicators
• Patented signal filtering design
•1000’s of units in service
• Over 15 years field usage
Bot Engineering’s Line Isolation Verifiers (LIVs) and Line Verification Testers (LVTs)
are lightweight rugged devices that have been specially designed to detect the
presence of AC potentials on unshielded conductors. Typical uses include line
isolation verification (to verify electrical isolation before applying temporary
grounds) and line verification testing (to verify the energized statues of an
electrical conductor).
LIVs and LVTs operate be sensing the electrical field that surrounds a energized
conductor. Electrical connections are not required for this device to measure
electrical voltages. The device is turned on by releasing a white locking nut and
extending a plunger that is located on the top of the device. The user slides the
plunger out until the desired test voltage is indicated on the plungers scale. The
locking nut is then tightened and the LIV/LVT is ready to use. THE LIV/LVT will
alarm with a pulsing audio tone when the device senses a voltage that is greater
than 40% of the selected voltage. A high intensity LED located on the bottom of
the device will also blink providing a visual indication of the alarm status.
LIV’s and LVT’s have a patented design utilizing a collimated signal frequency filter
that provides maximum sensitivity to energized conductors that fall within 30
degrees of the instrument’s centre-line. This unique feature eliminates the
adjacent conductor pick-up problem typically encountered with other potential
indicating devices.
Over the past 15 years, LVT’s and LIV’s have achieved broad international
acceptance as an accurate, reliable and versatile safety device. Thousands of
these units are used daily in countries throughout the world.
Line isolation Verifiers (LIVs) are available in three models, the LIV144, LIV500
and LIV500M. All three models cover a voltage range of 2.4kV to 500kV and are
identical except for the voltage markings on the plunger scale. They all also have
a URD voltage position (underground residential distribution) that can be used to
verify underground cables at load break elbows.
The Line Verification Tester (LVT144) is similar to Line Isolation Verifiers (LIVs)
except that it has been optimized to operate at a lower voltage range of 120VAC
to 44kV. Both the LIV and LVT come with a removable hot stick adapter that
www.linestar.ca
clips on the units outer tubular surface.
An optional waterproof carrying/storage case is also available.

237
Voltage Testers
meters & testers

VD1000TUS Digital Voltage Indicator
The VD1000TUS Digital Voltage Detector is designed for
easily indicating AC voltage on Underground capacitive
test points, primary, Over head primary and Transmission
conductors up to 999.9 kV. The large digital display can
be seen and read at distances up to 50’. Unit is perfect
for large system voltages from capacitive test points,
1.0kV – 99.9kV Phase to Ground.
Complete kit includes overhead hook and straight probe

with 18” foam padded storage case.
Accessories available: 3kV AC Proof Tester
Features include:
• Large LED Display • LED Segment and Battery Test
• Standard 9 Volt Battery • Water Tight Construction
• Black Sunshield • Durable Modular Construction
• 1 Year Free Replacement Warranty
• Capacitive test point, 0-99.9 kV URD, 0-99.9 kV OH, 0-999kV OHT.
• Backlit continuous for nighttime use • Rated for Indoor and Outdoor Use
• Most versatile and accurate unit in the utility industry
• Shotgun & Hot Stick Compatible (Universal Grip All Accessory)
STA-LT-US (URD) Live Voltage Tester

Live Voltage Tester kit
• Patented Ferro Electric Detector
• Visual indicators • High quality beeper
• Full in-built self test function
• Water resistant design • Electronic Touch pad control
• Auto power off • Operator feedback -both visual and audible
• Low battery indication
• Universal Handle for use with Gripall Hotstick and universal sticks no adapter needed
• LiveTester is a technological breakthrough in non-contact voltage detectors. By utilizing
state-of-the-art electronic circuitry,developed acompletely new design in voltage detection
equipment.
• Completely new design in voltage detection equipment.
• The patented ferro-electric detector and updated design techniques maxmizes reliability and
long life, and provides increased safety for todays electrical personnel.
• Static Discriminator technology exclusive in LiveTester provides more reliable detection on low
voltage ranges, and now means no more false alarms.
• This makes LiveTester the first non-contact voltage detector suitable for patrolmen work and
detecting pole leakage.
• LiveTester incorporates a universal attachment into the handle that can be f i t ted to a
standard Universal or shotgun (gripall) hot stick without any loose adaptors.
• Includes 11 range settings from 240v to 230 KV plus 2 URD settings of 15KV and 25kV.
• Includes foam filled case
www.linestar.ca

238
meters & testers VOLTAGE DETECTORS
Audio/Visual Voltage Detectors

May be used with rubber gloves or hot sticks.
Indicates voltage with LED light and audible signal.
Kit includes tester, shotgun adapter & case.
PART # Voltage Settings (Phase to Phase)

4556 240V, 4.2kV, 15kV, 25kV, 35kV, 69kV, 115kV, 230kV
4667 240V, 4.2kV, 35kV, 69kV, 115kV, 230kV, 345kV, 500kV
4769 Overhead: 4.2kV, 15kV, 25kV, 35kV, 46kV, 69kv
Underground: 15kV, 25kV, 35
DVI-100 Digital Voltage Indicator with Overhead Hook Probe

The DVI-100 Series Digital Voltage Indicators are single point instruments
designed to read the voltage on a conductor up to 99kV line-to-ground.
The large LED readout is easy to read on the end of a long hotstick and
can be used on overhead lines or in underground applications with an
underground bushing probe.
There are two DVI-100 models. The DVI-100 indicates voltage from 0.1kV
to 99kV on overhead and underground systems - displaying the voltage
on a large 2-digit LED display. The DVI-100T with Test Point Mode has the
added feature of indicating voltage on elbow test points.
The DVI displays the voltage and emits an audible alarm when voltage
above 100VAC is detected with no range selector switches or settings to
be made - just contact the conductor and read the display. This allows the
user to determine if the voltage being read is nominal or a lower induced
voltage.
DVI-500T/K02 Digital Voltage Indicator

Reads voltages from 0.1 to 500 kV on overhead and underground
systems. There are no switches or settings to be made. Kit includes 2”
hook probe, 6” hook probe, underground bushing probe for 15, 25 & 35
kV, proof tester for voltage indicator and storage case.
www.linestar.ca

239
VOLTAGE DETECTORS
meters & testers

PRX-500 Proximity Voltage Detector
The PRX Proximity Voltage Detector is a non-contact detector with nine
standard voltage ranges from 120V to 500kV. When voltage is detected,
the PRX-500 gives an audible and visual indication with a typical detection
distance of 10 inches. The PRX has the ability to detect voltage on most
elbow test points at the 120V setting. With a rechargeable internal battery,
the PRX can be charged quickly from 12VDC automotive outlets or from
115-240VAC.
The rechargeable battery sealed inside the PRX is a lithium-ion type, the
same battery typically used in smart phones and other portable electronics.
It is however, substantially larger in capacity resulting in much longer life for
the PRX. Internal circuitry prevents overcharging and protects the battery from
excessive temperatures. The battery is sealed inside the device, providing
maximum protection. Other key features of the PRX battery system are:
• If the battery is low, a quick 15 minute charge provides over one full day of use
• PRX battery life on a full charge is one week of continuous use
• A full charge takes only three hours
Proximity Voltage Detector Features

• Nine standard voltage ranges from 120V up to 500kV
• Detects voltage on most elbow test points
• Detects voltages 10” (25 cm) or greater from the source
• Rechargeable battery with quick recharge - if the battery is low a quick 15 minute charge provides
one full day of use
• Rugged, durable housing
• Dual hotstick connections - universal spline and shotgun stick
• Loud beeper and LED lights indicate voltage
• Weighs less than 1 pound (0.45 kg)
• Easy to use electronic touch pad with large buttons
• Custom voltage ranges available upon request
• Can be used on 50Hz and 60Hz systems
• Kits with different accessory options are available
Overhead Transformer Meter

The SensorLink Transformer Meter provides utility groups with precise information
to quickly identify inefficient Transformer loading due to power theft, without the
requirement of Advance Metering Infrastructure.
The drive-by Transformer Meter is designed to capture the following parameters:

- Accumulated kilowatt hours
- Average Volts
- Average Amps
- Interval Kilowatt Hours
Approximately 330 days of interval data is stored on the system. Using secure radio protocol, this
stored data is downloaded while the meters are still deployed on the Transformer.
The secure radio communication between the deployed Transformer Meters and a computer uses point-to-point
www.linestar.ca
radio technology. This standards based, non-licensed wireless network solution supports low power consumption,
security, and reliability. The radio in the Transformer Meter communicates to a USB radio transceiver that is
connected to the user’s laptop. The transceiver quickly connects for easy communication of setup parameters and
data download.

240
PRX-69D Proximity Voltage Detector

The PRX-69D Proximity Voltage Detector is a non-contact detector
with seven standard voltage ranges from 120V to 69kV. When
voltage is detected, the PRX-69D gives an audible and visual
indication with a typical detection distance of 10 inches. The
PRX has the ability to detect voltage on most elbow test points
at the 120V setting. With a rechargeable internal battery, the
PRX can be charged quickly from 12VDC automotive outlets or
from 115-240VAC.
The rechargeable battery sealed inside the PRX-69D is a lithium-ion type,

the same battery typically used in smart phones and other portable
electronics. It is however, substantially larger in capacity resulting in
much longer life for the PRX. Internal circuitry prevents overcharging and
protects the battery from excessive temperatures. The battery is sealed
inside the device, providing maximum protection. Other key features of
the PRX battery system are:
• If the battery is low, a quick 15 minute charge provides over one full day of use
• PRX battery life on a full charge is one week of continuous use
• A full charge takes only three hours

• Seven standard voltage ranges from 120V up to 69kV
• Detects voltage on most elbow test points
• Detects voltages 10” (25 cm) or greater from the source
• Rechargeable battery with quick recharge - 15 minutes for a full day of use
• Heartbeat signal assures that the PRX is ready to detect voltage
• Dual hotstick connections - universal spline and shotgun stick
• Custom voltage ranges available upon request
www.linestar.ca

241
VOLTAGE DETECTORS
meters & testers

PRX-4 Proximity Voltage Detector
The PRX-4 Proximity Voltage Detector provides utility professionals, arborists and
first responders with a safety tool that will alert them to potentially dangerous
high voltage in their work areas. The PRX-4 is a non contact detector with two
voltage ranges:
• 50V – 4kV, 3” (8cm) detection range

• 4kV – UP, 10” (25cm) detection range
The PRX-4 utilizes a rugged, durable, water resistant housing with

dual hotstick connections - universal spline and shotgun stick. All
of this is achieved while weighing less than 1 pound (.45kg).

• Sealed to resist water penetration in typical outdoor environments
• Two voltage ranges from 50V to 4kV and above 4kV
• Detects voltages typically 3” (8cm) from the source at the 50V setting and 4kV at 10” (25cm) at the 4kV setting
• Higher voltages result in greater detection distances
• Rechargeable battery with quick recharge - 15 minutes for a full day of use
• Heartbeat signal assures that the PRX is ready to detect voltage
• Dual hotstick connections - universal spline & shotgun stick
www.linestar.ca

242
WM-01 Watchman Work Area Voltage Detection
Awareness and early warning - anytime, anyplace
and for any reason…
The WatchmanTM Work Area Voltage Detector, model WM-01,

utilizes WAVi Work Area Voltage Indication technology to detect
strong electric fields surrounding high voltage conductors and
power distribution equipment. Typically placed in the vicinity of
power lines or high voltage equipment, the Watchman Detector
provides an extra level of safety for trained personnel working
on or near high voltage systems.
Features
• The Watchman Detector can be activated to visually alert to the presence
of an electrical field and can also alert crews that they no longer have active
power in the area.
• Spinning LED lights indicate an electric field and a nearby energized conductor.
• Power button serves dual function, press once for on/off function, hold down for self-test to verify battery power
and proper functioning of Detector.
• Once turned on, the Watchman Detector provides a “heartbeat” pattern to indicate it is actively checking for the
presence of high voltage electric fields.
• Powerful neodymium magnets allow the detector to be mounted to accessory brackets or any magnetic surface.
Features
• Alerts user to proximity of high voltage
• Audible and visual alarms increase
in frequency the closer the user gets to
energized equipment
• Typical V-Watch warning distance is about
V-Watch with C-10 and NEW C-10FR Case Lanyards 7 feet (2.13m) from a 4kVAC conductor
Worn on the outside of your clothing at mid-torso, the V-Watch® • Provides another level of safety for storm
Personal Voltage Detector provides that extra level of safety by restoration workers and first responders
detecting and alerting you to the presence of electrical fields or • Low battery indicator
energized electrical equipment. In emergencies, you and your • Field replaceable 9V battery
crews can move in safely to quickly restore power to your • Rugged protective housing
customers. The V-Watch® is available in both a standard model • Built-in self test
and a pro model with a mute feature. Each comes in a tough • Lightweight
nylon carrying case lanyard that is worn around the neck during use. • Carrying case lanyard
- Two versions available - can be used
The C-10 Series Carrying Case Lanyards for V-Watch® Personal with any V-Watch models, old or new
Voltage Detectors combines the carrying case and lanyard into a - New C-10FR carrying case lanyard -
single case. The Carrying Case Lanyard is designed to leave the high-visibility safety green shielded
V-Watch® mounted inside and offers the dual feature of protecting material with an outer layer of flame
the V-Watch® when not in use and acting as a lanyard for the resistant material
V-Watch when in use. The V-Watch® will not work inside the closed, - C-10 carrying case lanyard - black
zippered Carrying Case Lanyard because the case is shielded and shielded material
will block all electric fields. - Electrically shielded
- Storage case when the V-Watch is not
There are two versions of the C-10 Carrying Case Lanyard available. in use
www.linestar.ca
The C-10 Carrying Case Lanyard is made with a black shielded - Lanyard allows user to adjust to
material. The NEW C-10FR Carrying Case Lanyard is made with a optimum mid-torso position
high-visibility safety green material that is shielded with the added
benefit of an outer layer of flame resistant material.
243
Phasing Sets
meters & testers

DDVM-40 DoubleVision Dual
Display Digital Voltmeter
The Double VisionTM Dual Display Digital Voltmeter,
model DDVM-40, is a compact, high accuracy dual
display voltmeter and phasing set with capacitive
test point mode and peak hold. Voltage is displayed
on the two large, bright LED displays that can easily
be read from a distance or in bright conditions. The
two LED displays are synchronized so that the same
voltage reading is shown on both displays.
The DDVM-40 measures voltage from 5V to 40kV. The two stick design can be used in both overhead and
underground applications – accurate & repeatable to within 1%.
Double Display is Key - Oversized, bright LED read out on two displays makes voltage measurements easy to read
from a distance or in low light conditions.
Versatility . . . Simplified Single button interface controls all modes:

• Line to line measurements
• Line to ground measurements
• Capacitive test point
• Cable fault testing
• Real time & peak hold reporting
DDPM-40 DoubleVision Dual Display Wireless

Phasing Voltmeter
The Double VisionTM Dual Display Phasing Voltmeter,
model DDPM-40, is a compact, highly accurate wireless
voltmeter and phasing set with capacitive test point and
peak hold modes. The DDPM-40 will show the leading or
lagging phase as well as the phase angle during wireless
phasing operations. The DDPM-40 measures voltage from
5V to 43kV. The two sets can be used in both overhead
and underground applications - accurate and repeatable
to within 1%.
Voltage is displayed on the two large, bright LED displays that

can easily be read from a distance or in bright conditions.
The two LED displays are synchronized wirelessly so that the same voltage reading is shown on both displays.
Usage of the DDPM-40 is an ideal solution for taking measurements over larger distances, up to 100 ft, via
wireless communication.
Wireless Communication is Key - Oversized LED displays communicate wirelessly to make voltage measurements
and phase identification easy, especially when working over a distance across switches.
Versatility . . . Simplified Single button interface controls all modes:

• Line to line measurements
www.linestar.ca
• Line to ground measurements

• Capacitive test point
• Phase angle
• Real time & peak hold reporting

244
meters & testers Phasing Sets
TAG-5000 Wireless Phaser

The TAG®-5000 Phase-Free® Wireless Phaser provides a unique method of
phasing across a single-phase or three-phase system to make certain that
correct polarity has been established prior to “closing-in” a switch. The
TAG-5000 consists of two units, a transmitter and receiver, which
communicate via a radio frequency signal, thus eliminating the need for
a connecting cord found on traditional phasing sets. Since the units
communicate via radio signals, the range of operation is extended to more
than 33 feet through the air and over 1,000 feet along overhead conductors
and can operate through walls or partitions.
The TAG-5000 can be used for all overhead and underground phasing
applications with appropriate underground probes and is ideal for use at
higher voltages – up to 230kv – where safety and ease-of-use are prime considerations.
In operation, the transmitter is placed in contact with an energized conductor. The transmitter first acts as a voltage
detector by emitting audible and visual indications. After the voltage detection sequence, the transmitter then
begins to transmit a signal to the receiver. The receiver is then placed in contact with another energized conductor.
The receiver processes the signal and indicates if the conductors are “in” or “out-of-phase” by emitting both
audible and visual alarms. The TAG-5000 design offers several advantages and increased safety over conventional
phasing equipment such an extended range of operation - more than 33 feet through the air and up to 3,000 feet
along overhead conductors. The TAG-5000 has a lightweight design, can operate on voltages up to 230 kV and
can easily be operated by one person.
Meters & Testers

CL2500 1000A AC/DC TRMS Clamp Meter
• Extra wide jaw opening accommodates a greater
measuring area.
• True RMS accurate readings for all signals.
• Worklight in jaw area.
• Magnetic Mount on back secures meter and frees
hands.
• Non-Contact Voltage Tester.
GRT1000 Personal Ground Tester • Backlit display is brighter than most competitive
Clamp-on ground rod/wire resistance units.
tester, designed for loop grounding • Measures capacitance; great for HVAC work.
systems to provide easy and accurate • Analog bar graph.
resistance ground measurements. • IP42
• 3.3 feet / 1 meter drop protection.
• CAT IV safety rating for 600V.
VM-560 Pipe and Cable Locator
The VM-560 pipe and cable locator is general purpose locators used to
detect buried pipe and cable services in a variety of situations. The VM-
560 has achieved a compact and lightweight design without compromising
strength and performance.
With a choice of passive power locating and active 8kHz and 480kHz
frequencies the VM-560 is designed to meet the requirements of those
www.linestar.ca
wishing to detect the presence of active power cables and also wishing to
trace short ranges. It is particularly useful in helping to detect and trace
short distance drop wires.

245
Meters & Testers
meters & testers

6702 40kV Digital Phasing Tester
Used for overhead and underground testing. The digital
display reads in kilovolts and has a lighted background
feature. The tester comes with 2 hooks and storage case.
Order bushings, hi-pot adapter and extension resistors
separately.
6703 6702-1 6702-1

Pair of Extension Resistors, 40kV Bushing Adapter Bushing Adapter
15/25kV 15/25kV
6702-2
Hi-Pot Adapter 35kV
HVDC-L/-H
Voltage Detector
Single pole voltage tester for Direct Current 20 - 800 kV
• DC indoor and outdoor system.
• Polycarbonate shell. Active and passive electrode of aluminium.
• Sound indication by piezo
• Light indication by 1 red diode.
• Voltage range: 20 - 800 kV, to be specified. Built in ”All-check” test feature
provides checking of all electronic and battery level. Green light indicate that
the unit is ready (The unit is ready for measurement with or without self-test-
permanent stand-by mode).
• Dimensions: Ø 90 mm.
Power supply: 4 pcs 1.5 V
alkaline battery type LR6.
Temperature.: -25 °C - +45 °C
Weight: 0.9 kg
www.linestar.ca

246
meters & testers Meters & Testers
ET-200
44030
Phase Electronic Voltage Tester
• Solid state design is safer than
Sequence solenoid testers.
Indicator • Low impedance to reduce false
Can be used on readings.
3-phase, 3-wire, • Indicates voltage without battery.
circuits from 60 to • Voltage indicated by lights, vibration
600 volts and on and tone.
25 to 60 cycle current. • Bright worklight to illuminate your
workspace.
44050 Carrying Case
Fluke 376FC
True-rms AC/DC Clamp Meter with iFlex™
Included accessories:
• 18” iFlex™ flexible current probe
• Coated instruction card • Safety information sheet
• Soft carrying case • TL75 test leads
• 2 AA Alkaline batteries
Solenoid Voltage Testers

• CAT III - 600V
• Extremely rugged and reliable
• Vibrates when voltage is present
• Tests for AC Voltage
• Tests for DC Voltage
• Replaceable leads with shielded probe tips
• Bright long-life LED and neon indicator lamps
• Dual voltage indication for backup safety
• 5-year warranty
61-065 Vol-Test® Voltage Tester 61-076 Vol-Con® Voltage/Continuity Tester
Fluke T+PRO Electrical Tester

The T+PRO Electrical Testers offer all the functionality that electricians look for in volt
meters and voltage and continuity testers:
• Three ways to detect AC/DC voltage: light, sound, and vibration
• Added functionality of a GFCI trip and continuity beeper, plus the convenience of a
built-in flashlight
• The T+PRO Electrical Tester comes with a rotary field indicator for troubleshooting
three-phase systems, resistance measurement to 9.99 KOhms, as well as a backlit LCD
display for easier viewing
Safer than traditional solenoid testers:
www.linestar.ca
• Solid-state tester design

• CAT IV 600 V, CAT III 1000 V rated
• Complies with NFPA 70E*

247
Meters
meters & testers

LV-5 Stray Voltage Detector
The Stray Voltage Detector, model LV-5, is used to detect
stray voltage as low as 5 volts which may be present on
any electrically conductive surface such as street light
poles, guide guy wires, wood transmission poles, meter
cans, manhole covers and many other metallic surfaces
in and around electrical utilities. This newer LV-5 has a
bigger, more robust grip, a brighter LED indication that improves daylight visibility and has a tester built into the
holster to quickly test the detector on a known voltage source before and after use. Otherwise it operates the same
as the LV-S-5. The Detector operates by holding it with a bare or gloved hand and directly contacting the metal tip of
the Detector to the potentially energized source. The LV-5/K01 is supplied with a belt clip holster, allowing the user
to carry the LV-5 in the holster on their belt. The holster also includes an integrated tester that supplies a low
voltage AC signal for testing the LV-5 before and after use.
Two optional accessories are available for the LV-5. The Extension Handle extends to the reach of the LV-5, allowing
the Tester to test equipment on the ground or hard to reach locations. The Ground Shield is used in areas where
high voltage lines or other energized conductors are present.
Stray Voltage Detector Features

• Low threshold voltage sensing design picks up voltages from 5 VAC to 600 VAC with direct contact and
above 600 VAC at a distance
• Ultra bright, long-lasting red LED indicates when voltage is present
• Detector is always on, ready to use, and operates on two AA alkaline batteries (batteries required)
• Rugged, utility-grade design is waterproof
• Tester integrated into the holster provides a visual indication of the test. Supples a low voltage AC signal
for testing before and after use
• Optional Extension Handle extends the Detector’s reach for testing equipment on or near the ground
or other hard to reach locations
• Optional Ground Shield used in areas where energized conductors are present and interfere with normal
voltage tests
IT-4 Insulator Tester in Use

The Hi-Test® IT-4 Insulator Tester detects non-visible insulator failures before they
cause operations difficulties or safety threats to line crews. The Insulator Tester can
be used as a routine maintenance tool to test insulators quickly, safely and reliably.
It can be applied to any in-service transmission or distribution insulator and at any
voltage, provided there are two or more insulators between conductor and ground.
It can also be used to test de-energized insulators prior to installation.
Insulator Tester Features
• Universal spline for attachment to a hotstick

• Built-in gigohmmeter applies a current limited 10kVDC potential across an insulator
• Buzzer provides audible warning of bad insulators
• LED scale displays the condition of the insulator being tested
• Powered by an 8VDC rechargeable battery
• Rugged carrying case included
• Lightweight - weighs approximately 3 lbs. (1.35 kg)
www.linestar.ca

248
meters & testers Meters
RT-200 Rope Tester
The Hi-Test®Rope Tester is designed to test hot line ropes, slings and straps
for dielectric integrity at the time and location they are being used. Ropes with
diameters ranging from 3/8” diameter (9.5 mm) to 1-1/2” diameter (38 mm)
can be tested along with slings and straps of various sizes.
Rope Tester Features

• Continuously test any length of rope or straps
• Dielectric condition is displayed by green (good) or red (bad) LED’s
• Powered by a rechargeable battery
• Audible buzzer sounds if defective sections of rope is found
• Small, portable and easy-to-use
Transformer Testers
NEW ClearTest® Transformer Tester
The ClearTest® Transformer Tester provides quick and
easy tests of de-energized power distribution system
transformers. It is a handheld device with a single
pushbutton that provides a clear indication of open
circuits, short circuits, including shorted turns or
shorted windings and confirmation that the test
results are OK.
The ClearTest® is a completely new design that briefly

energizes the transformer and takes a snapshot of the
transformer condition by measuring the voltage, current
and power factor of the test signal.
The ClearTest® finds transformer defects that include:

• A single shorted turn in the primary or secondary side of a transformer
• Open coils or blown internal fuses or breakers
• Partial shorts including shorted turns, shorted turn layers, coil to core shorts and primary to secondary shorts
• Bad transformer ratios resulting from shorted turns
ClearTest® looks both inside and outside the transformer - testing the coil, core and winding as well as between
the transformer and whatever it is connected to.
Transformer Tester Features

• Finds internal transformer defects before energizing
• One tester for all transformer types
• Test the primary and secondary sides of de-energized transformers without disconnecting
• Tests all connections from transformer to meter
• Improve SAIDI statistics by quickly testing and getting the transformer back in service
• Prevents line workers from installing a fuse on a shorted transformer
• Quickly verifies the secondary connections are not shorted
• Compact, lightweight and easy-to-use
• Powered by two 9V field replaceable lithium or alkaline batteries
• Audible alarm confirms successful test
www.linestar.ca
• Built-in self test

• A magnet is included to hold the ClearTest in place while testing

249
Transformer Testers
meters & testers

TILT II Transformer Tester
The TILT II Transformer Tester is a versatile tool for quick and easy checks
of transformers and the connections made to them. In the field, the
TILT II is used to test the primary and secondary sides of new or
reworked, single or three-phase transformer installations for short
circuits prior to energizing. In the shop, the TILT II is used for the
quick screening of incoming and outgoing transformers for both
primary and secondary shorts or opens, including internal fuses
and breakers. A magnet is available to hold the TILT II in place
while testing.
Transformer Tester Features

• Tests transformers for major defects before energizing
• Tests the primary and secondary sides of de-energized transformers without disconnecting
• Built-in self-test feature (manual or auto self-test models available)
• Single button automatic testing
• Audible alarm confirms successful test
• Super bright LED indicators
6793 Hastings Transformer and

Capacitor Tester
- Utilized to test the condition of transformers and
capacitors before placing them into service
- Test new transformers and capacitors, plus trouble

shoot in-service units
- Provides operating personnel a safe and reliable

method to verify that transformers or capacitors are
not shorted or open prior to energizing
- Detects failures in equipment before loading and

transporting to the job site
- Eliminates the blowing of cutout fuses to determine

the condition of equipment
- Magnetized back allows hands to be free to install and remove cables and clips. Light weight. Has
built in push button test feature prior to applying it to equipment. Four bright LED lights signal the condition
of the equipment being tested
- Tester can be used to verify that secondary services are not shorted prior to energizing the transformer
- The T&C tester is powered by a 9 volt battery
- Can be used to -40° C

www.linestar.ca
- Housing is weatherproof, high-impact resistant plastic

250
meters & testers specialty Test Equipment
LCI - Live MV cable identification system
The LCI-E transmitter is connected to the secondary side of a distribution
transformer to identify the medium voltage distribution cable located anywhere
between the transformer and its source. The LCI is used on isolated distribution
cables. The equipment identifies the cable before cutting off the voltage prior to an
intervention allowing saving time and money.
The transmitter drains an electric current at a specific frequency that can be

detected on the cable section between the source and the transmitter’s termination
point (transformer). Detection is possible on high-load cables. The detector uses
a magnetic sensor located at the tip of the enclosure and filters out network
harmonics.
Main features:
• Dual frequency efficient technique • Easy to install and operate
• The safest technique on the market • Transmission on live cables
• Detection by digital processing • High-resolution detection frequencies
• Single or three phase applications
VCI-3 - Voice Cable Identification System

The VCI-3 uses a current injection technology. The current is injected
through the wire conductors by magnetic transducers. Grounding is required
at one or two of the three-phase circuit ends, which can stay in place during
the intervention to ensure maximum operator safety. The detector’s unique
tone sensing system guarantees flawless and safe identification and tagging.
The VCI-3 is a compact device that is very easy to use.
The tone transmitter integrates a speaker and a microphone to

record the vocal identification message. The transmitter uses
direct connection injection wires or three clamps for magnetic clip
current injection. The clamps produce current in the wire even if it’s
installed on the wire sheath. Thanks to its rechargeable battery pack, it can provide more than eight hours of
continuous work. A detector, highly compact, that uses a magnetic sensor. It has a speaker with adjustable volume
and compatible earphones to listen to the vocal identification message even in the noisiest of environments.
Sensor detection threshold according to cable type and length is adjustable through key buttons. Detection is
guaranteed by a digital processing system that checks for the presence or absence of every tone that comes in
from the transmitter end. ndb Technologies unique process guarantees a safe, precise and flawless detection.
Main features:
• Unique balanced injection system that eliminates signal feedback on other wires
• Three different tones to identify each phase • Easy to install and operate
• Extended range: up to 6 miles of working distance • Tone transmission for more than 8 hours
• Lightweight and compact • Optional magnetic sensing transducer
• Phase detection by transmitter tone presence or absence • Digital filtering of network harmonics
DOC-2000 - Distribution Transformer Tester

• For transformers up to 167 KVA Single or three phase
(Polemount or Padmount)
• Measurement by contact on the transformer primary
bushing and Neutral/Ground
• Used on de-energized transformer.
• Detects primary transformer short-circuit, open circuit &
secondary short circuits.
www.linestar.ca
• Visual and audible warning.

• Automatic self-test & Auto shut-off
• Low battery indicator
• Operating temperature -25C to +55C.

251
Temporary Power Restoration Devices
meters & testers

Servisavor® Series of Temporary
Power Restoration Devices
Get Your Customer Back Online NOW!
Get your customers electricity back

on in minutes, not days.
Eliminate hassle and liability of
temporary above ground cabling.
Find Secondary Faults on YOUR time,
not the cable’s time.
The Servisavor® is a highly mobile unit designed to

temporarily restore power to customers who have a
single faulted conductor. By connecting the servisavor
between the customers meter socket and his meter,
power can be restored without
immediately locating and repairing the cable fault or
running temporary above ground conductors.
The Servisavor® restores load current on an open hot

leg up to its current rating. On an open neutral the
Servisavor® restores full service up to its
current rating in neutral current.
Breaker Box of Metered Unit

Meter Adapter
with Neutral Pigtail Model 25E
VON Servisavor® Specifications

Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model
15 15M 15E 20 20M 20E 25 25M 25E
Auto Transformer 15kVA 15kVA 15kVA 20kVA 20kVA 20kVA 25kVA 25kVA 25kVA
Rating
Circuit Breaker 80 Amp 80 Amp 80 Amp 100 Amp 100 Amp 100 Amp 125 Amp 125 Amp 125 Amp
Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic
Breaker Box Sealed Sealed Commercial Sealed Sealed Commercial Sealed Sealed Commercial
Aluminium Aluminium Breaker Box Aluminium Aluminium Breaker Box Aluminium Aluminium Breaker Box
Adapter Hanger Included Included Included Included Included Included
0-250 V Meter for Included Included Included
Phase to Phase and
www.linestar.ca
Phase to Ground Voltages

Weight 247 lbs. 247 lbs. 247 lbs. 290 lbs. 290 lbs. 290 lbs. 349 lbs. 349 lbs. 349 lbs.
(112kg) (112kg) (112kg) (132kg) (132kg) (132kg) (158kg) (158kg) (158kg)

252
meters & testers Fault Location Equipment
XF Series Portable Arc Reflection System
COMBINATION TDR, THUMPER HIPOT SECTIONALIZER CHOOSE 16KV/8 KV, 25KV/12.5 KV or NEW 28KV/14KV
Features the fastest automatic tdr technology available in monochrome or color. Just switch on, push the green
start button when prompted, and in less than 60 seconds unit displays distance to fault.
FAST 3 STEP DUAL THUMP

OPERATION CAPACITORS
1280/1563/
HIGHEST 1960/3126 J
JOULE RATINGS
IN THE COLD
INDUSTRY* WEATHER
OPERATION
WET WEATHER
OPERATION 120 V OR
BATTERY
LARGE WIDE OPERATED
WHEELS FOR BUILT IN
EASE AND BATTERY
STABILITY CHARGER
Other available
options by special
request:
v.4 upgrade on XF16
or XF25
-
XF16-1526, 1526J
@ 8kV & 16kV
www.linestar.ca

253
Underground Utility Locators
meters & testers

Vivax vLocML2+ Locator
The vLocML2+ Receiver is an extended version of the popular vLocPro2
with the addition of the ability to locate buried electronic markers. The
vLocML2+ comes with passive modes of Power and Radio, a range of
preloaded active frequencies from 50Hz to 200kHz, Sonde Mode, SD
(Signal Direction) mode and Electronic Marker modes. The vLocML2+
has an internal memory to store over 1000 records of data.
The vLocML2+ can be used in three configurations suited to the task at

hand. The Line/Marker mode for all the functions for general pipe, cable
and sonde locating and where all markers attached to lines are shown
Features: with depth. The Dedicated Line Location mode where all the functions
• Large full-color screen for general pipe, cable and sonde locating are active and the dedicated
• Left/Right locate arrows Marker Mode for just marker locating.
• Bluetooth and GPS options
• Compass line direction indicator The vLocML2+ Receivers accessory socket can enhance the locating
• Rechargeable and alkaline batteries experience with accessories such as the A-frame Fault Locator to
• Auto depth readout of buried markers pinpoint faults and cable cuts and the Remote Antenna to act as a
stethoscope to positively identify a cable when in a tray.
Transmitters
A wide range of transmitters are available
for use with the vLocML2 receiver
Loc-1Tx (1 watt) transmitter Loc-5STx (5 watt) transmitter Loc-10Tx (10 watt) transmitter
Vivax vLocPro2 Locator

The vLocPro2 utility locator receiver was designed to meet the tough
requirements of the modern world. With more and more utilities being
buried each day and also abandoned each day, it truly is a jungle
beneath the ground. Today’s locator must not only trace the path of a
buried utility, it must assure the user that the locate is beyond the shad-
ow accurate. The vLocPro2 is the tool that will give you the same results
time after time with speed and, accuracy which leaves you confident in
the decision to put the paint mark on the ground. The vLocPro2 series
locator is the locator of choice for the contract locating professionals.
The vLocPro2 utility locator receiver has more than seventy active
frequencies from 98Hz to 200kHz as well as several passive modes
Features: such as broad and narrow band power and VLF radio and SD (signal
• More than 40 hours of battery life direction). Once the target line is located use the compass feature to
• IP54 construction for all weather use quickly trace the line by following the compass line.
• Ergonomic lightweight design at only 4.6lb/2kg
• Can use with rechargeable or alkaline batteries The accessory socket on the vLocPro2 receiver adds the accessory
• Lightweight rugged ABS & carbon fiber construction options of:
• Link a range of GPS devices to the receiver via
- Plug-in A-frame Fault Locator to find cable sheath and pipeline coating
Bluetooth
faults.
www.linestar.ca
• Free MyLocator2 configuration and fleet management

app - Stethoscope Remote Antenna for positively identifying a line where
• SD (Signal Direction) positive line identification many lines are together.
mode for congested areas

254
meters & testers Underground Utility Locators
vLoc-5000 Locator
The vLoc-5000 utility locator brings an innovative element of digital signal
processing, position capturing and broadband frequency selection to buried
utility locating. Data captured by the internal GPS or external GPS via
Bluetooth can be downloaded for further analysis, use with GIS systems
or google maps. Use the free VM-MAP smartphone application to create
real-time maps with GPS data and data from the locator such as time,
depth of cover or current on the line.
• Broadband frequency selection
• Built in Bluetooth communication
• High-capacity Lithium-Ion battery
• Bright daylight readable receiver display
• Digital signal processing in receiver and transmitter
• Sheath fault locating for telecom and power lines (with accessory A-frame)
VM-810
Metrotech, one of the original names in Pipe & Cable locating, has been
producing the well tried and tested 810 for over forty years. The instrument
includes a distance sensitive left/right guidance systemTM (pioneered by
Metrotech) to provide accurate easy locating. The 810 are the locators of
choice for many Customers around the world. We continue to sell impressive
quantities of both.
Over recent years components for these products have been made obsolete,
increased in cost, and are increasingly becoming difficult to find. This presented
the challenge of designing a new VM-810 without losing the features and
performance that made it successful. We believe we have met the challenge -
the new VM-810 combines the classic look with stunning simplicity and
performance - if you liked the classic 810’s you will love the new one.
The NEW VM-810is designed specifically as a single frequency true left/right

locator with separated twin response left/right antennas.
vCam-5 Camera System

The vCam-5 inspection system from Vivax-Metrotech gives you the flexibility to
cover a range of inspections including indoor drain lines, municipal collection
systems, residential plumbing, indoor commercial lines, and lateral lines from
three inches up to eight inches in diameter.
Our camera systems use the latest technology packaged in a rugged, lightweight,
compact profile made specifically for the harsh conditions related to sewer lateral
inspections.
All Vivax-Metrotech camera systems are backed up by a full one year warranty,
on-site training and local support through our dealer network.
vCamMX
The vCamMX mini inspection system from Vivax-Metrotech gives you the flexibility
to cover a range of inspections including indoor drain lines, residential plumbing,
indoor commercial lines, and lateral lines up to four inches in diameter.
www.linestar.ca
Our camera systems use the latest technology packaged in a rugged, lightweight,
compact profile made specially for the harsh conditions related to sewer lateral
inspections.

255
Underground Utility Locator accessories
meters & testers

A-Frame
The A-frame accessory is used to detect ground faults on pipes and cables. In the
case of pipes, the faults consist of coating defects. In the case of cables, faults
are usually caused by insulation damage allowing the metallic sheath (or internal
conductor) to become in contact with the ground.
VM-510FFL
Standalone A-frame
Finding the location of an underground cable fault just became easier with the
VM-510FFL Standalone A-frame locator. Now locating a suspect cable and finding
the fault can be done with the VM-510FFL and a compatible transmitter. There is
no longer a need for a separate utility locator with cables connecting to it. After
connecting a compatible transmitter to the line and placing it in a Fault-Find mode,
use the simple to operate four button controls of the VM-510FFL to locate and stay
on the cable path while pinpointing the sheath or ground fault.
The robust design includes a high contrast LCD with automatic backlight and
weatherproof speaker for both visual and audio indicators. The lightweight carbon
fiber material is suited for continuous usage on long cable runs to locate the line
and pinpoint the faults.
Sonde
Sondes are battery powered transmitters used to trace the path of both non-metallic and metallic pipes and ducts.
A receiver in sonde mode tuned to the same frequency can locate the position and depth of to the sonde.
D18-33-SR44 D38-33-AA D64-33-LR61

• Dimension: 0.7in (18mm) x • Dimension: 1.5” (38mm) x • Dimension: 2.5” (64mm) x
2.48in (63mm) long 4.1” (105mm) long 7.3” (186mm) long
• Frequency: 33 kHz • Frequency: 9.82 kHz, 33 kHz, 83 kHz • Frequency: 9.82 kHz, 33 kHz, 83 kHz
• Range: 15ft (4.5m) • Range: 16.3ft (5m) • Range: 26ft (8m)
• Battery: 2 x button cell batteries • Battery: 1 x AA battery • Battery: 1 x LR61 battery
• End cap: eyelet, 10mm studded
www.linestar.ca

256
meters & testers Underground Utility Locator accessories
Live Plug Connector (LPC)

The LPC separation filter is used to safely inject a locate frequency onto
a live cable via a domestic power socket to trace the services from the
building to the connection in the street. It is suitable for connecting to
voltages between 100V AC and 250V AC.
Loc-10Tx Power Lead

• to power (NOT charge)
the transmitter from a
vehicle
• 30ft (10m) long cable
Loc-10Tx Battery Tray

Loc-10Tx batteries with tray
Receiver Vehicle
Charging Lead
The Receiver Vehicle Charging Lead,
12ft (4m) long lead to charge the
receiver’s battery (or Aux Battery
pack) while on the move.
Remote Antenna SIS

The SIS remote antenna is a mini antenna that connects to the
vLoc-5000 receiver for line tracing or cable identification. Equipped with
Signal Select, the SIS remote antenna becomes a powerful tool that
easily identifies a particular cable on a cable tray or where cables are
bunched together by providing a visible positive or negative icon (+ and
-) and an illuminated top or bottom bezel on the receiver’s operational
interface.
VX4/100 Clamp VX5/125 Clamp

• To apply the transmitter • To apply the transmitter signal to
signal to a target cable a target cable when no access to
when no access to the the conductor is possible
conductor is possible • 5” (125mm) diameter
• 4” (100mm) diameter
cable
www.linestar.ca

257
Anchor Installing Tools
anchoring & pole setting

Standard duty tools are used for installing anchors at torques up to
10, 000 ft-lbs. “Tough One” series tools install anchors with up to
15,000 ft-lbs of torque. The kelly bar adapters and locking dogs
come complete with nuts, bolts and pull pins.
630012HD
*Tough One Kelly Bar Adapters Standard Duty Kelly Bar Adapters
Kelly Bar Kelly Bar Kelly Bar Kelly Bar
PART # Size Size Weight PART # Size Size Weight
C303-0936 Hex 2-1/2” 23 lbs. 630013 Hex 2” 10 lbs.
C303-0937 Hex 2-5/8” 23 lbs. 630011HD Hex 2-1/2” 18 lbs.
C303-0940 Hex 3” 27 lbs. 630012HD Hex 2-5/8” 18 lbs.
C303-0955 Square 2-1/2” 22 lbs. 630014 Square 2-1/4” 13.25 lbs.
C303-0958 Square 3” 23 lbs. 630015 Square 2-1/2” 13.25 lbs.
C303-0020 8” Drive Tool C303-0069HD

Standard Duty for installing Locking Dog Assembly
SS5, SS150 & RR anchors. Standard Duty
C303-1035 8” Drive Tool

*Tough One Series for installing SS5,
SS150 & RR anchors.
C303-0981 Locking Dog Assembly

*Tough One Series
C303-0983 7’ Drive Tool

Tough One Series for 1-1/2” Anchors
C303-1064 7’ Drive Tool

Standard Duty for 1-1/2” Anchors
SAT-80 Anchor Tool
This tool slips over the pilot bit and is used
for installing no-wrench screw anchors without removing
the auger. Use only on pressure
www.linestar.ca
diggers and for installation only. Do not use C102-1583 7’ Drive Tool
this tool for the removal of anchors. Standard Duty for 1-3/8” Anchors

258
anchoring & pole setting torque monitoring & data logging system
98% Accurate Torque Measurement and Data Logging System for Helical Pile Installers
CTS Cables are
Rugged & Dependable
Featuring:
• Amphenoni mil-spec connections
Thread together for positive
retension
• Overmolded connectors
Strong & enviromentally sealed
• Rugged cable assemblies
Steel braided for added durability
TORQ_PIN is a revolutionary new torque monitoring and

data logging system that can fit any type of drive head.
Where conventional hydraulic reading can be 30-50%
out, the TORQ-PIN monitoring system offers true torque
Main Cable: readings that are 98% accurate! TORQ-PIN works
Connects Pin to Display simply by replacing your current pin with a new load cell.
- available in 65ft., 25ft. & 15ft. lengths There is absolutely no loss of boom height which can
occur with other systems.
• Torque measurement from very accurate & reliable strain gages

(>98% accuracy)
• Systems available for all major OEM drive heads - up to
367,000 ft/lbs.
• No longer reliant on notoriously inaccurate hydraulic pressure
Main Extension Cable: differential systems.
Adds length to Main Cable • No loss of “stroke” - unlike “Spool” type systems our product
- available in 25ft., 15ft. & 5ft. lengths simply replaces OEM pin on drive head.
• Patent pending technology to eliminate the effects of
perpendicular force on the strain gages.
• Inclinometer included in every Torq-Pin package
• Calibration report with each Torq-Pin - proving accuracy claimed -
traceable to NIST standards.
• Durable, wired connection eliminates the need for batteries
(as in wireless systems)
• Electronics are completely sealed from the environment
• Torque signal output is digital (SAE J1939 CANBUS) -
Jib Cable: impervious to signal interference unlike analog systems.
Allows Easy Seperation at End of Bottom • Microprocessor & RAM inside pin head contains all calibration
- available in 15ft., 10ft. & 5ft. lengths data for the pin - meaning your choice of display (8.4” or 4.3”)
is literally - “plug and play”
• Pins to replace all major drive head OEM’s
• Mechanically engineered with a minimum 2:1 safety factor
(using OEM sizes)
www.linestar.ca
• Rugged, mil spec electronical connections

Junction Box:
Allows Laser Range Finder Connection

259
pole tongs

Lifting Tongs
Lifting tongs are proof-tested and certified for over-
head lifting and are painted orange.
At 75° Opening At 135° Opening At 180° Opening

PART # Opening Cap. (lbs) Opening Cap. (lbs) Opening Cap. (lbs)
40008 3-1/2” 1,500 12” 1,000 16” 750
40218 6” 2,500 17” 2,000 20” 1,500
40228 7-1/2” 2,500 20” 2,000 25” 1,500
40458 8-1/2” 3,000 27” 2,500 32” 2,000
40558 12” 5,000 32” 4,000 36” 3,000
Chain Pole Slings

Made with 9/32” GR100 CO Chain. These are ideal for
handling of wood pole. WLL 4,300 lbs Vert.
WLL 3,500 lbs Choke.
Chain Overall Heavy-Duty Lifting Tongs

Timbers or poles are held securely
Part # Length Length by the 1-1/4” triple saw tooth design and
9324 4‘ 5’ cannot slip under load.
9325 5’ 6’
9326 6‘ 7’
9327 7’ 8’ Max
PART # Opening Cap. (lbs)
20 11-1/2” 7,500
30 16-3/4” 10,000
www.linestar.ca

260
anchoring & pole setting Pole Setting Tools
Peavies
Made with hardwood handles and heat treated,
high-carbon steel hooks. Different handle & hook PART # Handle Hook #
combinations are available. 150109 2-1/2” x 4-1/2’ 480
150110 2-1/2” x 5’ 480
Replacement Peavey Handle
150080 2.5” x 4.5’

150081 2.5” x 5’
RC200TA
Light Weight Hot Pole Tongs
• Fits pole 7” to 16” diameters

• Lighter, easier to use tool.
The change to the aluminum head

and smaller handles has dropped the
weight more than half to 8 lbs and
make the tongs much easier to use
4241 Pole Cradle with rubber gloves.
Provides an efficient way of lifting poles
into position for framing. It measures
18” x 15” x 9 and weighs 23 lbs. It can
handle poles with diameters up to 19”.
POLE PROP
The innovative PoleProp™ makes utility pole
framing and installation easer and more cost
effective, but that’s just the beginning...
•Productive - increases productivity by allowing the

pole to be framed while freeing the truck for other
functions
• Lightweight - only 33 pounds
• Strong - supports poles from 30’ to 70’
• Stable - whether on even or uneven ground
• Compact - folds to 3” x 23” x 30” for easy storage
• Safe - eliminates stooping and kneeling. The safe
height prevents drill bit ground contact and pro
vides ample clearance to frame the pole
www.linestar.ca

261
Long Handle Digging Tools & Digging Bars

Wooden handle tools are made of Ash hardwood and carbon steel blades that
are forged and heat-treated.
Straight Shovels, GFPS10

10” Blade Garant Post Hole Spoon,
PART # Length Forged, 10ft Handle
2035 10’ Post hole spoon, solid shank and forged steel
1008 Replacement Handle blade, 10-ft. (3.05 m) ash handle. Also available
with an 8-ft. (2.44 m),
9-ft. (2.75 m) or 12-ft. (3.66 m) handle.
F9510
Garant 10 foot Replacement Handle
DB-110 Digging Bar

1” x 10’ Hex Bar with
2” chisel and pointed end.
852 Digging Spud & Tamper

1” x 9’ steel pipe with 3-1/2” wide
blade and oval tamping head.
Heavy- Shoe Tampers

PART # Length
www.linestar.ca
1055 8’

262
Pole Setting Tools
The Dirt Skirt 10’ x 10’ Dirt Sling

The unique design of this tarp captures auger spoils and neatly fills the hole after
setting a pole. It reduces time and labor and the risk of injury.
Twistarp Dirt Sling

Used to hold the dirt removed from an
auger to be used when backfilling around
a newly installed pole. Also works well as a util-
ity blanket keeping personnel and tools out of
weeds, mud and snow or for
transporting left over dirt, rock sand or
wet cement.
PART # Size
6X6R 6’ x 6’
7X7R 7’ x 7’
8X8R 8’ x 8’
10X10R 10’ x 10’
Stapul Sticks
Keeps staples ready for use and helps prevent
possible punctures to rubber gloves. Easy to use while
wearing heavy gloves. Two loaded sticks hold enough sta-
ples to install a ground wire on most
distribution poles.
574 3/4” wide slots

574L 1” wide slots
www.linestar.ca

263
Two-Wheel Steerable Dolly & Accessories

1025A Two-Wheel Steerable Dolly
• 180 degree steering • Low-pressure turf tires • Only 32” wide
• Supplied with a straight handle for easy movement
• Constructed with high-yield strength steel in excess of 100,000 psi
• Assembled with wheel bearings and bronze steering bushings
Pole Dolly with Roller Cradle

Model 1025A
1125A Roller Cradle Assembly Height (Overall With Cradle) 27-1/4”
• Attaches in just seconds Width 32”
• Provides ready transport for poles up to 2,200 lbs. Length (No Handle) 23-1/4”
• Rollers are manufactured with ultra high molecular Steering 180 degrees
polyethylene Weight (Total) 157 lbs.
Weight (Roller Cradle Only) 41 lbs.
Capacity 2,200 lbs.
Load Deck and Dolly

PART # 1030A 1031A
• Attaches in just seconds to the
Height 24” 24”
Two-Wheel Steerable Dolly
• Offered with either a second
Width 32” 32”
Two-Wheel Steerable Dolly or Length (No Handle) 97” 93”
Fixed-Axle Dolly and “T” Handle Deck Capacity 3,000 lbs. 3,000 lbs.
• Provides a system with a carrying Weight (Complete Assembly) 365 lbs. 314 lbs.
capacity of 3,000 pounds Weight (Load Deck) 125 lbs. 124 lbs.
• All components constructed with Weight (Manual Two-Wheel Dolly) 116 lbs. ea 116 lbs.
high-yield strength steel Weight (Fixed Axle Dolly) N/A 65 lbs.
Weight (“T” Handle) 8 lbs. 8 lbs.
HA0075 Transformer Dolly

• Designed to maintain vertical positioning of the transformer
- preventing leakage
• Equipped with low pressure turf tires, engineered with a
standard trailer hub and sealed bearings
• Equipped with a third pilot wheel to allow 360º steering
• The combination of the main wheel and third pilot wheel
results in an extremely ergonomic design eliminating
excessive arm strain for the user.
Height 44-3/4”
Width 40”
Length 39”
Tire Size 165/65/-8
www.linestar.ca
Capacity 950 lbs.

Transformer Height - Standard Dolly 36” Max
Optional Extension Attachment 44” Max

264
anchoring & pole setting Pole Tampers
H4802 Hydraulic Pole Tamper

Makes quick work of setting poles, asphalt patching
and general compacting. This model has the on/off
valve on the whip hoses. It weighs 23 lbs and is 60”
in length. The flow rate is 4-6 gpm with an operating
pressure between 1,000 to 2,000 psi and can provide
1,160 BPM at 5 gpm. The kidney shoe is standard.
H4802-6 Hydraulic Pole Tamper

Same as the H4802 but without the on/off valve
on the hoses. 60” in length and weighs 27 lbs.
H4802-3 Hydraulic Pole Tamper

Similar to the above tools but with the on/off valve
on the handle. 72” in length and weighs 23 lbs.
H4802 H4802-3
TA54603 Hydraulic Pole Tamper

Ideal for soil compaction around utility poles. This model does not
have an on/off valve. It weighs 39 lbs and is 66” in length. The
flow rate is 3-9 gpm and provides 1,600 BPM. The kidney shaped
shoe is standard.
TA54103 Hydraulic Pole Tamper

Same as the TA54603 but with the on/off valve on
the handle and an overall length of 71”.
00840 6” Round Shoe Only

www.linestar.ca

265
Pole Pullers & Pumps

H4910A Hydraulic Pole Puller
This puller operates on both Open- and Closed-Center systems with pressures
from 300 - 2,800 psi. It’s lifting capacity is 56,000 lbs with a 16.8” stroke.
Two 5/8” x 6’ Proof-Certified chain are included. The cylinder weighs 101 lbs.
Combined weight with base & chain is 178 lbs. Required fittings are listed
below.
F011243 Nipple (2)
F020196K Female Coupler, 1/2” NPTF
F020197K Male Coupler, 1/2” NPTF
4001D Hydraulic Pole Puller

This unit has a maximum operating pressure of
2,800 psi and a lifting force of 50,120 lbs. The kit comes
complete with the cylinder, base plate, back plate, swivel
chain hook assembly and 6’ of 1/2” chain. Works great on
concrete poles.
Pole Puller Specifications

Hydraulic Cylinder 57 lbs.
Base Plate 25 lbs.
Back Plate 7 lbs.
Swivel Chain Hook Assembly 36 lbs.
Chain - 6 Feet - 1/2 Alloy 15 lbs.
Operating Pressure 2,800 psi Max.
Lift At Maximum Pressure 50,120 lbs.
HA0039 Pole Puller Pad

Engineered with the strength to take 4040B 4041B
the full force of the pole-pulling, and the
flexibility not to crack under soft ground
Back Plates for Pole Puller
www.linestar.ca
conditions. 24” x 29”. Sold separately

Optional back plate prevents chain roll-up
and slippage.

266
underground equipment Tents & Vents
“A” Style Ground Tent “D” Style Ground Tent

“A” Model Tents include two screen “D” Model Tents include two screen windows with
windows with roll up flaps, three tie down roll up flaps, three tie down cords through the hub, ground
cords through the hub, ground flaps, flaps, heavy-duty frame, wide open front,
singlezippered front door, exterior roof snap and D-rings with inter-connectable flaps
line loops for tie-downs, carry case (connect 2 tents together), ventilation hose entry sleeve
and three tent stakes. interior and exterior roof line loops for
tie-down, carry case and three tent stakes.
Folded Folded
PART # Size Weight Dimenions PART # Size Weight Dimenions
6504A 48” x 48” 18 lbs. 6” x 46” 6506D 70” x 70” 21 lbs. 6” x 56
6506A 70” x 70” 20 lbs. 6” x 56” 6508D 94” x 94” 32 lbs. 7” x 66”
6508A 94” x 94” 31 lbs. 7” x 66” 6510D 118” x 118” 36 lbs. 8” x 81”
6510A 118” x 118” 34 lbs. 8” x 76” 6510C 118” x 118” 51 lbs. 8” x 88”
6514A 166” x 166” 162 lbs. 10” x 124” 6512D 142” x 142” 94 lbs. 10” x 100”
1325D/1400D Vent Fan

These axial steel constructed and powder painted models
are our most popular. They are available in either 120 VAC
(Part # 1325D) or 12 VDC (Part # 1400D). These units weigh only
19 pounds, and provide from 922 to 1075 CFM of fresh air. A suction
adapter is also available (Model 3003P) for those special applications.
PART # 1325D 1400D
Power Electric - 1/3 HP, 120 VAC, 3 Amps Electric - 1/4 HP, 12 VDC, 15 Amps
Dimensions 14.5”L x 13”W x 14.5”H 14.5”L x 13”W x 14.5”H
Weight 20 lbs. 20 lbs.
Free Air (Certified) 1075 cfm 922 cfm
1325P/1400P Vent Fan

The 1325P 120 VAC, electric blower is constructed of a durable,
weather-resistant, high-impact polyethylene plastic. The unit also comes in 12 VDC
(Part # 1400P). Weighing only 15 lbs., the units provide as much as 921 CFM.
PART # 1325D 1400D
Power Electric - 1/3 HP, 120 VAC, 3 Amps Electric - 1/4 HP, 12 VDC, 15 Amps
Dimensions 18”L x 14”W x 15”H 18”L x 14”W x 15”H
www.linestar.ca
Weight 15 lbs. 15 lbs.

Free Air (Certified) 921 cfm 814 cfm

267
Tents & Vents
underground equipment
“AirPac” Series Hose & Canister
The AirPac series is a modeled polythylene canister
and hose combination, which attaches to the 1325P &
1400P ventilators. The AirPac 15 includes a 15 ft. hose.
The AirPac 25 includes a 25 ft. hose.
BB140 8” AC Metal Axial Blowers

• Type: Axial
• Horse Power: 1/3
• Free Air Flow Rate: 1275 CFM
• Current: AC
CABLE PREPARATIon
1542-2CL Speed Stripper

Easily and quickly removes PE, XLP, EPR and other types of insulation from power
cables. It has an O.D. Range of 1/2” to 1-3/4”. This tool is supplied with a
the wedge blade installed and a spare straight blade.
1542-2AS Speed Stripper

Designed to strip insulation like the 1542-2CL but also scores the semi-con outer shield.
1562 Wedge Blade
1581 Straight Blade
1700 Semi-Con Scorer BP1A Banana Peel

This tool is adjustable from 1/2” to 2” and has a set An adjustable blade semi-con scoring tool with an
screw to lock the depth. range of .75” to 1.10”.
1800SS Semi-Con Scorer O.D. Range 1-3/4” to 3” BP2A Banana Peel O.D. Range 1.25” to 1.75”
www.linestar.ca
1678 Scoring Blade 34230 Repl. Blade

268
underground equipment Cable Preparation
LPW1525/TK120XN
Probe Insertion Tool
Fits all 15kV & 25kV & Elastimold 35kV elbows.The preset torque limiter
takes the quesswork out of elbow probe & connector tightening.
CT-1 Chamfer Tool

Cable O.D. 1/2” - 1-3/8” (12.7 - 34.9 mm)
The CT-1 Chamfering Tool cut a 45 degree bevel on the insulation of cables with an
O.D. of 1/2” to 1-3/8”.
2750 Secondary Stripper

An adjustable end stripper used to strip 600V cable without the use of
bushings. Cable O.D. is .31” to 1.375”.
2781 Replacement Blade
Square Cut Bushing for Concentric Strand Conductor

Cable 60 Mil Insulation 80 Mil Insulation 95 Mil Insulation
Size Max OD Part # Max OD Part # Max OD Part #
#6 .315 10-32540 .315 10-32540 .390 10-40075
#4 .365 10-37540
#2 .440 10-45040 .465 10-47560
4 x 4 Plus #1 .465 10-47540 .515 10-52560
Cable End Stripper 1/O .515 10-52540 .565 10-57560 .590 10-60075
Used for stripping 2/O .565 10-57540 .590 10-60060 .640 10-65075
600 Volt cable. 4
Interchangeable cutting 3/O .590 10-60040 .640 10-65060 .665 10-67575
heads strip cables from 4/O .665 10-67540 .690 10-70060 .740 10-75075
# 6 AWG through 500 250 .740 10-75060 .765 11-77575
MCM.
350 .840 11-85060 .890 11-90075
www.linestar.ca
500 .965 11-97560 1.015 11-102575

36001H
4 x 4 Tool Body

269
cable preparation
Square Cut Bushings for Compressed Strand Conductor
#6 .315 10-32540 .390 10-40075
#4 .365 10-37540
#2 .415 10-42540 .465 10-47560
#1 .465 10-47540 .515 10-52560
1/O .490 10-50040 .540 10-55060 .590 10-60075
2/O .540 10-55040 .590 10-60060 .615 10-62575
3/O .590 10-60040 .640 10-65060 .665 10-67575
4/O .665 10-67540 .690 10-70060 .740 10-75075
250 .740 10-75060 .765 11-77575
350 .840 11-85060 .890 11-90075
500 .965 11-97560 1.015 11-102575
2 x 2 Plus 36101H 2 x 2 Tool Body

Cable End Stripper
2 Interchangeable CB6667 Square Cut Blade
cutting heads. for both the 2x2 and 4x4 bushings.
Square Cut Bushings for Compacted Strand Conductor

#6 .315 10-32540 .390 10-40075
#4 .365 10-37540
#2 .415 10-42540 .465 10-47560
#1 .440 10-45040 .490 10-50060
1/O .465 10-47560 .515 10-52560 .565 10-57575
2/O .515 10-52540 .565 10-57560 .590 10-60075
3/O .565 10-57540 .615 10-62560 .640 10-65075
4/O .615 10-62540 .665 10-67560 .690 10-70075
250 .715 11-72560 .740 11-75075
350 .790 11-80060 .840 11-85075
500 .915 11-92560 .965 11-97575
www.linestar.ca
Chamfer Cut Bushings are also avaible. Contact Linestar.

270
underground equipment cable prep kits
CPK-1 - Cable Prep Kit CPK-2 - Cable Prep Kit CPK-3 - Cable Prep Kit
• CPK-12 Steel Case • CPK-12 Steel Case • CPK-12 Steel Case
• 1542-2CL Stripper with • 1542-2CL Stripper with 1646X • 1542-2AS Combination Stripper with
1646X Scale Gauge Scale Gauge 1646X Scale Gauge
• 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer • 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer • SC-11 Edge Wedge
• SC-11 Edge Wedge • SC-13 Roller Grip
• SC-13 Roller Grip
• CPK-14 Canvas Bag • CPK-14 Canvas Bag • CPK-14 Canvas Bag
• 1542-2CL Stripper with • 1542-2CL Stripper with • Mark I Stripper with Tool Stop
1646X Scale Gauge 1646X Scale Gauge • 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer
• CT-1 Chamfer Tool • 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer • SC-11 Edge Wedge
• 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer • LPW1525/TK120X-N • SC-13 Roller Grip
• LPW1525/TK120X-N Combination Probe Tool
Combination Probe Tool • BIT/E180AT Bushing Insert Tool
• SC-11 Edge Wedge • SC-11 Edge Wedge
• SC-13 Roller Grip • SC-13 Roller Grip
CPK-7 - Cable Prep Kit CPK-8 - Cable Prep Kit

• CPK-14 Canvas Bag • CPK-18 Steel Case
• Mark I Stripper with Tool • 1542-2CL Stripper with
Stop 1646X Scale Gauge
• 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer • 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer
• LPW1525/TK120X-N • LPW1525/TK120X-N
Combination Probe Tool Combination Probe Tool
• BIT/E180AT Bushing
Insert Tool
www.linestar.ca
• SC-11 Edge Wedge

• SC-13 Roller Grip

271
cable prep kits
• CPK-18 Steel Case • CPK-18 Steel Case • CPK-18 Steel Case
• 1542-2CL Stripper with • 1542-2CL Stripper with • 1542-2CL Stripper with
1646X Scale Gauge 1646X Scale Gauge 1646X Scale Gauge
• 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer • 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer • 1700SS Semi-Con Scorer
• LPW1525/TK120X-N • LPW1525/TK120X-N • LPW1525/TK120X-N
Combination Probe Tool Combination Probe Tool Combination Probe Tool
• SC-11 Edge Wedge • SC-11 Edge Wedge
• SC-13 Roller Grip • SC-13 Roller Grip
bushing insert/removal tools
BIT/E180AH
Bushing Insert Tool with Torque Limiter and Operating
The BIT/E180 Series Bushing Insert Tool(same as Elastimold 200AT and Coop-
er LB 1) provides preset torque for installation and removal of bushing inserts
with a 5/16” internal hex socket.
Available in both T-Handle (AT) and OP eye (AH) versions.
BIT/E180AT
Bushing Insert Tool with Torque Limiter and T-Handle
The BIT/E180 Series Bushing Insert Tool provides preset torque for installation
and removal of bushing inserts with a 5/16”
internal hex socket.
Available in both T-Handle (AT) and OP eye (AH) versions.

www.linestar.ca

272
underground equipment bushing insert/removal tools
BIT/TK120X-N BIT/TK120X-Q
Bushing Insert Tool with TorKey Bushing Insert with
The BIT/TK120X-N is designed Tor-Key
to install and remove (Fits all loadbreak bushing
Deadbreak Bushing Inserts. inserts)
(Fits all deadbreak bushing The Bushing Insert Tool is
inserts.) designed to provide
operating personnel with
an effective and reliable
means of installation
and removal of bushing inserts.
LRTP-12 600A
LRTP Installation Tool for use with your torque wrench
• 1/2” drive for use with your own torque limiter
• Can be used for bushing removal
The LRTP-12 Bushing Insert Tool provides for installation and

removal of 600A reducing tap plug bushings with a 5/16” internal
hex socket. The LRTP-12 requires a separate torque wrench.
SC-11 - Semi-Con Edge

Wedge with Finger Grip
The SC-11 Semi-Con Edge Wedge is
designed for lifting the front edge of the
cable semi-con layer after it has been
scored. The tool is equipped with an
ergonomic rubber finger grip and stain-
less steel blade. The tool is supplied
with a plastic sheath.
SC-13
46037 Cable Splicer’s Kit
• Cable-splicer’s knife, Semi-Con Roller Grip
electrician’s scissors, The SC-13 Semi-Con Roller Grip has
and 2-pocket leather pouch. a broad nose with serrated jaws for
• Cuts cable, telephone wire, maximum grip. The tool is designed to
and strips insulation. provide controlled rolling of the semi-
• Dimensions: 2-1/8” x 7-1/2” con layer that has been scored. This
(54 mm x 191 mm) method of rolling helps reduce tearing
www.linestar.ca
of the semi-con as it is being removed.

273
cable benders
SLCB-JAW
Cable Bender Attachment
The SLCB-JAW is available
for purchase separately but
requires an SL tool body for
operation.
SL-CB Streamline Cable Bending Tool

Huskie Tools is pleased to introduce the SL-CB, the first of its kind in the electrical utility
industry, is a battery powered cable bender. The SL-CB utilized the pull-pin design, allowing
technicians to change jaws from compression, to cutting, to cable bending. The SL-CB is just
one of the many ergonomic solutions, provided by Huskie Tools, to help reduce strains and
sprains associated with the daily tasks of a powerline technician. The SL-CB has several
different settings, so the tool can be used on either secondary or primary conductor in a
variety of sizes. Featuring a low profile, the SL-CB can be used in a variety of close-quarter
environments; such as underground vaults, meter bases and substation applications and
wherever cable bending is required.
NOTE: Contact cable manufacturer for specified cable bending radii and cable bending
requirements.
Features
• New Pull-Pin Design for Quick Jaw Change
• Bright White, LED Lights for Working in Low Light Conditions
• Audible Bypass when Predetermined Pressure is Achieved
• Tested Up To 75kV
www.linestar.ca

274
underground equipment duct rodder introduction
DCD offers one of the most comprehensive range of Duct Rodders available anywhere in the world - from the
smallest 1/8” diameter Fish Tapes to the rugged 1/2” Duct Rodders.
The Rod
DCD rods are manufactured from state-of-the-art materials formulated to offer the high performance & durability
demanded by our customers. The core of the rod is manufactured by the pultrusion process. This involves
impregnating high strength continuous glass fiber filaments with a liquefied resin. The fibers are drawn in to a
heated die where the resin matrix is cured, bonding the fibers together and allowing mechanical loads to be
transmitted through the matrix and distributed amongst the fibers. The resulting pultruded rod combines both
the high stiffness required to push the rod through long distances of ducting, with the flexibility to handle tight
bends without damage. This inner core is then coated with a highly durable, scratch resistant polypropylene
sheath which protects the core from mechanical damage.
The Frames
Frames are also a feature of the DCD systems. The four largest sizes incorporate the new EZ-Tip™ feature; a larger
footprint for stability; steel brake handles that will last forever; dual rod out-feeding positions and wheels inside the
frame width. The two smallest sizes feature frames with the feedout built into the handle. All frames can be laid
down on either side. These are just some of the design features that will make every unit more usable and friendly
for the end user.
Rod Selection
Which is the right rod diameter for any given application? The rod selection is usually governed by several factors
including:
• The size of ducting it is to be pushed through
• The distance the rod is to be pushed
• The number and tightness of bends in the ducting
• If the ducting is already occupied by cable
When being pushed through the duct, any rod will tend to form “sine waves”, hitting the wall of the duct at certain
intervals. Each time the rod comes in contact with the wall of the duct, it causes friction. The friction will build and
eventually prevent the rod from being pushed any further. Small rod in large duct will make more frequent contact
with the ducting; the same rod in smaller duct will make less frequent contact and therefore less friction so it
can be pushed further. Large rod in small ducting is a good situation, but reduced flexibility of the rod may cause
increased friction in the tighter bends.
The chart below is a rough guide as to rod diameter selection, but the above factors should all be taken into
consideration before making the final selection.
Tensile Typical Strength Typical Strength Minimum Typical Max. Length

Threaded Strength of Glued of Screwed Bend Max. of Push
Rod Dia. Connection of Rod Connection Connection Radius Duct Dia. or Pull
1/8” #12 unc 1,125 lb 140 lb - 2” 1-1/4” 150 ft
3/16” #12 unc 2,200 lb 350 lb - 4” 2” 300 ft
1/4” 5/16” unc 4,070 lb 800 lb 1,050 lb 7” 2-1/2” 400 ft
5/16” 5/16” unc 7,700 lb 850 lb 1,100 lb 10” 3” 600 ft
3/8” 3/8” unc 8,580 lb 1,150 lb 1,150 lb 12” 4” 800 ft
7/16” 3/8” unc 11,000 lb 1,750 lb 1,200 lb 16” 8” 1,200 ft
1/2” 3/8” unc 13,000 lb 1,900 lb 1,250 lb 18” 10” 1,000 ft
www.linestar.ca
Note! ALL Duct Rodders are custom built to order and are non-returnable except for warranty.
ALL REPLACEMENT RODS will be shipped in a new cage for easy replacement onto the frame. Extreme care must
be taken when handling loose fiberglass rod as it stores considerable energy and may cause severe injury.

275
duct rodders & accessories
52000 Series REEL ROD – 3/16” Diameter
The Reel Rod has a sturdy, powder coated, steel tube frame and features a 16” diameter storage basket. Up to
400 ft. of rod can be stored in this basket. A light adjustable brake prevents the rod from reeling out of the basket
under its own tension.
The Reel Rod and the Fish Rod (series 51000) share common screw threads,
allowing the use of the same accessories.
The standard Reel Rods include a male rod end and a pulling eye. The deluxe
version includes accessories as listed below.
Although the fiberglass rods have very high reliability, improper handling can cause
the rod to break. In these instances, repair is simple and can be carried out by any user.
Deluxe Deluxe Rod Replacement Deluxe Rod

3/16” Rod Detectable Length Weight Reg. Rod Accessories
52000-150 52200-150 150 ft 8 lb 52100-150 2 Splice Connectors
52000-200 52200-200 200 ft 9 lb 52100-200 1 Flexible Guide Head
52000-250 52200-250 250 ft 10 lb 52100-250 1 Roller Guide
52000-300 52200-300 300 ft 10 lb 52100-300 1 Male Rod End
52000-350 52200-350 350 ft 12 lb 52100-350 1 Glue 3gm
52000-400 52200-400 400 ft 13 lb 52100-400 1 Rod Gripper

For
Standard Rodder units that do not include accessories shown 1 Clevis End

above, add “X” to the part number. 1 Accessory Pouch
52000 Series TUF ROD – 1/4” Diameter

Electric shock or death may result if conductive rod toches exposed circuit
This unit is mounted in a convenient frame with carrying handle similar to, but larger than the 3/16” unit and the
rod is housed in a 24” diameter storage basket.
The end fittings are the same as those offered with the slightly larger 5/16” rod – all stainless steel and with the
unique DCD design allowing the fittings to be attached by either screwing or gluing onto the rod core. Thread sizes
for all connections are 5/16” UN C.
Minimum bend radius is 7” and sizes available are from 150 ft up to 500 ft. DCD does not recommend pushing
lengths over 500 ft unless in relatively small ducting 2” diameter or smaller.
Standard Rodders come complete with stainless steel swivel rod end, female rod end
and a pulling eye, while the deluxe version includes accessories as listed below.
Deluxe Rod Replacement Deluxe Rod

1/4” Rod Length Weight Reg. Rod Accessories
52500-150 150 ft 12 lb 52600-150 1 Splice Connector
52500-200 200 ft 13 lb 52600-200 1 Flexible Guide Head
52500-250 250 ft 14 lb 52600-250 1 Roller Guide
52500-300 300 ft 15 lb 52600-300 1 Clevis End
52500-350 350 ft 16 lb 52600-350 1 Glue 3gm
52500-400 400 ft 17 lb 52600-400 1 Rod Gripper
www.linestar.ca
52500-500 500 ft 19 lb 52600-500 1 Accessory Pouch
For Standard Rodder units that do not include accessories shown above, add “X” to the part number

276
underground equipment duct rodders & accessories
53500 Series RUF ROD – 5/16” Diameter
The 5/16” Ruf Rod is one of the most popular sizes because of its versatility in both small and medium size ducts.
It is the smallest of the wheel frames, yet still well under 3 ft. in height or length so easy to store or load onto your
truck.
Although DCD only recommends lengths up to 600 ft., the standard cage will hold up to 800 ft. The longer lengths
should only be used in smaller ducts (up to 2-1/2”dia) and when there are few bends.
The standard unit includes a female rod end, a swivel rod end and a pulling eye.
The deluxe version includes accessories as listed below.
All accessories that attach to the rod can be glued on in the traditional manner or they
can be clamped on with set screws or they can be glued and screwed for extra security.
53500-200 53700-200 200 ft 32 lb 53600-200
53500-250 53700-250 250 ft 34 lb 53600-250
53500-300 53700-300 300 ft 36 lb 53600-300
53500-350 53700-350 350 ft 38 lb 53600-350 1 Splice Connector
53500-600 53700-600 600 ft 48 lb 53600-600 1 Clevis End
53500-700 53700-700 700 ft 52 lb 53600-700 1 Glue 3gm
53500-800 53700-800 800 ft 56 lb 53600-800 1 Rod Gripper
53500-900* 53700-900* 900 ft 60 lb 53600-900 1 Accessory Pouch
53500-1000* 53700-1000* 1000 ft 64 lb 53600-1000
* These two sizes are spooled on a 3/8” (54000) frame, see 54000 Specs for frame dimensions.
For Standard Rodder units that do not include accessories shown above, add “X” to the part number
54000 Series RUF ROD – 3/8” Diameter
The 3/8” Ruf Rod features a 34” diameter storage basket which comfortably stores
up to 800 ft. of fiberglass rod.
The Standard Ruf Rods include a female rod end, a swivel rod end and a pulling eye.
All accessories that attach to the rod can be glued on in the traditional manner or
can be clamped on with set screws or they can be glued and clamped for extra security.
Deluxe 3/8” Rod Replacement Deluxe

Rod Length Weight Reg. Rod Accessories
54000-200 200 ft 49 lb 54100-200 * These two sizes are
54000-300 300 ft 55 lb 54100-300 1 Splice Connector spooled on a 7/16” (56000)
54000-400 400 ft 61 lb 54100-400 1 Flexible Guide Head frame see 56000 Specs for
54000-500 500 ft 67 lb 54100-500 1 Roller Guide frame dimensions.
54000-600 600 ft 73 lb 54100-600 1 Clevis End
For Standard Rodder
54000-700 700 ft 79 lb 54100-700 1 Glue 3gm units that do not include
54000-800 800 ft 85 lb 54100-800 1 Rod Gripper accessories shown above,
www.linestar.ca
54000-900* 900 ft 91 lb 54100-900 1 Accessory Pouch add “X” to the part number.
54000-1000* 1000 ft 97 lb 54100-1000

277
duct rodders & accessories
56000 SERIES RUF ROD – 7/16” Diameter
The 7/16” Ruf Rod features our largest frame with a 40” diameter storage basket which can hold up to 1500 ft of
7/16” fiberglass rod.
All accessories that attach to the rod can be glued on in the traditional manner or can
be clamped on with set screws or they can be glued and clamped for extra security.

56000-400 56200-400 400 ft 84 lb 56100-400
56000-500 56200-500 500 ft 94 lb 56100-500
56000-600 56200-600 600 ft 104 lb 56100-600
56000-700 56200-700 700 ft 114 lb 56100-700 1 Splice Connector
56000-1000 56200-1000 1000 ft 144 lb 56100-1000 1 Clevis End
56000-1100 - 1100 ft 154 lb 56100-1100 1 Glue 3gm
56000-1200 - 1200 ft 164 lb 56100-1200 1 Rod Gripper
56000-1300 - 1300 ft 174 lb 56100-1300 1 Accessory Pouch
56000-1400* - 1400 ft 184 lb 56100-1400
56000-1500* - 1500 ft 194 lb 56100-1500
* Note that these lengths require the full capacity of the frame and are difficult to re-wind into the cage
without due care and attention as to the layering of the rod.
For Standard Rodder units that do not include accessories shown above, add “X” to the part number.
56000 SERIES RUF ROD – 1/2” Diameter

The 1/2” Ruf Rod completes the range of DCD Duct Rodders. The storage basket is the same as the for the
7/16” rod at 40” diameter and can store up to 1000 ft of the 1/2” fiberglass rod.
All accessories that attach to the rod can be glued on in the traditional manner or can
be clamped on with set screws or they can be glued and clamped for extra security.
Deluxe Rod Replacement Deluxe Rod

7/16” Rod Length Weight Reg. Rod Accessories
56500-400 400 ft 96 lb 56600-400 1 Splice Connector
56500-500 500 ft 109 lb 56600-500 1 Flexible Guide Head
56500-600 600 ft 122 lb 56600-600 1 Roller Guide
56500-700 700 ft 135 lb 56600-700 1 Clevis End
56500-800 800 ft 149 lb 56600-800 1 Glue 3gm
56500-900* 900 ft 162 lb 56600-900 1 Rod Gripper
56500-1000* 1000 ft 175 lb 56600-1000 1 Accessory Pouch
www.linestar.ca
* Note that these lengths require the full capacity of the frame and are difficult to re-wind into the cage without
due care and attention as to the layering of the rod.
For Standard Rodder units that do not include accessories shown above, add “X” to the part number.

278
DETECTABLE DUCT RODS
DCD Detectable Duct Rodders are available in 3/16”, 5/16” and 7/16”
diameter rods. They are available in the same lengths as the regular rodders and
are mounted in the same frames. The purpose of the detectable rod is to be able
to accurately locate existing ducting underground or to locate the position of a
blockage within a duct.
Each DCD detectable duct rod unit is supplied with a terminal box mounted on the
frame with male and female banana terminals for external hook up.
It is recommended that a Roller Guide (57150 series) be used in order to better

make the connection between the end of the rod and the wall of the ducting. This
is necessary in order to complete the circuit back to earth.
Any transmitter can then be hooked up to the terminal box with the second lead
from the transmitter going to ground (spike into earth). Once switched on, the
signal will be transmitted along the duct rod and a standard locator can then be
used to locate the signal source from above ground.
DCD Also offers various stainless steel adapters for attaching a sonde unit to the
swivel rod end.
The detectable duct rodders use 22 gauge copper wire.
Caution should be exercised when ordering long lengths because the signal
will diminish with distance traveled.
Duct Rod Accessories

All Duct Rodders are offered in standard or deluxe packages.
Separate accessory kits are available with contents listed in the table below.
The larger 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16” and 1/2” Rodders are supplied with
stainless steel accessories and all components attaching directly to the
rod are designed to be glued on in the traditional manner, or can be
attached by means of four clamping set screws, or can be both glued
and screwed (the accessories supplied on the product at the factory
are attached by screws only - they can be glued by the customer
if required).
The obvious advantage of the clamping system is that repairs

or product changes can be carried out easily in the field
with no time delay to allow the glue to dry. Spare set
screws and hexagon keys are also supplied.
www.linestar.ca

279
duct rodders accessory kit
Accessory Kits 57000 series
Accessory Kit 57000-000 57000-001 57000-003 57000-005 57000-004 57000-006 57000-007
Part # 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 7/16” 1/2”
Duct Rodder Series 51000 52000 52500 53500 54000 56000 56500
Accessory Items Part # Series Accessory Items Included In Above Kits
Male Rod End 57135 1 1 - - - - -
Splice Connector 57100 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
Flexible Guide Head 57110 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Roller Guide 57150 - 1 1 1 1 1 1
Clevis End 57160 - - 1 1 1 1 1
Glue 57170 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Rod Gripper 57170 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Accessory Pouch 57170 - 1 1 1 1 1 1
SPLICE CONNECTORS Part # For Rod Dia. Weight

57100 series 57100-000 1/8” 0.01 lb
These products are used to repair a
57100-001 3/16” 0.01 lb
break in the rod. Having a solid section
in the middle of the rod may cause 57100-003 1/4” 0.09 lb
problems with bending at that point and 57100-005 5/16” 0.09 lb
care should be taken when winding rod 57100-004 3/8” 0.14 lb
with a solid connector. The five larger
sizes are stainless steel and can be 57100-006 7/16” 0.14 lb
glued or screwed on, the two smaller 57100-007 1/2” 0.14 lb
sizes are brass and must be glued.
Head Overrall Threaded

Part # For Rod Dia. Dia. Length Connection Weight
57110-000 1/8” & 3/16” 5/16” 3-1/2” #12 unc 0.02 lb
57110-001 1/8” & 3/16” 3/8” 3-1/2” #12 unc 0.03 lb
57110-002 1/4” & 5/16” 9/16” 6” 5/16” unc 0.11 lb
57110-004 3/8”, 7/16” & 1/2” 3/4” 12” 3/8” unc 0.27 lb
FLEXIBLE GUIDE HEADS
57110 series
Flexible Guides are used for leading the rod around tight bends. The two larger sizes are stainless steel,
the smaller sizes are brass.
PULLING EYES
57120 series
Pulling Eyes are used for tying wire or pull tape to the end of the rod or used as a leader.
They screw directly onto the rod end and are supplied with the rodder.
Body Threaded
Part # For Rod Dia. Dia. Connection Weight
57120-000 1/8” & 3/16” 1/4” #12 unc 0.01 lb
57120-001 3/16” 3/8” #12 unc 0.02 lb
www.linestar.ca
57120-002 1/4” & 5/16” 1/2” 5/16” unc 0.05 lb

57120-004 3/8”, 7/16” & 1/2” 5/8” 3/8” unc 0.27 lb

280
Female Male For Rod Body Threaded
Rod End Rod End Dia. Dia. Connection Weight
– 57135-000 1/8” 1/4” #12 unc 0.01 lb
– 57135-001 3/16” 1/4” #12 unc 0.01 lb
57130-003 57135-003 1/4” 1/2” 5/16” unc 0.07 lb
57130-005 57135-005 5/16” 1/2” 5/16” unc 0.07 lb
57130-004 57135-004 3/8” 5/8” 3/8” unc 0.13 lb
57130-006 57135-006 7/16” 5/8” 3/8” unc 0.13 lb
ROD ENDS 57130-007 57135-007 1/2” 5/8” 3/8” unc 0.13 lb
57130 / 57135 Series
These are used as a means of attaching accessories to the rod. Brass male rod ends are standard on the leading
end of the smaller 1/8” and 3/16” rodders which have no fitting on the back end. The larger rodders are all fitted
with Female ends on the back end of the rod.
SWIVEL CONNECTORS 57140 Series

The Swivel Connector allows any attachment to the rod to rotate freely. These have
bronze bearings and are supplied as standard on all 1/4” and larger rodders.
For Rod Body Threaded
Part # Dia. Dia. Connection Weight
57140-003 1/4” 1/2” 5/16” unc 0.10 lb
57140-005 5/16” 1/2” 5/16” unc 0.10 lb
57140-004 3/8” 5/8” 3/8” unc 0.20 lb
57140-006 7/16” 5/8” 3/8” unc 0.20 lb
57140-007 1/2” 5/8” 3/8” unc 0.20 lb
ROLLER GUIDES 57150 Series

The Roller Guide is used to push through conduit with cable already in place.
The rollers prevent the rod from wedging in under the cable as they rotate on
hardened shoulder bolts. The shank attaches directly to the swivel rod end
to provide axial rotation.
For Rod Body Across Threaded
Part # Dia. Dia. Rollers Connection Weight
57150-001 3/16” 3/8” 1-1/16” #12 unc 0.05 lb
57150-002 1/4 & 5/16” 1/2” 1-3/16” 5/16” unc 0.14 lb
57150-004 3/8”, 7/16” & 1/2” 5/8” 1-11/16” 3/8” unc 0.34 lb
CLEVIS ENDS 57160 Series

The Clevis allows attachment of pulling ropes etc. without the need of extra shackles.

Part # Dia. Dia. Connection Weight
57160-002 1/4 & 5/16” 5/8” 5/16” unc 0.08 lb
www.linestar.ca
57160-004 3/8, 7/16” & 1/2” 7/8” 3/8” unc 0.22 lb

281
duct rodders acessory kit
57131-003
SONDE CONNECTIONS
57131 / 57170 series
Other sizes may be available upon request. 57170-002
57170-003

Part # Dia. Dia. Connection Type Weight
57131-003 1/4” 1/2” M10 X 1.5 Female 0.06 lb
57131-005 5/16” 1/2” M10 X 1.5 Female Male 0.06 lb
57131-004 3/8” 5/8” M10 X 1.5 Female Rod End 0.12 lb
57131-006 7/16” 5/8” M10 X 1.5 Female Connecotor 0.13 lb
57131-007 1/2” 5/8” M10 X 1.5 Female 0.13 lb
57170-002 1/4” & 5/16” 1/2” 1/4” UNC Male Rigid 0.04 lb
57170-004 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2” 5/8” 1/4” UNC Male Adapter 0.08 lb
57170-003 1/4” & 5/16” 1/2” 1/4” UNC Male 0.10 lb
57170-005 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2” 5/8” 1/4” UNC Male Flexible 0.13 lb
57170-012 1/4” & 5/16” 1/2” M10 X 1.5 Female Adapter 0.10 lb
57170-013 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2” 5/8” M10 X 1.5 Female 0.14 lb
MISCELLANEOUS
Part # Description Weight
57170-006 Rod Gripper - For all rod sizes 0.09 lb
57170-008 Super Adhesive - 3gm Tube 0.01 lb www.linestar.ca

282
duct installation tools
Nominal Actual
Part # Duct Size Outside Dia. Weight
08000-125 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 0.39 lb
08000-150 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 0.41 lb
08000-200 2” 1-7/8” 0.39 lb
08000-250 2-1/2” 2-1/4” 0.67 lb
08000-300 3” 2-3/4” 0.71 lb Spiral Duct Brush
08000-350 3-1/2” 3-1/4” 0.75 lb 08000 series
Flat steel bristles spiralled onto heavy duty wire
08000-400 4” 3-5/8” 0.79 lb
spindle with a pulling eye on one end only. This
08000-500 5” 4-3/8” 0.85 lb product will quickly remove grit or light dirt within
08000-600 6” 5-1/4” 0.92 lb the duct before installing your cable.
Nominal Actual
Part # Duct Size Outside Dia. Weight
08100-125 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 0.69 lb
08100-150 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 0.74 lb
08100-200 2” 1-7/8” 0.77 lb
08100-250 2-1/2” 2-1/4” 1.21 lb
08100-300 3” 2-3/4” 1.25 lb Heavy Duty Duct Brush
08100-350 3-1/2” 3-1/4” 1.39 lb 08100 series
08100-400 4” 3-5/8” 1.37 lb These heavy duty wire brushes are fitted with a
08100-500 5” 4-3/8” 1.55 lb pulling eye on each end so the brush could be
pulled back and forth for those extra tough
08100-600 6” 5-1/4” 1.82 lb cleaning jobs.
Nominal Max 3:1 Safe

Part # Duct Size Disc Dia. Working Load Weight
08400-200 2” 1.69” 4,800 lb 3.53 lb
08400-300 3” 2.65” 4,800 lb 5.56 lb
Steel Duct Checker
08400-400 4” 3.57” 4,800 lb 10.2 lb Steel discs in graduated sizes make this
08400-500 5” 4.56” 4,800 lb 17.2 lb mandrel ideal for removing obstructions in
08400-600 6” 5.51” 4,800 lb 25.9 lb ducts with extreme bends. 7,000 lbs. load
capacity. (Part #08021700 is 2,000 lbs. load
www.linestar.ca
08400-800 8” 7.26” 4,800 lb 45.5 lb

capacity)

283
duct installation tools
Nominal Max 3:1 Safe
Part # Duct Size Disc Dia. Working Load Weight
08500-125 1-1/4” 1.19” 1,400 lb 0.42 lb
08500-150 1-1/2” 1.44” 1,400 lb 0.50 lb
08500-200 2” 1.88” 2,300 lb 0.90 lb
08500-250 2-1/2” 2.19” 2,300 lb 1.04 lb
08500-300 3” 2.81” 2,300 lb 1.46 lb POLY DUCT CHECKER 08500 Series
08500-350 3-1/2” 3.25” 4,800 lb 2.57 lb Duct Checkers are designed to ensure the duct
bore is clear before installing the cable or other
08500-400 4” 3.75” 4,800 lb 3.45 lb utility.
08500-500 5” 4.69” 4,800 lb 4.71 lb
08500-680 6” sc hed. 80 5.50” 4,800 lb 6.24 lb Check the inside diameter of the ducting before
selecting the product from the chart.
08500-640 6” sc hed. 40 5.81” 4,800 lb 7.16 lb
08500-880 8” sc hed. 80 6.86” 4,800 lb 9.30 lb
08500-840 8” sc hed. 40 7.40” 4,800 lb 11.0 lb
MANHOLE TOOLS
Corner Guides
DCD Corner Guides are designed to withstand a 10,000 lb working
line load with a 3:1 safety factor. The sheaves run in high strength
iron-bronze bushings. The Corner Guides also have a wide base for
stability, a deep lip for hooking into the manhole and two locations
for hold down bars and lightening holes added everywhere possible.
Guide Sheave Sheave Size

Part # Only W x Dia. Weight
32300-400 32900-411 4” x 11” 58.5 lb
32300-500 32900-511 5” x 11” 63.5 lb
32300-600 32900-611 6” x 11” 70.5 lb
32300-800 32900-811 8” x 11” 88.5 lb
Quadrants & Hangers

DCD quadrants are designed to withstand up to 10,000 lbs.
working line load with a 3:1 safety factor. This means they can be
used safely at either the entry end of the installation OR the exit
end. The steel side plates along with the high strength bushings on
each roller are all designed with strength, safety and weight in mind.
All quadrants have countersunk screws holding the rollers so there

are no protrusions from the side plates and the hangers can travel
the full arc of the quadrant.
Quadrant Quadrant Hanger Sheave Sheave Size No. of Min. Cable

c/w Hangers Only only only W x Dia. Sheaves Radius
32200-304 32210-304 32830-300 32900-307 3” x 7” 4 27-7/8”
32200-404 32210-404 32800-400 32900-407 4” x 7” 4 27-7/8”
www.linestar.ca
32200-504 32210-504 32800-500 32900-507 5” x 7” 4 27-7/8”

32200-603 32210-603 32830-600 32900-611 6” x 11” 3 28-3/4”
32200-803 32210-803 32830-800 32900-811 8” x 11” 3 28-3/8”

284
underground equipment manhole tools
Wire Rope Guide

32400 Series
DCD Wire Rope Guides are designed to withstand over 10,000 lbs. safe
working line load. The hardened rollers run on ball bearings at each end for
smooth easy rotation and the rollers have a flange at each end to prevent
the rope from riding off either side. The product also has an extra deep lip to
hook into the manhole.
3:1 Safe Sheave Sheave Sheave

Part # Working Load Width Dia. Weight Only
32400-200 10,000 lbs. 7” 2” 28 lbs. 32900-702
Sheave Hangers
DCD offers single or double hangers to go with their series of cast aluminum
sheaves. The single hangers are provided with a safety hook and the double
hangers have one hook and one pin through which a rope may be fed or other
items attached.
The sheaves are all cast aluminum with machined faces and bores. They are
then fitted with high load iron-bronze flanged bushings. All parts are designed
to take 10,000 lbs. line load allowing for a 3:1 safety factor.
One feature of the hangers is the ease with which they are assembled to
either a sheave or a quadrant. A simple pin with a handle at one end and a
locking pin at the other does the job. It should be noted that the handle at
one end of the pin may be used to support the hanger in a horizontal positoin
should that be necessary.
The sheaves and hangers may be purchased as assemblies or

individually as shown in the table.
Sheave Sheave Sheave

c/w Single Single c/w Double Double Sheave Size
Hanger Hanger Hanger Hanger* only w x Dia.
32000-420 32800-400 32100-420 32810-400 32900-420 4” x 20”
32000-526 32800-500 32100-526 32810-500 32900-526 5” x 26”
32000-611 32800-600 32100-611 32810-600 32900-611 6” x 11”
32000-620F 32800-600 32100-620F 32810-600 32900-620F 6” x 20”
32000-626 32800-601 32100-626 32810-601 32900-626 6” x 26”
www.linestar.ca
32000-811 32800-800 32100-811 32810-800 32900-811 8” x 11”

32000-811F 32800-800 32100-811F 32810-800 32900-811F 8” x 11”

285
manhole tools
duct entry guide
32500 series
The Duct Entry Guide is unique for two reasons.
First, it has an extra long tube section that goes inside the duct
(See dimension A below) for greater stability.
Second, because of the built-in spray nozzle for the DCD TU BE-LU BE®
326 application, there is one half of a quick-disconnect coupling attached
to a spray nozzle that will direct the lubricant right onto the cable as it is
fed into the ducting. This is a unique feature for a unique lubricant.
3:1 Safe
Working Spare
Part # Duct Dia. Load A Weight Sheave
32500-125* 1-1/4” 3,000 lb 7-1/2” 7.4 lb 32900-202P
32500-150* 1-1/2” 3,000 lb 7-1/2” 7.5 lb 32900-202P
32501-125* Extension 3,000 lb n/a 5.7 lb 32900-202P
Quadrant
32500-200 2” 3,000 lb 7-1/2” 5.3 lb 32900-303
32500-250 2-1/2” 3,000 lb 7-1/2” 5.7 lb 32900-303
32500-300 3” 6,000 lb 9-1/2” 14.1 lb 32900-307
32500-400 4” 6,000 lb 11-1/2” 19 lb 32900-407
32500-480 4” Sched 80 6,000 lb 11-1/2” 17 lb 32900-407
32500-500 5” 6,000 lb 13-1/2” 24 lb 32900-507
32500-600 6” 6,000 lb 15-1/2” 44 lb 32900-611
Nylon Cable Protector

Flanged, split tube to insert in duct end and protect cable from damage during
installation. Also can be left in place for permanent protection.
Part # Description
08042301 1”-2-1/2” Duct
08042300 3”-6” Duct
Flexible Cable Guides with Aluminum Adapters

Cable feeds through the the Bell Adapter and exits through the Duct Adapter which fits into the duct.
Part # Dia. Length Part # Dia. Length

08931009 2” 9’ 08935012 5” 12’
08931012 2” 12’ 08936009 6” 9’
08934009 4” 9’ 08936012 6” 12’
08934012 4” 12’ 08988009 8” 9’
www.linestar.ca
08935009 5” 9’ 08988012 8” 12’

286
manhole equipment
MANHOLE BRACE 32700 series
The DCD Manhole Brace may look like other products on the market, but look again. There are
several features which make it stand out from other similar products.
1. Pivoting Head - In many applications the top of the brace cannot jam against a round manhole,
instead it may be jammed against a square cutout in the roof of the manhole vault. The DCD Manhole
Brace has a pivotable upper head which allows the brace and sheave to be accurately aligned with
the duct bank without the need for temporary shoring/bracing.
2. Custom Extruded Channels - The aluminum channels have been custom extruded to an engineered
design. Their shape provides the maximum strength-to-weight ratio while also providing a smooth
sliding action. The channels have approximately twice the strength as the standard aluminum
channels used in similar products, allowing a full 10,000 lb line load to be applied at either entry
or exit end of the pull. This load allows in excess of a 2:1 safety factor.
3. Fixed Angle - The brace operates at a fixed angle of 10°. There is an acme screwjack assembly
to adjust the height of the brace. This same screw can be used to relieve the pressure on the
brace when it is being removed.
4. Lifting Bar - The lifting bar provided allows the user to easily raise the upper extension into its
correct position. This bar can be swung out of the way and stored when not in use.
5. Locking Pins - The brace uses separate locking pins for each set of channels. Using two
locking pins ensures that they do not interfere with the desired placement of the sheave
or quadrant.
6. Fixed Width - This fixed width brace is designed to accept quadrants or sheaves up to 8” wide.
Since correct alignment to the duct entrance is now possible with the rotating head, even use of only
a 4” wide sheave is no problem inside the 8” available width – the sheave will simply float between
the side rails always picking up the most favorable alignment.
7. Construction – Although the side channels are extruded aluminum, the upper and lower assemblies
are made out of steel. While increasing the overall weight by a few pounds, the added strength of
steel is necessary in order to match the strength of the extruded side channels. The end result is a
brace that can operate equally at either end of the pull and one that will match the safe working loads
of all other DCD manhole products at 10,000 lbs. The base section is used in all assemblies and
comes complete with 2 locking pins and 1 sheave pin. The short, medium or long extension should
be ordered to suit the height range requirement.
Locking pins and sheave pins c/w securing pins may be ordered separately.
Height
Part # Description Range Weight
32700-000 Base Section n/a 64.5 lb
Plus
32700-010 Short Extension 5’-8’ 54.5 lb
32700-020 Medium Extension 7’-10’ 72.5 lb
32700-030 Long Extension 9’-12’ 89.0 lb
32700-035 Extra Long Extension 12’-15’ 105 lb
Spare
32700-040 Locking Pin Kit (1-1/4” long) n/a 1.0 lb
www.linestar.ca
32700-050 Sheave Pin Kit (11” Long) n/a 4.0 lb

287
rescue/retrieval & cover lifter equipment
LifeGuard™ LG5A Manhole Safety System
The LifeGuard™ Manhole Safety System brings a manhole guard, fall protection and retrieval in one unit. Our system
has a man-rated* capacity of 350 lbs, with an overhead proof load of 5000lbs, and meets or exceeds OSHA and
ANSI standards. Constructed of structural grade aluminum and steel, the two piece unit can be assembled in just
over a minute. Rapidly becoming an industry standard for Manhole retrieval. Use with man rated hoist, SRL,
3-Way or a combination of devices. Hoist not included.
General Specifications:
• Man Rated Capacity: 350 lbs. (159Kg)*
• Overhead Proof Load: 5000 lbs. (2268 Kg)
• Meets OSHA and ANSI safety standards
Weight & Dimensions:

• Upper Arm Assembly: 42 lbs.
• Guard Assembly: 33 lbs.
• Dimensions: 42” W × 42” L × 75” H

LG5A System Components:
• Upper Arm Assembly
• Guard Assembly
• Leveling Feet (set of 4)
• Rubber Feet (set of 4)
• Hoist bracket & mounting plate for use with
• Pelsue retrieval hoist.
• Pulley assembly w/auto-lock carabiner.
• Flexible draw latches to anchor the guard assembly (set of 4)
Materials:
• Upper Arm Assembly: Structural Grade Aluminum & Steel
• Guard Assembly: Structural Grade Aluminum
• Winch Mount: 5052-H32 Aluminum
• Hardware: Grade 5 Steel
“e-z lift” cover lifter

The E-Z Lift cover lifter is the tool of choice by Major Telcoms for removing and replacing
manhole and pullbox lids.
• Manufactured from solid 6061-T6 lightweight aluminum

• The built in mechanical advantage allows you to remove even the most stubborn cover,
while letting the lifter do the work, not your back
• Has a link device that attaches to an “S” Hook which allows you to position the tool so
the handle is vertical when lifting.
• Has a urethane covered T-bar for extra traction on asphalt.
• Optional spiked foot is available for improved traction on grass, sand, ice, snow or
other loose surface
70159 Manhole Cover Lifter

Weight: 11 lbs.
(5 kgs)
70158 Manhole Cover Lifter

with Spiked Foot
Weight: 12 lbs. Optional
Spiked
www.linestar.ca
(5.4 kgs)
Foot

288
overhead equipment rescue/retrieval & cover lifter equipment
IN-8002
Xtirpa™ 1067mm (42’’) Portable
Manhole Guards System For Ppe
Manhole guard systems are used when an exposed entry

point needs to be guarded. This portable system has an
integrated mast which is used in conjunction with a davit
arm to provide fall protection, entry and retrieval
capabilities. The manhole guard system facilitates access
to underground chambers or any other type of confi ned
spaces where an entry point should be protected.
Davit arm is equipped with 5000 lb. ( 2268 kg )
anchor point.
• Weight capacity - 420 lb. ( 191 kg ) with manhole

guard system.
www.linestar.ca

289
ClampStar®
overhead equipment
Protect & Improve the Safety of Overhead Connections
install in
less than
5 minutes
With ClampStar®, failing splices are repaired with NO power interruption and splice
replacement is no longer necessary. ClampStar® installs in a few minutes, with a hot-stick or
gloves. No mechanical grips, come-alongs, jumper cables or cutters are needed. And,
ClampStar® meets ANSI C119.4 Class AA, extra heavy duty and restores both electrical and
mechanical integrity on weathered conductors. There’s no need to cut power or lines and it
easily installs over the existing splice. ClampStar® also increases ampacity allowing for
system up-rates and is significantly safer than traditional splice replacements. ClampStar®
is available in both rigid and flexible versions to accommodate various cable diameters for
both transmission and distribution applications.
For the transmission segment, having flexible legs and

easily installed with sticks or Bare-Hand in sizes up to
the largest common conductors.
Simply by flexing the legs, the same device is really

installed on Dead-Ends & Suspension Clamps and an
integral tether provides mechanical reinforcement for
those applications.
ClampStar® is a quick, easily installed answer to pressing difficulties in dealing with

failing automatic splices. The featured splice connector corrector, the CSR-0325 ClampStar®
can be installed by one or two men in less than 5 minutes with no power interruption or
special tools required. The installed cost of the ClampStar® is a fraction of the cost of
replacing failing automatic splices.
www.linestar.ca

290
overhead equipment ClampStar®
ClampStar Conductor Diameter Range # of Average Weight Overall Length
Part Number Conductor Range Inches mm Keepers lbs. Kg Inches cm
Per Side
Rigid Frame
CSR-0325L-007-P*** #6 AWG – #2 AWG 0.162 – 0.325 4.11 – 8.3 1 1.75 .79 12 30.5
CSR-0325-015 #6 AWG – #2 AWG 0.162 – 0.325 4.11 – 8.3 2 3 1.4 26.38 67.0
CSR-0609-024 #2 AWG – 266.8 kcmil 0.316 – 0.609 8.0 – 15.5 2 7 3.2 43 109.2
CSR-0642L-024*** 2/0 AWG – 266.8 kcmil 0.398 – 0.642 10.1 – 16.3 2 7 3.2 43 109.2
CSR-0642-024 2/0 AWG – 266.8 kcmil 0.398 – 0.642 10.1 – 16.3 3 10.5 4 52.8 134.1
CSR-0883L-024*** 3/0 AWG – 477 kcmil 0.502 – 0.883 12.8 – 22.4 2 13 5.9 44.0 111.8
CSR-0883-036 3/0 AWG – 477 kcmil 0.502 – 0.883 12.8 – 22.4 3 18 8.2 59.5 151.1
CSR-1108L-024*** 336.4 kcmil – 795 kcmil 0.684 – 1.108 17.4 – 28.1 2 15 6.8 44 111.8
CSR-1108-040 336.4 kcmil – 795 kcmil 0.684 – 1.108 17.4 – 28.1 4 24 10.9 78.8 200.1
CSR-1631-048 1272 kcmil – 2000 kcmil 1.345 – 1.631 34.1 – 41.5 20 36 16.4 100 254.0
CSR-1912-060 1351.5 kcmil – 2750 kcmil 1.424 – 1.912 36.0 – 48.6 20 38 17.2 112 284.5
Flexible Frame
CSF-0642-036 2/0 AWG – 266.8 kcmil 0.398 – 0.642 10.1 – 16.3 3 13 5.9 65 165.1
CSF-0883-036 3/0 AWG – 477 kcmil 0.502 – 0.883 12.8 – 22.4 3 22 10.0 65.5 166.4
CSF-1108-040 336.4 kcmil – 795 kcmil 0.684 – 1.108 17.4 – 28.1 4 28 12.7 79 200.7
CSF-1302-048 715.5 kcmil – 1272 kcmil 1.036 – 1.345 26.3 – 34.2 5 39 17.7 99 251.5
Single Rail *
CSS-0642L-036*** 2/0 AWG – 266.8 kcmil 0.398 – 0.642 10.1 – 16.3 2 9 4.1 55.6 141.2
CSS-0642-036 2/0 AWG – 266.8 kcmil 0.398 – 0.642 10.1 – 16.3 3 12 5.4 65 165.1
CSS-0883-040 3/0 AWG – 477 kcmil 0.502 – 0.883 12.8 – 22.4 3 20 9.1 69.5 176.5
CSS-1108-048 336.4 kcmil – 795 kcmil 0.684 – 1.108 17.4 – 28.1 4 28 12.7 87 221
CSS-1302-060 715.5 kcmil – 1272 kcmil 1.036 – 1.345 26.3 – 34.2 5 40 18.2 111 282
CSS-1631-066 1272 kcmil – 2000 kcmil 1.345 – 1.631 34.1 – 41.5 20 35 15.9 120 304.8
CSS-1912-060 1351.5 kcmil – 2750 kcmil 1.424 – 1.912 36.0 – 48.6 20 39 17.7 112 284.5
OHSW
OHSW-0656-INS-039 0.349 – 0.642 8.9 – 16.3 3 14.5 6.6 47.4 120.4
OHSW-0656-NIN-039 0.349 – 0.642 8.9 – 16.3 3 12.5 6.8 47.4 120.4
OHSWR-0656-018 0.349 – 0.642 8.9 – 16.3 3 12.7 5.8 46.8 118.9
OPGW-0656-INS-039 0.349 – 0.642 8.9 – 16.3 3 14.7 6.7 47.4 120.4
OPGW-0656-NIN-039 0.349 – 0.642 8.9 – 16.3 3 15.1 6.8 47.4 120.4
OPGWR-0656-018 0.349 – 0.642 8.9 – 16.3 3 12.9 5.9 46.8 118.9
CRU
CRU-0642-014 2/0 AWG – 266.8 kcmil 0.398 – 0.642 10.1 – 16.3 3 3 1.4 14.4 36.5
CRU-0883-015 3/0 AWG – 477 kcmil 0.502 – 0.883 12.8 – 22.4 3 10.5 4.8 19.4 49.3
CRU-1108-019 336.4 kcmil – 795 kcmil 0.684 – 1.108 17.4 – 28.1 4 12 5.4 19.4 49.3
CRU-1302-025 715.5 kcmil – 1272 kcmil 1.036 – 1.345 26.3 – 34.2 5 20 9 25.4 64.5
CRU-1631-026 1272 kcmil – 2000 kcmil 1.345 – 1.631 34.1 – 41.5 16 13.3 6.0 26.0 66.0
CRU-1912-026 1351.5 kcmil – 2750 kcmil 1.424 – 1.912 36.0 – 48.6 16 13.6 6.2 26.0 66.0
Corona Shields
CSC-0883-230 Corona shields are generally required for applications above 138 kv. The appropriate shielding is obtained by
CSC-1108-345 ** combining the ClampStar unit number with the highest anticipated system voltage. Example: CSC-1108-230
www.linestar.ca
CSC-1302-345 ** designates shielding for corona free performance of CSF/CSR-1108 units installed on a 230 kv system.
CSC-0883-345
CSC-XXXX-500 **Same shield is used for 230 and 345 KV applications

TOOL REPAIR & ASSEMBLY
LineStar has full service repair facilities in all locations

across Canada.
LineStar is the only authorized Huskie Tools service and

repair facilities in Western Canada.
We offer repair and testing programs for Grounds to meet

individual custom requirements.
LineStar also manufactures and test Custom Jumpers and

Ground Sets to your specified lengths and sizes.
Huskie Tools
- Battery Operated Compression Tools
- Battery Operated Cutters
- Hydraulic Compression Tools
- Hydraulic Cutting Tools
We also repair:
- Ratcheting and Hand Operated Cable Cutters
- Streamlight Rechargeable Lights
- Speed Systems Cable Prep Tools
- Hydraulic Impact Wrenches
- Hydraulic Compression Tools
LineStar also provices Chain & Strap Hoist Repair and

Testing on our State or the Art Custom Test Rack. We
provide a test report for each and every hoist tested.
New or used. 100%
Canadian
Owned
292
cable chart
www.linestar.ca

60/100 Ton Presses.................................. 204-205 Climbing Boots.............................................. 55-57
293
Climbers............................................. 47-50, 52-53
A Clipping Hook .................................................. 133
Compression Dies ..................................... 206-210
ACSR Trimmer & Bushings.......................... 152-153 Compression Tools .................................... 186-205
Adjustable Rope Slings........................................ 92 Conductor Cleaning Brushes ...................... 150-151
INDEX
Adjustable Wrenches............................................ 5 Conductor Stringing System .............................. 130
Aerial Bucket Items........................................ 29-37 Cover Up ...................................................... 72-76
Alturnamats.................................................. 82-83 Crescent Wrenches.............................................. 5
Amcorders........................................................ 235 Crossarm & Pole ........................................... 73-74
Ampact Tools............................................. 216-217 CSA Dies .................................................. 206-209
Ampact Bags...................................................... 28
AmpStiks ......................................................... 234 D
Anchoring & Pole Setting ............................ 256-264
Anchor Drive Tools ..................................... 256-257 DC Voltage Detectors ...................................... 238
Arc Blankets & Substation Barriers ...................... 76 Digging Bars, Spades & Spoons ........................ 260
Arc/FR Rain Gear .......................................... 62-64 Digital Phasing Testers .............................. 243-244
Arc/FR Traffic Safety Clothing ......................... 58-60 Digital Voltage Testers ............................... 237-238
Auger Bits .......................................................... 20 Dirt Slings ....................................................... 261
Axial Blowers ............................................ 265-266 Dog Bone Wrenches ............................................. 6
Drills and Auger Bits ........................................... 20
B Duct Installation Tools ............................... 281-285
Duct Rodders ............................................ 273-280
Ball Studs .................................................. 84, 142 Dynamometers ................................................. 134
Battery & Hydraulic Powered Tools .............. 159-183
Battery Powered Impact Wrenches .................. 15-17 E
Battery Test Gauge ................................... 178, 195
Batteries & Chargers ........................................ 183 Elbow Pulling Tools ........................................... 224
Boards & Hooks ................................................. 31 Elbow & Transformer Ground Sets ..................... 145
Body Belts.................................................... 37-41 Equipotential Grounding Mats ..................... 85, 148
Bolt Cutters .............................................. 154-155 Extension Arms ......................................... 232-233
Boom Mounted Hot Stick Holder .......................... 30
Boom Mounted Pruner Saw Holder ...................... 30 F
Boot Out Arms .......................................... 232-233
Bot Testers ...................................................... 236 Ferrules .................................................... 143-144
Break Away Belt Hook......................................... 44 Fiberglass Extension Arms ......................... 232-233
Breaker Attachments.......................................... 24 Fiberglass Hotline Tools ............................. 218-233
Brush Blade....................................................... 13 Fiberglass Hook Ladders .................................. 231
Bucket Covers .................................................... 34 Fiberglas Rulers ................................................. 12
Bucket Hooks .................................................... 31 Fiberglass Shotgun Sticks .......................... 218,221
Bucket Rescue Systems ..................................... 35 Fiberglass Tool Boards ........................................ 31
Buckingham Body Belts ................................. 37-41 Fiberglass Tool Trays ........................................... 32
Buckingham Body Belt Accessories ..................... 42
Bug Wrenches ...................................................... 6 G
Bushing Insert & Removal Tools ................. 270-271
Gaff Guards........................................................ 51
C Glove Covers.................................................. 66-67
Goat Wrench ........................................................ 5
Cable Feeding & Hooked Hanger Sheaves ... 282-284 GoLights............................................................ 78
Cable Guides ............................................ 282-284 Grip All Sticks .................................................. 221
Cable Prep Kits ......................................... 269-270 Ground Cables ................................................. 144
Cable Slicers ............................................ 155-156 Ground Protection Mats ................................. 82-83
Cable Splicers Kit ............................................... 13 Ground Resistance Testers ............................... 149
Cable Strippers......................................... 266-267 Ground Rod Drivers .......................................... 149
Camo Tamp Bag............................................ 26-27 Grounded Blocks & Accessories ........................ 129
Canvas Pouches & Tool Holsters .................... 43-44 Grounding Accessories ..................................... 149
Canvas Tool Bags ............................................... 26 Grounding Clamps ..................................... 141-142
Canvas Tool Buckets ..................................... 25-27 Grounding Elbows ............................................. 145
Capstan Hoists ......................................... 101-104 Grounding Equipment ................................ 141-149
www.linestar.ca
Chain Hoists ................................................. 95-98 Grounding Ferrules .................................... 143-144

Chamfering Tools ............................................. 267 Grounding Mats ......................................... 85, 148
Clamp On Meters ...................................... 245-246 Grounding Pole Bands ...................................... 148
ClampStar Connector Corrector.................. 288-289

294 Gut Straps & Suspenders .................................. 42 Lifting & Rigging .......................................... 86-104
Guy Wire Dispensers.......................................... 81 Lifting & Rigging Blocks ............................86, 89-92
H Lights ........................................................... 79-80
Line Hose & Covers ............................................ 71
Hammers .......................................................... 13 Line Hose Bags .................................................. 29
INDEX
Handline Blocks & Sets ................................. 90-91 Lineman’s Climbing Boots ............................. 55-57
Handline Hook ................................................... 91 Linemans Pliers ................................................. 10
Hand Tools ..................................................... 5-14 Link Sticks ......................................................... 99
Hard Hats .......................................................... 79 Loadbreak & Load Pickup Tools .................. 138-140
Hard Hat Lights.................................................. 80 Locking Dog Assembly ...................................... 256
Hard Hat Sweat Bands....................................... 79 Lowell Linemans Wrenches ................................ 6-7
Harnesses .................................................... 36-37
Heavy Duty Gear Bags ................................... 26-27 M
Hex Key ( Allen) Wrenches .................................... 6
Hoists ........................................................ 95-104 Manhole Cover Lifters ....................................... 286
Hook & Sectional Ladders ................................. 231 Manhole Rescue Equipment ....................... 286-287
Hot Arms & Conductor Supports ................. 232-233 Manual Compression Tools ............................... 186
Hot stick Wipes................................................. 230 Measuring Equipment ......................................... 85
Hot Stick Cleaning Products............................... 230 Measuring Tapes ................................................ 12
Hotline Accessories ................................... 226-230 Measuring Sticks ............................................. 220
Hotline Cutters .......................................... 184-185 Meters & Testers ...................................... 234-251
Hot Pole Tongs ................................................. 249
Hot Stick Cleaning & Maintenance ..................... 230 N
Hydraulic & Battery Powered Cutters ........... 159-182
Hydraulic Breakers.............................................. 24 Nose Bags .................................................... 27-29
Hydraulic Compression Tools ...................... 201-205 Nut & Bolt Bags ................................................. 43
Hydraulic Couplers & Hoses .............................. 219 Nut Drivers ........................................................ 12
Hydraulic Impact Wrenches ................................. 15 Nylon Slings ....................................................... 93
Hydraulic Intensifiers .......................................... 19
Hydraulic Pole Pullers ....................................... 264 O
Hydraulic Pumps & Hoses .......................... 211-214
Hydraulic Pruners & Chain Saws ..................... 22-23 Ohmstiks ......................................................... 234
Hydraulic Tampers ............................................ 263 Outrigger Pads ................................................... 84
Hydraulic Tools .............................................. 21-24 Oval Tool Buckets .......................................... 28-28
Ox Block ....................................................... 89-90
I
P
Ice Buster ........................................................ 225
Impact Sockets & Adapters ............................ 18-20 Peaveys ........................................................... 259
Impact Wrenches............................................... 15 Penta Wrench ...................................................... 9
Impact Wrench Bucket Holders ............................ 32 Personal Protection ....................................... 55-64
Instant Insulation............................................... 76 Phase Sequence Indicators ............................... 245
Insulated Parking Stand .................................... 149 Pipe & Cable Locators ...................................... 244
Insulated Platforms .......................................... 231 Plastic Conductor & Cutout Covers ................. 72-75
Insulated Ratchet Wrenches ................................. 9 Pliers ................................................................ 10
Pocketbook Grips ............................................. 112
J Pocket Knives.................................................... 14
Pole Boss System ............................................ 130
Jack Jumpers ................................................... 138 Pole Cradle ...................................................... 259
Jumper Cable & Assemblies .............................. 137 Pole Climbers & Pads .................................... 47-54
Pole Dollies ..................................................... 262
K Pole Lifting Tongs ............................................. 258
Pole Slings ...................................................... 258
Kelly Bar Adapters ............................................ 256 Pole Straps ................................................... 45-46
Klondike Clamp.................................................. 70 Pole Tampers ........................................... 260, 263
Knives .......................................................... 13-14 Probe Insert Tools ............................................ 267
Pullers & Tensioners .................................. 135-136
L Pulling Eyes ....................................................... 96
Pulling Socks ............................................ 114-117
www.linestar.ca
Lanyards ............................................................ 38 Punch Lok Clamps ............................................ 119

Laser Range Finders........................................... 85 Punch Lok Tools ............................................... 119
Leather Work Gloves ...................................... 58-60
Leatherman Multi Tools ...................................... 11

Q Temporary Cutouts ........................................... 140 295
Tents and Blowers ..................................... 265-266
Qualstiks ......................................................... 235 Thumpers ........................................................ 251
Tie Sticks ........................................................ 233
R Tool Aprons ........................................................ 30
INDEX
Tool Pouches ..................................................... 44
Ratchet Cutters ......................................... 156-158 Torque Monitors............................................... 257
Ratchet Wrenches ................................................ 9 Torque Wrenches.................................................. 9
Reel Lifters ........................................................ 81 Traffic Control & Work Zone Safety .................. 77-79
Reel Thing......................................................... 81 Tramp Bags .................................................. 26-27
Robo Bender .................................................... 190 Transformer Dollies ............................................ 94
Ropes ...................................................... 120-122 Transformer Gins .............................................. 233
Rope Belts .................................................... 45-46 Transformer Slings ............................................. 94
Rope Splicing Tools............................................ 87 Transformer Testers ................................... 247-248
Round Slings..................................................... 93 Traveling Grounds & Accessories ................ 131-132
Rubber Blankets & Accessories ...................... 69-70 Tree Trimmers .................................................. 225
Rubber Gloves ................................................... 65 Triple Square Wrenches ..................................... 6-7
Rubber Glove Protectors & Bags ..................... 66-67 Truck Accessories ......................................... 81-85
Rubber Goods Cleaner........................................ 70 Truck Grounding ............................................ 84-85
Rubber Sleeves & Accessories ............................ 68 Truck Grounds & Reels .................................. 84-85
Rulers ............................................................... 12
U
S
Underground Equipment .....................252, 265-287
Safety Glasses ................................................... 80 Undergrounds Utility Locators ..................... 252-255
Safety Grounding Pole Bands ............................ 148 Universal 7” Blocks & Brackets .................. 124-125
Sagging Equipment ........................................... 133 Universal Attachments ............................... 225-229
Sag Scope & Thermometer ............................... 133 Universal & Disconnect Sticks ........................... 223
Sagwatch ......................................................... 133 URD Pipe & Cable Locators ............................... 244
Screwdrivers ...................................................... 11
Screw Ground Rods .......................................... 147 V
Semi-Con Scorers ............................................. 266
Sensorlink Troubleman’s Kit .............................. 235 Varcorders ....................................................... 235
Servisavors ...................................................... 250 Voltage & Phasing Testers .......................... 237-247
Shotgun Sticks ......................................... 218, 221
Skinning Knives................................................. 13 W
Slack Blocks ...................................................... 92
Sockets & Socket Sets ......................................... 8 Wedge Grips .................................................... 112
Specialty Tool Buckets & Bags ....................... 28-29 Wiggy.............................................................. 245
Speed Strippers ............................................... 266 Winch Lines....................................................... 88
Strap Hoists ............................................... 98-100 Wire Cutting Tools ..................................... 152-182
Stringing Blocks ........................................ 124-129 Wire Holding Sticks .......................................... 224
SupaRule........................................................... 85 Wire Mesh Pulling Socks ............................ 114-117
Super Squeeze .................................................. 45 Wire Pulling Grips ...................................... 105-113
Swivels & Connectors ................................ 117-118 Wire Strippers ........................................... 266-270
Whoopie Slings................................................... 94
T Wood Pole Auger Bits ......................................... 20
Wood Pole Fall Protection System ................... 45-46
Take Up & Payout Reels ...................................... 81 Work Gloves .................................................. 58-60
Tape Measures .................................................. 12 Wrenches ............................................................ 5
Telescoping Sticks ..............................219, 220-222
Notes:
www.linestar.ca

www.linestar.ca
British Alberta:
Columbia: p: 403-243-1900
p: 604-594-2701
f: 403-243-2063
f: 604-594-2751
Toll Free: 1-877-248-6657
Toll Free: 1-866-594-2701
Manitoba: Ontario:
p: 204-783-9771 p: 905-564-5344
f: 204-783-8951 f: 905-564-5354
Toll Free: 1-855-766-8021 Toll Free: 1-844-564-5344

Utility Tool & Equipment: Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Utility Tool & Equipment: Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Utility Tool & Equipment

LineStar proudly offers the finest in:

Included in this catalogue are our most common

At LineStar, we specialize in “hard to find” Tools

Providing exceptional customer service is the

British Columbia: phone: 604-594-2701 • sales@linestar.ca

Part # Handle Finish Capacity Part # Large End Small End

Cushion Grip Adjustable Wrench Adjustable Wrench - Black Industrial Finish

Part # Length Max Capacity Part # Length Max Capacity

• World Famous Crescent® Brand

Part # Max. Jaw Capacity Overall Length Jaw Type

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

Part # Keys Sizes

RBW-91634 - Ratcheting Box Wrench GP-223

Bolt-Thru Ratchet Wrenches

151T Triple square sockets fit

# PSD Penta DRIVER

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

103T Dual End Distribution Wrenches

Triple Square Tower Wrenches

Double Square Tower Wrench

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

1/2” DRIVE SOCKETS sets

Part # 6 Point Deep Well Socket Sets

Part # 12 Point Deep Well Socket Sets

5” Extension, Metal Box

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

INSULATED RATCHET WRENCH

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

The Original Lineman’s Pliers

Heavy-Duty Side-Cutting Pliers High-Leverage Side-Cutting Pliers

Long Nose Pliers

Part # Jaw Capacity Overall Length Weight (lbs.)

D502-12 2-3/8” 12-1/4” 1.37

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

SCREWDRIVERS & NUT DRIVERS

KEYSTONE-TIP ROUND SHANK PHILLIPS-TIP ROUND SHANK

KEYSTONE-TIP square SHANK cabinet-tip round shank

molding. A remarkable improvement in handle

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

Insulated screwdrivers & nut drivers are

3” & 4” shanks 6” shanks

Part # Length Case

61662 FOLDING FIBREGLASS RULER

• 10 Sections, Deep Embossed • Outside Reading Metric

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

Lineman’s Skinning Knives

BB-1 Brush Blade - 2 Tools in 1

44200 Splicer’s Knife

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

44001-BLK Lockback Knife 44005 Lockback Knife

44006 Lightweight Lockback Knife

POCKET KNIVES AND SHARPENERS

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

H8508-1 Hydraulic Impact Wrench HW1 Hydraulic Impact Wrench

BATTERy PoWERED IMPACT WREnCHES

BL1830 18V 3.0Ah Li-Ion Battery

• Available in 1/Pk, 2/Pk and 10/Pk (Bulk)

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

BL1850B 18V 5.0 Ah Li-Ion Battery

DC18RC 18V Li-Ion Rapid Charger

Alberta: phone: 403-243-1900 • salesab@linestar.ca

DDF481RTE 1/2” Cordless Drill / Driver with Brushless Motor